GIFT  OF 


u. 


0   Tj  PI 

0    <D  -H 

+=>  *. 

ctf  co  ;> 

<D 

2  2  to 

3  c*.g 


-H    CO  O1) 

rH  -H    ^> 

-H  -  <D  -H 

Cl5   tC  0 

«  -H  <D    ^0 

a  ^  a 

O    0          -H 

•P  >  d  *rt 


<D 


CJ 


0      ,    - 
tO   C?    <1> 

Ctf  -H    CO    *-• 

o  S  cd  <D 

rH    O    (D  4^> 
IP*  C    rH  «H 

P^   Cd 

CJ    O    (D      «% 

M  >^    r5 


CD 


<D 
*rA 

"~2    O 


^    <D 


•H 


-H   C3 

C^5    r^H      <D 


GALAXY  OF 

COMING  EVENTS 

MEANING  AND  OUTCOME 
OF  THIS 

EUROPEAN  WAR 

TERMINATING  IN  A 

WORLD  CONFEDERATION 

ACCORDING  TO  PROPHECY 

THE  BOOK  OF  REVELATION  AS  i  SEE  IT 

BY 

REV.  WILLIAM  FRANCIS  MANLEY 

A  SERVANT  OF  THE 

LORD  JESUS  CHRIST 


W.  F.  MANLEY,  Publisher 

1616  New  Jersey  St. 

Los    Angeles,  California 

U.  S.  A. 


Copyright  1918 

William  Francis  Manley 

Los  Angeles,  California 

U.  S.  A. 


CONTENTS 

PREFACE       7 

MEANING  AND  OUTCOME  OF  THIS 

EUROPEAN  WAR 11 

MR.  TAFT  WANTS  NEW  ALLIANCE  POLICY     .  27 

THREE  YEARS  OF  WAR 31 

THE  REVELATION  OF  JESUS  CHRIST  ...  33 

JOHN,  To  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES      ...  36 

THE  KINGDOM  OF  HEAVEN 46 

KEY  TO  THE  BOOK  OF  REVELATION     ...  52 

THE  BOOK  OF  REVELATION 54 

THE  SIGNS  OF  His  COMING 59 

JOHN  CAUGHT  UP  INTO  HEAVEN     ...  71 

A  BOOK  WITH  SEVEN  SEALS 81 

OPENING  THE  SEVEN  SEALS 89 

THIS  EUROPEAN  WAR 98 

THE  ANTI-CHRIST 101 

OPENING  THE  FIFTH  SEAL 105 

OPENING  THE  SIXTH  SEAL 109 

SEALING  THE  144,000 114 

OPENING  THE  SEVENTH  SEAL      .       .       .       .  119 

THE  SEVEN  TRUMPETS 121 

OPENED  THE  BOTTOMLESS  PIT    .       .       .       .  124 


976105 


THE  LAST  WAR 128 

THE  SEVEN  THUNDERS 132 

THE  Two  WITNESSES 135 

CHRIST  TAKES  THE  KINGDOM      .       .       .       .  142 

THE  WOMAN  CLOTHED  WITH  THE  SUN        .  145 

THE  MAN  CHILD .  150 

THE  SEVEN-HEADED  BEAST 158 

THE  ECCLESIASTICAL  BEAST        .       .       .       .  164 

ANGELS  PREACHING 168 

THE  FALSE  PROPHET 172 

THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  WICKED      .       .  177 

SEVEN  LAST  PLAGUES 179 

THE    SCARLET-COLORED    BEAST      .         .         .         .  189 

THE  MARRIAGE  OF  THE  LAMB    ....  209 

BINDING  SATAN 216 

THE  GREAT  WHITE  THRONE     .       .       .       .  223 

THE  NEW  EARTH 229 

THE  HOLY  CITY 240 

THE  LITTLE  HORN 247 

THE  STAR  OF  BETHLEHEM 256 

THE  EARTH  LYING  IN  RUINS     ....  259 

ISRAEL  TO  BECOME  A  NATION  253 


PREFACE 

We  have  written  this  book  under  a  deep 
sense  of  the  seriousness,  the  awful  consequences 
of  changing  anything  in  the  Book  of  Revela- 
tion, and  have  waited  on  God  continually  for 
guidance  in  every  word  written  that  we  may 
change  nothing;  but  only  to  cause  the  reader 
to  see  what  God  has  said  therein,  in  connection 
with  other  scriptures  on  the  same  subject,  thus 
showing  an  agreement,  and  not  a  difference. 

We  believe  God  has  directed  both  mind  and 
pen  as  we  have  been  writing,  and  we  have  writ- 
ten this  book,  hoping  to  correct  many  incorrect 
things  that  have  been  said  and  written  concern- 
ing the  Book  of  Revelation. 

For  more  than  forty  years,  while  preaching 
the  gospel,  we  have  read  and  rejected  much 
that  has  been  written  on  the  Book  of  Revela- 
tion, because  it  did  not  agree  with  the  Book 
itself. 

For  ten  or  more  years  we  have  at  times  con- 
templated writing  thereon,  but  feared  to  do  so. 
Four  years  ago  we  wrote  on  the  first  five  chap- 
ters and  was  checked  from  proceeding  farther. 
In  August  of  1917  it  became  very  clear  that  we 


should  finish  the  book,  and  send  it  out,  as  the 
time  had  come  to  give  it  to  the  world.  We  have 
continually,  day  and  night,  prayed  to  God  that 
He  would  so  control  body,  soul  and  spirit  that 
not  one  statement  should  be  made  that  was  not 
correct  and  pleasing  to  Him.  And  now  that 
it  is  written,  we  are  saying  to  God,  "If  any  state- 
ment we  have  written  is  displeasing  to  Thee, 
make  it  known,  and  the  manuscript  shall  go 
into  the  fire." 

If  I  have  changed  a  word  in  this  Book  of 
Revelation,  I  did  not  mean  to  do  so,  and  now 
ask  God  to  forgive  me. 

THE  AUTHOR. 


NOTICE  TO  ALL  THE  RULERS 
OF  THE  EARTH 

On  the  30th  day  of  September,  1914,  sixty 
days  after  the  present  war  was  declared,  we 
mailed  a  printed  copy  of  the  following  Notice 
of  coming  events,  and  the  real  meaning  of  this 
European  war,  to  each  and  every  one  of  the 
European  Rulers;  and  to  the  President  of  the 
United  States;  and  also  sent  copies  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  State,  and  Secretary  of  War,  of  the 
United  States,  together  with  a  type-written  note 
to  each  and  all  of  them,  calling  their  careful 
attention  to  the  article.  In  October,  1914,  we 
received  the  following  notes : 

BUCKINGHAM  PALACE,  ENGLAND. 

The  Private  Secretary  is  commanded 
by  the  King  to  acknowledge  the  receipt 
of  Mr.  William  Manley's  letter  of  the 
30th  ult. 

19th  October,  1914. 

9 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE, 
(SEAL)  WASHINGTON 

Mr.  William  Francis  Manley, 
\\\y2  Winston  Street, 

Los  Angeles,  California. 
DEAR  MR.  MANLEY: 

For  Mr.  Bryan  I  beg  to  acknowledge 
the  receipt  of  your  letter  of  September  30, 
with  which  you  were  so  good  as  to  send 
him  a  copy  of  an  article  with  reference 
to  the  European  war. 

Very  truly  yours, 

M ANTON  M.  WYVELL, 

Private  Secretary. 

During  the  first  week  in  October,  1914,  we 
mailed  a  copy  of  this  same  Article  to  every 
other  Ruler  we  knew  of  on  Earth. 


10 


THE  MEANING  AND  OUTCOME 
OF  THIS  EUROPEAN  WAR 

It  is  not  the  "last  war."  Neither  does  it 
presage  the  uend  of  the  world." 

Human  beings  will  live  upon  this  earth  for 
a  thousand  years  after  the  first  resurrection  has 
taken  place.  Rev.  20:1-5,  R.  V. 

And  I  saw  an  angel  coming  down  out 
of  heaven,  having  the  key  of  the  abyss 
and  a  great  chain  in  his  hand.  And  he 
laid  hold  on  the  dragon,  the  old  serpent, 
which  is  the  Devil  and  Satan,  and  bound 
him  for  a  thousand  years,  and  cas~t  him 
into  the  abyss,  and  shut  it,  and  sealed  it 
over  him,  that  he  should  deceive  the  na- 
tions no  more,  until  the  thousand  years 
should  be  finished:  after  this  he  must  be 
loosed  for  a  little  time. 

And  I  saw  thrones,  and  they  sat  upon 
them,  and  judgment  was  given  unto  them : 
and  I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that  had 
been  beheaded  for  the  testimony  of  Jesus, 
and  for  the  word  of  God,  and  such  as  wor- 
shipped not  the  beast,  neither  his  image, 
and  received  not  the  mark  upon  their  fore- 


iJ        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

head  and  upon  their  hand;  and  they  lived, 
and  reigned  with  Christ  a  thousand  years. 
The  rest  of  the  dead  lived  not  until  the 
thousand  years  should  be  finished.  This 
is  the  first  resurrection. 

The  first  resurrection  has  not  taken  place 
yet.  So  we  are  at  least  one  thousand  years  this 
side  of  the  end  of  the  world. 

A  war  in  which  two  hundred  millions  of  men 
will  go  forth  from  Asia  (beyond  the  Euphra- 
tes) to  kill  the  third  part  of  men,  will  follow 
this  present  European  war.  Rev.  9:14-18, 
R.  V. 

One  saying  to  the  sixth  angel  that  had 
the  trumpet.  Loose  the  four  angels  that 
are  bound  at  the  great  river  Euphrates. 
And  the  four  angels  were  loosed,  that 
had  been  prepared  for  the  hour  and  day 
and  month  and  year,  that  they  should  kill 
the  third  part  of  men.  And  the  number 
of  the  armies  of  the  horsemen  was  twice 
ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand:  I  heard 
the  number  of  them.  And  thus  I  saw  the 
horses  in  the  vision,  and  them  that  sat  on 
them,  having  breastplates  as  of  fire  and 
of  hyacinth  and  of  brimstone:  and  the 
heads  of  the  horses  are  as  the  heads  of 
lions;  and  out  of  their  mouths  proceedeth 
fire  and  smoke  and  brimstone.  By  these 
three  plagues  was  the  third  part  of  men 


OUTCOME  OF  THIS  WAR  13 

killed,  by  the  fire  and  the  smoke  and  the 
brimstone,  which  proceeded  out  of  their 
mouths. 

This  will  probably  come  soon  after  its  close, 
or  it  may  be  but  a  continuation  of  this  war. 

Then  the  great  Armageddon  Battle  of  God 
Almighty,  closing  up  and  putting  an  end  to  all 
human  strife  on  the  battlefield.  When  the 
Lord  shall  go  forth  on  a  white  horse,  followed 
by  the  armies  in  heaven  upon  white  horses,  to 
smite  the  nations  and  rule  them  with  a  rod  of 
iron.  Rev.  19:11-21,  R.  V. 

And  I  saw  the  heaven  opened;  and 
behold,  a  white  horse,  and  he  that  sat 
thereon  called  Faithful  and  True;  and  in 
righteousness  he  doth  judge  and  make  war. 
And  his  eyes  are  a  flame  of  fire,  and  upon 
his  head  are  many  diadems;  and  he  hath 
a  name  written  which  no  one  knoweth 
but  he  himself.  And  he  is  arrayed  in  a 
garment  sprinkled  with  blood:  and  his 
name  is  called  The  Word  of  God.  And 
the  armies  which  are  in  heaven  followed 
him  upon  white  horses,  clothed  in  fine 
linen,  white  and  pure.  And  out  of  his 
mouth  proceedeth  a  sharp  sword,  that 
with  it  he  should  smite  the  nations :  and  he 
shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of  iron:  and 
he  treadeth  the  winepress  of  the  fierceness 
of  the  wrath  of  God,  the  Almighty.  And 


14        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

he  hath  on  his  garment  and  on  his  thigh 
a  name  written,  King  of  Kings,  and  Lord 
of  Lords. 

And  I  saw  an  angel  standing  in  the  sun ; 
and  he  cried  with  a  loud  voice,  saying  to 
all  the  birds  that  fly  in  mid-heaven,  Come 
and  be  gathered  together  unto  the  great 
supper  of  God;  that  ye  may  eat  the  flesh 
of  kings,  and  the  flesh  of  captains,  and 
the  flesh  of  mighty  men,  and  the  flesh  of 
horses  and  of  them  that  sit  thereon,  and 
the  fle$h  of  all  men,  both  free  and  bond, 
and  small  and  great. 

And  I  saw  the  beast,  and  the  Kings  of 
the  earth,  and  their  armies  gathered  to- 
gether to  make  war  against  him  that  sat 
upon  the  horse,  and  against  his  army.  And 
the  beast  was  taken,  and  with  him  the  false 
prophet  that  wrought  the  signs  in  his  sight, 
wherewith  he  deceived  them  that  had  re- 
ceived the  mark  of  the  beast  and  them 
that  worshipped  his  image :  they  two  were 
cast  alive  into  the  lake  of  fire  that  burneth 
with  brimstone:  and  the  rest  were  killed 
with  the  sword  of  him  that  sat  upon  the 
horse,  even  the  sword  which  came  forth 
out  of  his  mouth;  and  all  the  birds  were 
filled  with  their  flesh. 

Then  all  weapons  of  war  will  be  made  into 
plows  and  pruning  hooks,  and  farm  implements; 


OUTCOME  OF  THIS  WAR  15 

and  men  will  learn  war  no  more.  For  the 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  will  reign  supreme  on  earth 
for  a  thousand  years.  Rev.  20  :4-6. 

The  present  European  war,  the  greatest 
known  in  all  history,  is  the  beginning  of  the 
end  of  all  human  governments ;  and  is  clearly 
foretold  in  the  Scriptures. 

The  Antichrist 

It  is  the  Anti-Christ  war,  in  which  he,  the 
Anti-Christ,  has  gone  forth  to  conquer  the  whole 
world. 

Now  we  beseech  you,  brethren,  touch- 
ing the  coming  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
and  our  gathering  together  unto  Him:  to 
the  end  that  ye  be  not  quickly  shaken 
from  your  mind,  nor  yet  be  troubled, 
either  by  spirit,  or  by  word,  or  by  epistle 
as  from  us,  as  that  the  day  of  the  Lord  is 
now  present;  let  no  man  beguile  you  in 
any  wise:  for  it  will  not  be,  except  the 
falling  away  come  first,  and  the  man  of 
sin  be  revealed,  the  son  of  perdition,  he 
that  opposeth  and  exalteth  himself  against 
all  that  is  called  God  or  that  is  wor- 
shipped; so  that  he  sitteth  in  the  temple 
of  God,  setting  himself  forth  as  God.  Re- 
member ye  not,  that,  when  I  was  yet  with 
you,  I  told  you  these  things?  And  now 
ye  know  that  which  restraineth,  to  the 
end  that  he  may  be  revealed  in  his  own 


16        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

season.  For  the  mystery  of  lawlessness 
doth  already  work:  only  there  is  one  that 
restraineth  now,  until  he  be  taken  out  of 
the  way.  And  then  shall  be  revealed  the 
lawless  one,  whom  the  Lord  Jesus  shall 
slay  with  the  breath  of  His  mouth,  and 
bring  to  naught  by  the  manifestation  of 
His  coming;  even  he,  whose  coming  is 
according  to  the  working  of  Satan  with  all 
power  and  signs  and  lying  wonders,  and 
with  all  deceit  of  unrighteousness  for 
them  that  perish;  because  they  received 
not  the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they  might 
be  saved.  2  Thess.  2:1-10,  R.  V. 

The  time  has  come  for  this  man  of  sin  or 
Anti-Christ  to  be  revealed;  and  to  set  up  his 
kingdom.  The  Anti-Christ  could  not  come 
forth  while  God  restrained,  or  held  him  back; 
and  Christ  will  not  return  to  the  earth  until 
the  Anti-Christ  be  revealed  and  does  his  work, 
under  the  direct  power  of  the  Devil. 

The  restraining  power  of  God  has  been  re- 
moved, and  he,  the  Anti-Christ,  has  gone  forth 
on  his  white  horse  (Rev.  6:1-2)  with  the  red 
war  horse  immediately  following  him.  Rev. 
6:1-4,  R.  V. 

And  I  saw  when  the  Lamb  opened  one 
of  the  seven  seals,  and  I  heard  one  of  the 
four  living  creatures  saying  as  with  a  voice 
of  thunder,  Come.  And  I  saw,  and  be- 


OUTCOME  OF  THIS  WAR  17 

hold,  a  white  horse,  and  he  that  sat  thereon 
had  a  bow;  and  there  was  given  unto  him 
a  crown;  and  he  came  forth  conquering, 
and  to  conquer. 

And  when  he  opened  the  second  seal, 
I  heard  the  second  living  creature  saying, 
Come.  And  another  horse  came  forth,  a 
red  horse;  and  to  him  that  sat  thereon  it 
was  given  to  take  peace  from  the  earth, 
and  that  they  should  slay  one  another: 
and  there  was  given  unto  him  a  great 
sword. 

Here  is  the  beginning  of  the  Anti-Christ 
war;  and  during  this  war  one  man  will  appear 
as  the  great  central  leader;  and  he  will  not  be 
one  of  the  King's  Emperors,  or  Czar,  but  an- 
other King  receiving  his  crown  and  throne  from 
Satan.  Rev.  13  :2.  "And  the  dragon  gave  him 
his  power,  and  throne,  and  great  authority." 
He  will  be  the  great  leader  at  the  close  of  the 
war,  but  not  yet  crowned. 

And  before  him  three  of  the  nations  enter- 
ing this  war  will  be  annihilated,  plucked  up  by 
the  roots.  Dan.  7  :8.  "I  considered  the  horns, 
and  behold,  there  came  up  among  them  another 
little  horn,  before  whom  there  were  three  of 
the  first  horns  plucked  up  by  the  roots  *  *  * 
and  of  the  ten  horns  that  were  in  his  head,  and 
of  the  other  which  came  up,  and  before  whom 
three  fell ;  even  of  that  horn  that  had  eyes,  and 
a  mouth  that  spake  very  great  things,  whose 


18        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

look  was  more  stout  than  his  fellows.  *  *  *  The 
ten  horns  out  of  this  kingdom  are  ten  kings  [or 
kingdoms]  that  shall  arise  after  them;  and  he 
shall  be  diverse  from  the  first,  and  he  shall  sub- 
due three  kings  [or  kingdoms]  and  he  shall 
speak  great  words  against  the  Most  High,  and 
shall  wear  out  the  saints  of  the  Most  High, 
and  think  to  change  times  and  laws;  and  they 
shall  be  given  into  his  hand  until  a  time  and 
times,  and  the  dividing  of  time."  This  is  the 
Anti-Christ 

At  the  closing  of  the  war,  the  Anti-Christ 
will  form  a  confederacy  of  ten  kingdoms,  with 
ten  crowned  heads. 

And  this  confederacy  of  all  Europe,  and  per- 
haps America,  will  conquer,  and  rule  the  whole 
world  for  three  years  and  a  half. 

It  will  also  set  up  a  State  religion,  and  put 
to  death  all  persons  who  will  not  worship 
its  god. 

And  I  saw  a  beast  coming  up  out  of 
the  sea,  having  ten  horns  and  seven  heads, 
and  on  his  horns  ten  diadems,  and  upon 
his  heads  names  of  blasphemy.  And  the 
beast  which  I  saw  was  like  unto  a  leopard, 
and  his  feet  were  as  the  feet  of  a  bear,  and 
his  mouth  as  the  mouth  of  a  lion :  and  the 
dragon  gave  him  his  power,  and  his  throne, 
and  great  authority.  And  I  saw  one  of 
his  heads  as  though  it  had  been  smitten 
unto  death,  and  his  deathstroke  was 


OUTCOME  OF  THIS  WAR  19 

healed;  and  the  whole  earth  wondered 
after  the  beast;  and  they  worshipped  the 
dragon,  because  he  gave  his  authority  unto 
the  beast;  and  they  worshipped  the  beast, 
saying,  Who  is  like  unto  the  beast?  and 
who  is  able  to  war  with  him?  And  there 
was  given  to  him  a  mouth  speaking  great 
things  and  blasphemies;  and  there  was 
given  to  him  authority  to  continue  forty 
and  two  months.  And  he  opened  his 
mouth  for  blasphemies  against  God,  to 
blaspheme  His  name,  and  His  tabernacle, 
even  them  that  dwell  in  the  heaven.  And 
it  was  given  unto  him  to  make  war  with 
the  saints,  and  to  overcome  them:  and 
there  was  given  to  him  authority  over 
every  tribe  and  people  and  tongue  and 
nation.  And  all  that  dwell  on  the  earth 
shall  worship  him,  every  one  whose  name 
hath  not  been  written  in  the  Book  of  Life 
of  the  Lamb  that  hath  been  slain  from  the 
foundation  of  the  world.  If  any  man 
hath  an  ear,  let  him  hear.  If  any  man  is 
for  captivity,  into  captivity  he  goeth:  if 
any  man  shall  kill  with  the  sword,  with  the 
sword  must  he  be  killed.  Here  is  the  pa- 
tience and  the  faith  of  the  saints.  Rev. 
13:1-10,  R.V. 

This    Anti-Christ    kingdom  or  confederacy 
will    only    continue  for  three  years    and    six 


20        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

months,  when  the  Lord  Jesus  will  destroy  it. 
Rev.  19:19-21.  uAnd  I  saw  the  beast  [the 
Anti-Christ]  and  the  Kings  of  the  Earth  and 
their  armies,  gather  together  to  make  war 
against  Him  that  sat  on  the  horse,  and  against 
His  army.  And  the  beast  was  taken,  and  with 
him  the  false  prophet  that  wrought  miracles 
before  him,  with  which  he  deceived  them  that 
had  received  the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  them 
that  worshipped  his  image.  These  both  were 
cast  alive  into  a  lake  of  fire  burning  with  brim- 
stone. And  the  remnant  were  slain  with  the 
sword  of 'Him  that  sat  upon  the  horse,  which 
proceedeth  out  of  His  mouth,  and  all  the  fowls 
were  filled  with  their  flesh. " 

This  is  the  ending  of  the  Anti-Christ  king- 
dom, or  World  Confederacy,  over  which  the 
Man  of  Sin  is  to  rule  the  whole  Earth.  And 
then,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  having  destroyed 
the  Anti-Christ  and  his  followers,  will  raise  up 
a  people  who  will  serve  God  for  a  thousand 
years. 

Four  Beasts 

The  Prophet  Daniel  saw  in  vision  four  great 
beasts  coming  up  from  the  sea.  The  fourth 
beast  was  dreadful  and  terrible,  and  strong  ex- 
ceedingly; and  it  had  great  iron  teeth;  it  de- 
voured and  break  in  pieces,  and  stamped  the 
residue  with  its  feet;  and  it  was  diverse  from 
all  the  beasts  that  were  before  it;  and  it  had 


OUTCOME  OF  THIS  WAR  21 

ten  horns.  And  behold!  there  came  up  among 
them  another  little  horn  before  whom  there 
were  three  of  the  first  horns  plucked  up  by  the 
roots;  and  behold!  in  this  horn  were  eyes  like 
the  eyes  of  a  man,  and  a  mouth  speaking  great 
things. 

"I,  Daniel,  was  grieved  in  my  spirit  in  the 
midst  of  my  body,  and  the  vision  of  my  head 
troubled  me.  I  came  near  unto  one  of  them 
that  stood  by,  and  asked  him  the  truth  of  all 
this.  So  he  told  me,  and  made  me  know  the 
interpretation  of  the  things/'  Dan.  7:15-16. 
These  four  beasts  represented  the  Babylonian, 
the  Medo  Persian,  the  Greek  and  the  Roman 
Empires. 

Then  Daniel  desired  to  know  the  truth  of 
the  fourth  beast,  and  especially  of  the  ten  horns 
of  this  fourth  beast;  and  of  the  other  little 
horn,  before  whom  three  of  the  ten  horns  fell, 
or  were  plucked  up  by  the  roots.  And  Daniel 
was  informed  that  "The  fourth  beast  shall  be 
the  fourth  kingdom  upon  the  earth,  which  shall 
be  diverse  from  all  kingdoms,  and  shall  tread 
it  down,  and  break  it  in  pieces.  And  the  ten 
horns  out  of  this  kingdom  are  ten  kings  that 
shall  arise;  and  another  king  shall  arise  after 
them ;  and  he  shall  be  diverse  from  the  first,  and 
he  shall  subdue  three  kings.  And  he  shall  speak 
great  words  against  the  Most  High,  and  shall 
wear  out  the  saints  of  the  Most  High,  and  think 
to  change  times  and  laws;  and  they  shall  be 


22        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

given  into  his  hand  until  a  time,  and  times  and 
the  dividing  of  times  [three  and  a  half  years]. 
Dan.  7:23-25. 

The  ten  horns  of  this  fourth  Roman  Beast, 
monarchy,  are  the  ten  kingdoms  that  succeeded 
the  Roman  Empire,  or  the  present  European 
and  Asiatic  powers  who  hold  the  country  for- 
merly known  as  the  Roman  Empire. 

The  Little  Horn,  with  man's  eyes  and  man's 
mouth,  was  not  any  one  of  the  ten  original 
horns,  but  another  horn,  which  came  up  after 
them,  and  among  them.  This  is  the  Anti-Christ 
Kingdom  which  will  come  up  and  rule  the  whole 
earth  for  a  short  time.  And  this  Anti-Christ 
rule  will  be  the  most  cruel,  blasphemous,  dia- 
bolical rule  ever  known  on  earth. 

If  this  war  is  the  Anti-Christ  war,  as  the 
writer  firmly  believes  it  is,  there  will  be  no  peace 
until  the  Anti-Christ,  and  the  war,  famine  and 
pestilence,  and  wild  beasts  of  the  earth,  have 
desolated  one-fourth  part  of  the  earth,  which 
means  three  times  the  area  of  Europe. 

And  when  he  opened  the  third  seal,  I 
heard  the  third  living  creature  saying, 
Come.  And  I  saw,  and  behold  a  black 
horse;  and  he  that  sat  thereon  had  a  bal- 
ance in  his  hand.  And  I  heard  as  it  were 
a  voice  in  the  midst  of  the  four  living 
creatures  saying.  A  measure  of  wheat  for 
a  penny,  and  three  measures  of  barley 


OUTCOME  OF  THIS  WAR  23 

for   a  penny;   and  the  oil   and  the  wine 
hurt  thou  not. 

And  when  he  opened  the  fourth  seal, 
I  heard  the  voice  of  the  fourth  living 
creature  saying,  Come.  And  I  saw  and 
behold,  a  pale  horse;  and  he  that  sat  upon 
him,  his  name  was  Death;  and  Hades 
followed  with  him.  And  there  was  given 
unto  them  authority  over  the  fourth  part 
of  the  earth  to  kill  with  sword  and  famine, 
and  with  death,  and  by  the  wild  beasts 
of  the  earth.  Rev.  6:5-8,  R.  V. 

This  war  will  spread  over  all  Europe,  and 
part  of  Asia;  and  probably  America;  over  one- 
fourth  part  of  the  Earth. 

And  famine,  with  all  its  horrors,  will  de- 
stroy millions  of  people. 

Then  pestilence  will  follow,  taking  millions 
more. 

And  until  three  of  the  contending  nations 
are  destroyed. 

Then  the  Anti-Christ  will  form  a  confederacy 
of  ten  kingdoms,  so  shattered  and  weak  that 
they  will  have  no  hope  of  ever  regaining  their 
places  as  independent  kingdoms. 

The  Apostle  Paul  in  referring  to  this  Anti- 
Christ  war  said:  "For  when  they  shall  say 
Peace  and  safety;  then  sudden  destruction  com- 
eth  upon  them,  as  travail  upon  a  woman  with 
child,  and  they  shall  not  escape.'*  I  Thess.  5  :3. 


24        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

All  the  outcry  for  peace  will  be  of  no  avail. 
Men  who  will  not  serve  God,  are  now  turned 
over  to  the  Devil,  whom  they  have  served.  And 
awful  destruction,  at  the  hands  of  the  Devil 
and  his  servant,  the  Anti-Christ,  awaits  them. 

If  this  is  the  Anti-Christ  war,  three  nations 
will  fall  to  rise  no  more ;  and  famine  and  pesti- 
lence will  soon  break  out  wherever  the  war 
spreads.  And  the  wild  beasts  will  break  forth 
and  devour  helpless  women  and  children. 

We  are  rapidly  going  down  into  the  great 
tribulation.  If  this  is  the  Anti-Christ  war  of 
Rev.  6:l-#,  the  Anti-Christ  will  first  be  so  re- 
vealed that  true  Christians  will  know  him  as 
the  Anti-Christ.  He  must  be  revealed  before 
our  Lord's  return  to  gather  His  saints  unto 
Himself.  II  Thess.  2  :3-4. 

An  Earthquake 

Then  a  great  earthquake  will  come,  that  will 
move  every  mountain  and  island  out  of  their 
places,  and  the  sun  will  become  black  as  sack- 
cloth of  hair,  and  the  moon  will  become  as 
blood,  and  the  stars  of  heaven  will  fall  to  the 
earth.  Rev.  6:12-13. 

These  are  given  as  signs  of  the  immediate 
coming  of  the  Lord  Jesus.  Matt.  24 :29-5 1  and 
Mark  13  :24-37,  and  Luke  21 :25-36. 

This  will  be  a  world  earthquake,  followed  by 
darkness,  that  may  be  felt,  while  the  stars  will 
come  down  through  the  darkness,  as  streaks  of 


OUTCOME  OF  THIS  WAR  25 

light;  the  moon  appearing  as  a  great  blood  spot 
in  the  heavens.  And  the  sea  and  waves  will 
roar,  perhaps  as  they  never  did  before.  And 
men's  hearts  will  fail  them  for  fear. 

At  the  coming  of  our  Lord  He  will  raise 
the  bodies  of  all  the  saints  who  have  lived  upon 
the  earth;  and  immediately  following  that  res- 
urrection, all  persons  living  on  earth,  who  are 
fit  for  heaven,  ready  to  meet  their  Lord  and  be 
immediately  transferred  to  the  heavenly  king- 
dom, will  be  changed.  uln  a  moment,  in  the 
twinkling  of  an  eye,  at  the  last  trumpet;  for 
the  trumpet  shall  sound,  and  the  dead  shall  be 
raised  incorruptible,  and  we  shall  be  changed." 
I  Cor.  15:52. 

This  resurrection  will  come  during  the  Anti- 
Christ  war,  leaving  all  the  foolish  virgins,  back- 
slidden Christians,  to  go  through  this  great 
tribulation,  or  rather  to  die  in  it,  for  I  find  only 
144,000  who  will  go  through  it. 

After  the  Anti-Christ  is  seated  on  the  DeviPs 
throne,  Rev.  13:2,  "And  the  dragon  gave  him 
[the  Anti-Christ]  his  power  and  his  throne,  and 
great  authority."  The  Anti-Christ  will  make 
war  with  the  saints,  the  foolish  virgins,  back- 
slidden Christians,  who,  finding  that  the  resur- 
rection has  taken  place,  and  the  wise  virgins 
have  been  taken  up  to  God,  have  repented,  and 
amidst  war,  famine  and  pestilence,  and  perse- 
cution most  terrific,  have  wept  their  way  back 
to  God.  And  they  will  refuse  to  worship  the 


26        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

Anti-Christ.  But  the  Anti-Christ  will  over- 
come them.  Rev.  13:7. 

All  the  above  saints,  who  will  not  receive 
the  mark  of  the  beast  upon  their  foreheads  and 
upon  their  hand,  and  will  not  worship  the  beast 
nor  his  image,  will  be  beheaded.  Rev.  20 :4. 

If  this  is  the  Anti-Christ  war,  "This  genera- 
tion shall  not  pass,  till  all  these  things  be  ful- 
filled." Matt.  24:34. 

And  none  of  the  wicked  shall  understand;  but 
the  wise  shall  understand.  Dan.  12:10. 

"Therefore,  be  ye  also  ready;  for  in  such  an 
hour  as  ye  think  not  the  Son  of  Man  cometh." 
Matt.  24:44. 


MR.  TAFT  WANTS  A  NEW 
ALLIANCE  POLICY 

On  the  14th  day  of  June,  1915,  the  fol- 
lowing notice  was  printed  in  many  of  the  lead- 
ing dailies  in  the  United  States : 

NEW  YORK,  June  14. — William  H. 
Taft  is  expected  to  formally  advocate  a 
departure  by  the  United  States  from  the 
Washingtonian  policy  of  no  entangling  al- 
liances with  foreign  nations  when  he  ad- 
dresses the  League  of  Peace  conference 
in  Philadelphia  this  week.  The  national 
provisional  committee  of  113  announced 
the  program  for  the  conference  today,  as 
follows : 

Former  President  Taft  will  announce 
his  plan  for  an  alliance  with  all  the  great 
powers  with  a  view  to  enforcing  peace,  at 
a  dinner  at  the  Belleview-Stratford  Hotel 
Wednesday  evening.  Other  speakers  will 
be  Hamilton  Holt,  editor  of  the  Independ- 
ent; Judge  George  Gray  of  Delaware,  and 
Oscar  S.  Straus,  former  ambassador  to 
Turkey. 

The  conference  proper  opens  Thursday 
morning,  the  anniversary  of  the  battle  of 


28        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

Bunker  Hill,  in  Independence  Hall.  Ad- 
dresses will  be  made  by  Theodore  Mar- 
burg, formerly  minister  to  Belgium;  Dr. 
John  Grier  Hibben,  president  of  Prince- 
ton; James  M.  Beck  and  Edward  Filene, 
representing  the  United  States  Chamber 
of  Commerce. 

Judge  Taft  will  preside  at  the  confer- 
ence. The  proposals  he  will  suggest  for 
consideration  include  an  international  court 
to  try  all  justiciable  questions;  a  council 
of  conciliation  for  the  consideration  of  non 
justiciable  questions;  the  use  of  joint  mili- 
tary forces  against  a  signatory  beginning 
hostilities  contrary  to  the  terms  of  the 
alliance;  and  the  formulation  and  adop- 
tion of  a  code  of  international  law. 

We   immediately  wrote   him   the   following 
letter : 

Los  ANGELES,  CAL.,  June  15,  1915. 
Hon.  William  H.  Taft, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 
DEAR  SIR  : 

Permit  me  to  call  your  attention  to  the 
enclosed  copy  of  an  article  I  published  last 
September,  and  mailed  a  copy  to  each  of 
the  rulers  of  the  several  European  Na- 
tions, on  the  30th  day  of  September,  1914; 
and  also  to  the  President  of  the  United 


NEW  ALLIANCE  POLICY  29 

States,  and  to  Secretary  Bryan,  and  to  Sec- 
retary Daniels. 

In  your  speech  before  the  Peace  League 
you  will  pave  the  way  for  the  formation 
of  the  Anti-Christ  Confederacy;  and  ad- 
vise the  United  States  to  lead  in  its  forma- 
tion. This  plan  will  surely  be  carried  out. 

I  note  the  many  persons  who  are  now 
advocating  such  a  Confederacy;  but  when 
it  is  formed,  and  all  cry  "Peace  and  Safety, 
then  sudden  destruction  shall  come  upon 
them,  as  travail  upon  a  woman  with  child, 
and  they  shall  not  escape."  I  Thess.  5  :3. 

Respectfully, 

WILLIAM  F.  MANLEY 


GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

THREE  YEARS  OF  WAR 

HE  "Great  Sword"  in  the  hand  of  the 
man  on  the  "Red  horse,"  Revelation 
6:4,  has  been  wielded  with  might, 
both  day  and  night  for  the  last  three 
years.  Peace  is  really  taken  from  the 
earth.  All  Nations  not  in  this  war  are  prepar- 
ing to  defend  themselves  against  the  aggressor. 
The  war  will  now  spread  over  one-fourth 
part  of  the  earth.  One-fourth  part  of  the  earth 
implies  all  of  Europe,  and  two  other  countries 
as  large  as  all  of  Europe.  But  it  is  sure  to  come, 
and  terrible  will  be  the  consequences. 

Famine 

Famine  is  to  follow  the  war  and  in  conjunc- 
tion with  it,  to  kill  people  with  hunger,  over 
one-fourth  part  of  the  earth.  Rev.  6 :5-6.  This 
famine  is  now  on,  and  will  increase  and  intensify 
as  a  mighty  factor  in  the  destruction  of  human 
beings  until  the  end  of  the  war.  One  year  from 
this  time  we  will  begin  to  know  what  real  famine 
means. 

Men  will  not  serve  God;  will  not  worship 
Him  in  spirit  and  in  truth.  They  mouth  over 


32        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

words  before  Him,  but  their  hearts  are  far 
from  Him.  God  has  now  arisen  "to  shake  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  the  sea  and  all  na- 
tions." Hag.  2:6-7.  "To  shake  terribly  the 
earth."  Isa.  2:10-21. 

During  this  famine,  terrible  plagues  and  pes- 
tilence will  break  out,  and  millions  will  die  all 
over  the  one-fourth  part  of  the  earth,  where 
the  war  goes  on  and  the  famine  rages.  Then 
the  beasts  of  the  earth,  starving  and  probably 
suffering  with  the  same  plagues,  perhaps  hydro- 
phobia seizing  them,  will  turn  on  men,  women 
and  children  and  destroy  them.  Rev.  6 :8. 

There  are  dreadful  days  just  before  us. 
"Pray  always  that  ye  may  be  accounted  worthy 
to  escape  all  these  things  that  shall  come  to  pass, 
and  to  stand  before  the  Son  of  Man."  Luke 
21:36. 


THE  REVELATION  OF  JESUS  CHRIST 


HE  Revelation  of  Jesus  Christ,  which 
God  gave  unto  Him,  to  shew  unto  His 
servants  things  which  must  shortly 
come  to  pass;  and  He  sent  and  signified 
it  by  His  angel  unto  His  servant  John, 
who  bare  record  of  the  word  of  God,  and  of 
the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  of  all  things 
that  he  saw."  Rev.  1:1-2. 

The  Revelation,  not  of  John,  but  of  Jesus 
Christ,  of  facts  which  God  gave  to  Him,  that 
He  might  shew  them  unto  His  servants ;  things, 
not  whims,  but  things  which  must  shortly  come 
to  pass.  This  is  a  revelation,  not  a  mystifica- 
tion, not  a  riddle,  not  a  hidden  secret. 

Jesus  Christ  reveals  all  the  following  won- 
derful things,  which  only  God  knew,  until  He 
gave  them  to  Jesus  Christ  to  be  revealed  to 
the  holy  apostle  John,  by  an  angel  of  God. 

John  in  turn  bears  witness  of  the  word  of 
God;  and  of  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ,  of 
all  things  that  he  saw. 

This,  then,  is  a  true  revealing  of  things 
which  must  shortly  come  to  pass.  Our  Lord 
does  not  present  a  mysterious  riddle  to  His  ser- 
vants, and  have  them  guess  what  it  all  means. 


34        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

Blessed  is  he  that  readeth,  and  they 
that  hear  the  words  of  this  prophecy,  and 
keep  those  things  which  are  written 
therein;  for  the  time  is  at  hand.  Rev.  1 :3. 

There  is  a  blessing  pronounced  upon  each  per- 
son who  reads,  and  upon  each  person  who  hears 
read,  the  words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book; 
and  keeps  the  things  that  are  written  therein. 

If  this  book  is  a  series  of  mysteries,  of  dark 
sayings,  of  hidden  things  which  no  man  can 
understand,  why  should  God  pronounce  a  bless- 
ing on  the  man  or  woman  who  reads,  or  hears 
read,  the  words  of  this  prophecy;  and  how 
could  one  keep  the  things  that  are  written 
therein,  if  they  cannot  be  understood? 

Our  Lord  reveals  facts,  things  that  will  come 
to  pass;  every  one  of  them.  And  He  wants 
us  to  read  what  He  has  given.  To  believe  Him 
and  obey  Him,  not  changing  or  attempting  to 
change,  either  by  adding  to,  or  taking  from, 
the  words  of  this  prophecy. 

It  is  a  serious  matter  to  tamper  with  the 
words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book.  Hear  what 
God  says : 

I  testify  unto  every  man  that  heareth 
the  words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book, 
If  any  man  shall  add  unto  them,  God 
shall  add  unto  him  the  plagues  which  are 
written  in  this  book:  and  if  any  man  shall 
take  away  from  the  words  of  the  book 


REVELATION  OF  JESUS  CHRIST       35 

of  this  prophecy,  God  shall  take  away  his 
part  from  the  tree  of  life,  and  out  of  the 
Holy  City,  which  are  written  in  this  book. 
Rev.  22:18-19,  R.  V. 


JOHN,  TO  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES 


OHN,  to  the  seven  churches  which  are  in 
Asia :  Grace  be  unto  you,  and  peace  from 
Him  which  is,  and  which  was,  and  which 
is  to  come;  and  from  the  seven  Spirits 
which  are  before  His  throne;  and  from 
Jesus  Christ,  who  is  the  faithful  witness, 
and  the  first  begotten  of  the  dead,  and  the 
Prince  of  the  Kings  of  the  Earth.  Unto 
Him  that  loved  us,  and  washed  us  from 
our  sins  in  His  own  blood,  and  hath  made 
us  kings  and  priests  unto  God  and  His 
Father;  to  Him  be  glory  and  dominion 
forever  and  ever.  Amen.  Rev.  1 :4-6. 

Grace  be  unto  you,  and  peace,  from  Him 
which  is,  and  which  was,  and  which  is  to  come. 
"From  the  Almighty  God;  and  from  the  seven 
Spirits  that  are  before  His  throne,  and  from 
Jesus  Christ,  who  is  the  faithful  witness,  the 
first-born  of  the  dead,  and  the  ruler  of  the  kings 
of  the  earth." 

Here  our  Lord  Jesus  is  classed  with  the  Al- 
mighty, and  the  seven  Spirits  that  are  before  the 
throne  of  God.  One  with  Deity,  sends  grace 
and  peace  to  the  children  of  God  in  the  seven 


JOHN,  TO  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES    37 

churches.  The  Lord  Jesus  Christ  is  the  Ruler 
of  the  kings  of  the  earth.  He  is,  "Lord  of 
Lords,  and  King  of  Kings."  Rev.  17:14.  He 
is  the  first  begotten  of  the  dead  and  the  faithful 
witness.  uUnto  Him"  (Jesus  Christ)  uthat 
loved  us,  and  washed  us  from  our  sins  in  His 
own  blood,  and  hath  made  us  kings  and  priests 
unto  God  and  His  Father;  to  Him  be  glory 
and  dominion  forever.  Amen." 

The  bloodwashed  from  every  nation,  tribe 
and  tongue  on  earth  are  made  a  kingdom ;  God's 
Kingdom.  All  priests  unto  God. 

Behold,  He  cometh  with  clouds;  and 
every  eye  shall  see  him,  and  they  also  which 
pierced  him;  and  all  kindreds  of  the  earth 
shall  wail  because  of  Him.  Even  so, 
Amen.  Rev.  1:7. 

He  cometh  with  the  clouds.  When  the  Lord 
Jesus  ascended  to  heaven,  a  cloud  received  Him 
out  of  their  sight;  and  two  angels  said  to  His 
disciples,  uThis  same  Jesus,  which  is  taken  up 
from  you  into  heaven,  shall  so  come  in  like 
manner  as  ye  have  seen  Him  go  into  heaven." 
Acts  1:11.  He  will  make  His  first  appearance 
in  the  clouds,  as  He  was  last  seen  in  the  clouds. 
There  will  be  a  literal  re-appearing  of  the  Lord 
Jesus.  "And  every  eye  shall  see  Him,  and  they 
that  pierced  Him,  and  all  the  tribes  of  the  earth 
shall  mourn  over  him.  Even  so.  Amen." 

This  probably    refers  to  the  final    closing 


38        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

scene  told  by  our  Lord,  and  recorded  in  Matt. 
25:31-32,  when  "He  shall  sit  upon  the  throne 
of  His  glory  and  before  Him  shall  be  gath- 
ered all  nations ;  and  he  shall  separate  them  one 
from  another,  as  a  shepherd  divideth  his  sheep 
from  the  goats. "  The  soldier  who  thrust  the 
spear  into  His  side;  and  all  the  haters  of  God, 
and  our  Lord,  will  be  there,  and  shall  lament, 
smite  their  breasts  and  mourn  because  of  Him, 
when  they  see  Him  on  the  throne,  Lord  of  Lords 
and  King  of  Kings. 

"Even  ao,  Amen."  This  implies  that  as  they 
mourn  over  Him,  or  because  of  Him,  God  will 
say  Amen  to  their  mourning. 

"I  am  Alpha  and  Omega,  the  beginning  and 
the  ending,  saith  the  Lord,  which  is,  and  which 
was,  and  which  is  to  come,  the  Almighty." 
Rev.  1 :8. 

This  Revelation  comes  not  from  man,  but 
from  the  Almighty,  who  is  now  ruling  in  heaven 
and  among  men,  who  was  before  men  were  on 
this  earth,  and  who  is  to  come  forth  and  show 
His  authority  and  power,  closing  the  scene 
of  man's  misrule  and  sin. 

John,  who  also  am  your  brother  and 
companion  in  tribulation,  and  in  the  king- 
dom and  patience  of  Jesus  Christ,  was  in 
the  isle  that  is  called  Patmos,  for  the  word 
of  God,  and  for  the  testimony  of  Jesus 
Christ.  Rev.  1:9. 


JOHN,  TO  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES    39 

The  Apostle  John  declares  himself  to  be  our 
brother.  A  brother  to  all  who  are  born  of 
God,  and  are  partakers  of  the  Divine  nature. 
He  also  is  a  partaker  with  all  the  saints,  in  the 
tribulation  that  comes  to  all  who  live  godly  in 
Christ  Jesus.  He  also  declares  himself  one 
with  all  who  make  up  the  Kingdom  of  priests 
heretofore  referred  to.  And  patience  in  Jesus 
Christ,  referring  to  the  completed  work  of  Jesus 
Christ  in  our  hearts,  making  us  as  a  weaned 
child,  gentle  as  Jesus. 

He  was  in  the  isle  that  is  called  Patmos.  Ban- 
ished to  this  island  because  of  his  devotion  to 
Christ,  and  faithfulness  to  the  word  of  God. 
Testifying  to  the  power  of  Christ  to  save  from 
sin. 

I  was  in  the  Spirit  on  the  Lord's  day, 
and  heard  behind  me  a  great  voice,  as  of 
a  trumpet,  saying,  I  am  Alpha  and  Omega, 
the  first  and  the  last;  and,  What  thou  seest, 
write  in  a  book,  and  send  it  unto  the  seven 
church  which  are  in  Asia;  unto  Ephesus, 
and  unto  Smyrna,  and  unto  Pergamos,  and 
unto  Thyatira,  and  unto  Sardis,  and  unto 
Philadelphia,  and  unto  Laodicea.  Rev. 
1:10-11. 

He  was  in  the  Spirit  on  the  Lord's  day.  Not 
in  his  spirit;  and  not  in  a  spirit;  but  in  The 
Spirit,  the  Holy  Spirit.  Many  evil  spirits  have 


40        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

gone  out  into  the  world,  seducing  spirits.     We 
are  warned  against  all  of  those. 

John,  being  in  the  Spirit,  saw  what  mortal 
man  could  not  see,  unless  he  is  in  the  Spirit. 
John  was  carried  away  in  the  Spirit  into  a  wil- 
derness, and  saw  a  woman  sitting  upon  a  scarlet 
colored  beast,  that  had  not  yet  come  into  exist- 
ence. Rev.  17:3. 

Paul  was  carried  away  in  the  Spirit,  into 
Paradise,  and  heard  things  unlawful  to  be  ut- 
tered. IT  Cor.  12:4. 

John  was  carried  away  in  the  Spirit  on  the 
Lord's  day.  This  was  the  day  of  the  week  on 
which  the  Lord  was  raised  from  the  dead. 
This  is  pre-eminently  the  Lord's  day.  And  he 
heard  behind  him  a  great  voice,  as  of  a  trumpet 
speaking.  This  was  the  voice  of  the  glorified 
Christ,  who  then  appeared  to  John  to  give 
him  this  Revelation,  saying,  "I  am  Alpha  and 
Omega,  the  first  and  the  last,  and,  What  thou 
seest,  write  in  a  book  (that  it  may  be  pre- 
served), and  send  it  unto  the  seven  churches 
which  are  in  Asia."  This  Book  of  Revelation 
to  be  sent  to  each  church. 

And  I  turned  to  see  the  voice  that  spake 
with  me.  And  being  turned  I  saw  seven 
golden  candlesticks;  and  in  the  midst  of 
the  seven  candlesticks  one  like  unto  the 
Son  of  Man,  clothed  with  a  garment  down 
to  the  foot,  and  girt  about  the  paps  with 
a  golden  girdle.  Rev.  1 :12-13. 


JOHN,  TO  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES    41 

And  John  turned  to  see  the  person  speaking 
to  him;  and  he  saw  seven  golden  candlesticks. 
Only  candlesticks.  Not  lamps,  lights,  or  flam- 
ing torches.  These  candlesticks  represented  the 
seven  churches.  "The  seven  candlesticks  are 
the  seven  churches."  Rev.  1 :20.  These  candle- 
sticks are  golden.  Gold  in  the  Scriptures  stands 
for  purity  and  great  value.  And  in  the  midst 
of  the  candlesticks  is  one  like  unto  the  Son  of 
Man.  This  one  is  Christ,  standing  or  walking 
in  the  midst  of  His  people,  in  each  assembly 
of  believers,  as  "Head  over  all  things  to  the 
church,"  (Eph.  1:22)  clothed  with  a  garment 
down  to  the  foot  and  girt  about  with  a  golden 
girdle.  The  priestly  robes  and  girdle.  Jesus 
Christ  is  our  High  Priest. 

His  head  and  his  hairs  were  white  like 
wool,  as  white  as  snow,  and  his  eyes  were 
as  a  flame  of  fire;  and  his  feet  like  unto 
fine  brass,  as  if  they  burned  in  a  furnace; 
and  his  voice  as  the  sound  of  many  waters. 
Rev.  1:14-15. 

Not  His  hair,  only,  but  His  head  was  white 
as  snow;  and  His  eyes  were  as  a  flame  of  fire, 
flashing  with  Divine  majesty,  and  His  feet  like 
unto  burnished  brass,  as  if  it  had  been  refined 
in  a  furnace.  Glorious  in  appearance.  And  His 
voice  as  the  sound  of  many  waters.  Majestic. 
This  is  our  glorious  risen  Lord.  No  more  the 
rejected  and  despised  Galilean,  the  man  of  sor- 


42        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

rows,  with  no  place  to  lay  His  head.  He  comes 
forth  the  Mighty  Conqueror,  with  the  keys 
of  death  and  hell. 

"And  he  had  in  his  right  hand  seven  stars: 
and  out  of  his  mouth  went  a  sharp  two-edged 
sword :  and  his  countenance  was  as  the  sun  shin- 
eth  in  his  strength.  And  when  I  saw  him  I  fell 
at  his  feet  as  dead.  And  he  laid  his  right  hand 
upon  me,  saying  unto  me,  Fear  not:  I  am  the 
first  and  the  last:  I  am  he  that  liveth,  and  was 
dead;  and,  behold,  I  am  alive  for  evermore, 
Amen;  and  have  the  keys  of  hell  and  of  death." 
Rev.  1:16-18. 

He  had  in  his  right  hand  seven  stars.  These 
stars  represent  the  Pastors  of  the  seven 
churches,  or  assemblies,  upheld,  directed  and 
protected  by  their  risen  and  glorified  Lord. 
uThe  seven  stars  are  the  seven  angels  of  the 
seven  churches."  Rev.  1 :20.  Not  literal  angels 
of  God,  or  spiritual  beings,  as  we  discover  from 
Rev.  2:1,  8,  12,  18,  and  Rev.  3:1,  7,  14.  In 
each  of  these  seven  commands,  the  Apostle 
John  was  ordered  to  write  to  the  angel  of  the 
church.  John  could  not  write  to  an  angel 
proper,  or  to  a  spiritual  or  heavenly  being; 
but  to  the  minister,  or  pastor  over  that  particu- 
lar church  or  assembly.  The  pastor  in  the  hand 
of  his  Lord,  is  here  called  an  angel. 

Out  of  His  mouth  proceeded  a  sharp,  two- 
edged  sword;  and  His  countenance  was  as  the 
sun  shineth  in  his  strength.  What  a  wonder- 


JOHN,  TO  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES    43 

ful  description  of  our  glorified  human,  Divine, 
risen  Lord,  as  He  appeared  to  John  on  Patmos. 
He  carries  no  weapon  but  the  word  of  His 
mouth.  He  speaks  and  it  is  done.  His  word 
is  sharper  than  a  two-edged  sword. 

When  John  saw  Him,  he  fell  at  his  feet  as 
one  dead.  The  presence  of  such  glory;  the 
Majesty  of  His  Divine  person,  was  more  than 
the  body  of  the  sainted  John  could  endure;  and 
so  he  fell  as  one  dead. 

uAnd  He  laid  His  right  hand  upon  me,  say- 
ing, Fear  not:  I  am  the  first  and  the  last,  and 
the  living  one;  and  I  was  dead,  and  behold  I 
am  alive  forevermore,  and  have  the  keys  of 
death  and  hades."  R.  V. 

John,  strengthened  by  the  divine  touch  of 
his  Lord,  hears  these  soothing,  wonderful 
words.  The  Speaker  is  the  first  of  all  things 
in  the  universe.  All  things  were  made  by  Him. 
"He  laid  the  foundation  of  the  earth  and  the 
heavens  are  the  works  of  His  hands."  Heb. 
1:10.  "But  made  Himself  of  no  reputation, 
and  took  upon  him  the  form  of  a  servant,  and 
was  made  in  the  likeness  of  men;  and  being 
found  in  fashion  as  a  man,  He  humbled  Him- 
self, and  became  obedient  unto  death,  even  the 
death  of  the  cross."  Phil.  2:7,  8.  He  was 
dead,  and,  behold,  He  is  not  dead,  but  alive 
forevermore,  and  has  the  keys  and  controls 
both  death  and  hell.  And  as  the  risen  con- 


44        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

queror  of  Satan,  death,  and  hell,  He  commands 
John  to  write  this  Book  of  Revelation. 

Write  the  things  which  thou  hast  seen, 
and  the  things  which  are,  and  the  things 
which  shall  be  hereafter:  The  mystery  of 
the  seven  stars  which  thou  sawest  in  my 
right  hand,  and  the  seven  golden  candle- 
sticks. The  seven  stars  are  the  angels 
of  the  seven  churches;  and  the  seven 
candlesticks  which  thou  sawest  are  the 
seven  churches.  Rev.  1 : 19-20. 

Write,  therefore.  The  things  which  have 
been  shown  him,  and  the  things  which  are  now 
before  him;  and  all  the  things  that  shall  be 
shown  unto  him.  The  mystery  of  the  seven 
stars  which  thou  sawest  in  my  right  hand,  and 
the  seven  golden  candlesticks.  Our  Lord  is  re- 
vealing hidden  things  to  John,  and  because  these 
candlesticks,  and  the  stars,  are  not  to  be  taken 
literally,  He  reveals  their  meaning,  saying,  The 
seven  stars  are  the  angels  of  the  seven  churches; 
and  the  seven  candlesticks  are  the  seven 
churches. 

An  individual  church  or  assembly  is  here 
represented  by  a  candlestick,  which  of  itself  has 
no  light  and  can  give  none,  but  is  intended  to 
bear  or  hold  a  candle,  lamp,  or  burning  torch, 
that  will  shed  light  on  all  around.  God  is  light, 
Christ  is  the  light  of  the  world,  because  He  is 
God.  And  without  Him  we  are  all  darkness, 


JOHN,  TO  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES    45 

and  can  do  nothing.  We  must  have  Christ  and 
God  in  us,  as  the  candle  is  in  the  candlestick. 
When,  "Filled  with  all  the  fullness  of  God," 
Eph.  3:19,  we  become  the  "Light  of  the  world; 
and  the  salt  of  the  earth."  Matt.  5  :13-14. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  HEAVEN 

ND  in  the  days  of  these  kings  shall  the 
God  of  Heaven  set  up  a  kingdom,  which 
shall  never  be  destroyed  and  the  kingdom 
shall  not  be  left  to  other  people,  but  it 
shall  break  in  pieces  and  consume  all 
these  kingdoms,  and  it  shall  stand  for- 
even  Forasmuch  as  thou  sawest  that  the 
stone  was  cut  out  of  the  mountain  without 
hands,  and  that  it  break  in  pieces  the  iron, 
the  brass,  the  clay,  the  silver,  and  the  gold; 
the  great  God  hath  made  known  to  the 
king  what  shall  come  to  pass  hereafter; 
and  the  dream  is  certain,  and  the  interpre- 
tation thereof  sure.  Dan.  2:44-45. 

Here  God  reveals  to  Nebuchadnezzar  a  se- 
ries of  consequences,  after  which  the  God  of 
Heaven  will  set  up  a  kingdom  that  shall  stand 
forever.  And  this  Kingdom  of  God  will  pul- 
verize, and  utterly  destroy,  all  other  kingdoms. 

Why  do  the  heathen  rage,  and  the  peo- 
ple imagine  a  vain  thing?  The  kings  of 
the  earth  set  themselves,  and  the  rulers 
take  counsel  together,  against  the  Lord, 
and  against  His  annointed,  saying,  Let 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  HEAVEN          47 

us  break  their  bands  asunder,  and  cast 
away  their  cords  from  us.  He  that  sitteth 
in  the  heavens  shall  laugh;  the  Lord  shall 
have  them  in  derision.  Then  shall  He 
speak  unto  them  in  His  wrath,  and  vex 
them  in  his  sore  displeasure.  Yet  have  I 
set  my  king  upon  my  holy  hill  of  Zion.  I 
will  declare  the  decree :  the  Lord  hath  said 
unto  me,  Thou  art  my  Son ;  this  day  have 
I  begotten  thee.  Ask  of  me,  and  I  shall 
give  thee  the  heathen  for  thine  inheritance, 
and  the  utmost  parts  of  the  earth  for  thy 
possession.  Thou  shalt  break  them  with 
a  rod  of  iron;  thou  shalt  dash  them  in 
pieces  like  a  potter's  vessel.  Be  wise  now, 
therefore,  O  ye  kings:  be  instructed,  ye 
judges  of  the  earth.  Serve  the  Lord  with 
fear  and  rejoice  with  trembling.  Kiss  the 
Son,  lest  He  be  angry,  and  ye  perish  from 
the  way,  when  His  wrath  is  kindled  but 
a  little.  Blessed  are  all  they  that  put  their 
trust  in  Him.  Psa.  2. 

The  Son  of  God  is  to  be  the  king  and  ruler 
of  the  whole  earth.  God  will  set  His  Son  upon 
the  throne  of  David,  in  Jerusalem,  and  He 
shall  break  the  kings  and  kingdoms  of  this 
earth  with  a  rod  of  iron;  and  dash  them  to 
pieces  like  a  potter's  vessel.  Man's  rule  shall 
come  to  an  end;  and  God  shall  rule  forever,  and 
His  kingdom  shall  fill  the  whole  earth.  These 


48        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

things  are  to  come  to  pass  in  "The  time  of  the 
end."     Dan.  12:9-13. 

Of  the  increase  of  His  government  and 
peace  there  shall  be  no  end,  upon  the 
throne  of  David,  and  upon  His  kingdom 
[in  Jerusalem,  and  over  the  twelve  tribes 
of  Israel],  to  order  it,  and  to  establish 
it,  with  judgment  and  with  justice  from 
henceforth  even  forever.  The  zeal  of 
the  Lord  of  Hosts  will  perform  this. 
Isa.  9:7. 

And  I  will  set  up  one  shepherd  over 
them,  and  he  shall  feed  them,  even  my 
servant  David;  he  shall  feed  them,  and 
he  shall  be  their  shepherd.  And  I,  the 
Lord,  will  be  their  God,  and  my  servant 
David  a  prince  among  them;  I  the  Lord 
have  spoken  it.  Ezek.  34:23-24. 

Isaiah  and  Ezekiel  prophesied  three  hundred 
years  after  the  death  of  David.  So  this  proph- 
ecy could  not  refer  to  him;  but  it  does  refer 
to  David's  son,  who  would  sit  on  David's 
throne  in  Jerusalem,  and  reign  over  all  the 
earth. 

And  He  said  unto  them,  How  say  they 
that  Christ  is  David's  son?  And  David 
himself  saith  in  the  Book  of  Psalms,  The 
Lord  said  unto  my  Lord,  Sit  thou  on  my 
right  hand,  till  I  make  thine  enemies  thy 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  HEAVEN          49 

footstool.  David  therefore  calleth  him 
Lord,  how  is  he  then  his  son?  Luke 
20:41-44. 

The  Jews  could  not  answer  this  question ;  but 
they  knew  that  Jesus  quoted  the  Scriptures  cor- 
rectly, that  Christ  is  David's  son. 

In  Rev.  22:16,  Jesus  Christ  declares,  "I,  Je- 
sus, have  sent  mine  angel  to  testify  unto  you 
these  things  in  the  churches ;  I  am  the  root  and 
the  offspring  of  David." 

He  is  the  prince  of  the  kings  of  the  earth. 
He  is  the  true  heir  to  every  throne  on  earth. 
And  he  will  sit  on  David's  throne  in  Jerusalem 
and  reign  over  all,  for  a  thousand  years. 

I  saw  in  the  night  visions,  and,  behold, 
one  like  the  Son  of  Man  came  with  the 
clouds  of  heaven,  and  came  to  the  ancient 
of  days,  and  they  brought  Him  near  be- 
fore Him.  And  there  was  given  Him  do- 
minion, and  glory,  and  a  kingdom,  that 
all  people,  nations,  and  languages,  should 
serve  Him:  His  dominion  is  an  everlast- 
ing dominion,  which  shall  not  pass  away, 
and  His  kingdom  that  which  shall  not 
be  destroyed.  Dan.  7:13,  14. 

Afterward  shall  the  children  of  Israel 
return  and  seek  the  Lord  their  God,  and 
David  their  king ;  and  shall  fear  the  Lord 
and  His  goodness  in  the  latter  days.  Ho- 
sea,  3 :5. 


50        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

All  of  this  takes  place  in  the  latter  days. 
At  the  end  of  the  "Times  of  the  Gentiles." 
Luke  21:24.  When  the  Gentiles  are  cut  off; 
and  a  remnant  of  Israel  is  grafted  into  the  true 
olive  tree.  Jesus  Christ  is  the  central  figure 
throughout  the  Book  of  Revelation.  We  see 
Him  in  Majestic  glory  in  the  first  chapter.  We 
find  Him  overseeing  the  churches;  commend- 
ing the  good,  condemning  the  wrong,  and  di- 
recting all,  in  the  second  and  third  chapters. 
We  see  Him  with  all  the  resurrected  saints  in 
heaven,  in  the  seventh  chapter;  and  opening 
the  last  seal  in  the  eighth  chapter.  And  great 
rejoicing  in  heaven  because  the  kingdoms  of 
this  world  have  become  the  kingdoms  of  our 
Lord,  and  of  His  Christ,  in  the  eleventh  chap- 
ter, fifteenth  verse;  and  we  find  Him  the  cen- 
tral figure  in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  verses  of 
the  twelfth  chapter.  We  find  Him  with  the 
first  fruits  of  the  resurrection,  144,000  in  num- 
ber, on  Mount  Sion,  in  the  fourteenth  chapter. 
We  find  him  in  the  sixteenth  chapter,  fifteenth 
verse,  saying,  "Behold,  I  come  as  a  thief. 
Blessed  is  he  that  watcheth,  and  keepeth  his 
garments,  lest  he  walk  naked,  and  they  see  his 
shame." 

We  find  the  beast  making  war  with  the  Lamb, 
in  the  seventeenth  chapter.  And  in  the  nine- 
teenth chapter,  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb  takes 
place  and  the  Lord  Jesus,  with  all  the  saints 
and  angels  ride  on  white  horses,  going  forth 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  HEAVEN          51 

to  make  war;  and  to  destroy  the  Anti-Christ 
and  his  army.  In  the  twentieth  chapter,  Satan 
is  chained  and  cast  into  the  bottomless  pit,  and 
Jesus  Christ  raises  all  persons  who  have  ever 
lived  on  this  earth  and  have  not  been  heretofore 
resurrected;  and,  sitting  on  the  great  white 
throne,  He  judges  them.  The  return  of  Christ 
to  this  earth  is  the  subject  under  consideration 
all  through  the  book.  Heaven,  earth,  and  hell 
are  brought  in  as  they  relate  to  His  coming. 
Most  of  the  scenes  occur  on  earth;  but  the 
things  that  occur,  have  their  origin  in  heaven. 
God  speaks  from  the  throne;  and  the  earth 
quakes. 


KEY  TO  THE  BOOK  OF  REVELATION 


HERE  are  seven  seals  to  be  opened,  and 
seven  trumpets  to  be  sounded,  and  seven 
thunders  to  utter  their  voices,  and  seven 
last  plagues  to  be  poured  out.  Each 
coming  in  their  proper  order,  as  revealed 
in  this  book. 

This  book  being  a  panorama  of  things  that 
will  surely  occur,  or  come  to  pass,  the  reader 
must  continually  keep  in  mind  the  things  that 
have  already  transpired;  and  the  condition  of 
the  world  under  which  he  is  then  studying. 

There  are  seven  seals  to  be  opened,  and  at 
the  opening  of  each  seal  certain  things  occur, 
entirely  different  from  all  other  occurrences. 
These  occurrences  come  in  the  order  given  in 
the  Book  of  Revelation.  The  occurrences  un- 
der the  opening  of  each  seal  cannot  come  until 
that  seal  is  opened.  All  the  occurrences  under 
the  opening  of  the  seven  seals  will  have  taken 
place  before  the  first  of  the  seven  trumpets 
will  be  sounded.  And  under  the  sounding  of 
the  other  trumpets,  distinct  and  entirely  differ- 
ent things  come  to  pass. 

After  the  sounding  of  the  sixth  trumpet, 
seven  thunders  utter  their  voices.  Those  thun- 


KEY  TO  BOOK  OF  REVELATION      53 

ders  will  not  come  until  six  trumpets  have  been 
sounded.  And  the  seventh  trumpet  will  not  be 
sounded  until  after  the  seven  thunders  have  ut- 
tered their  voices.  And  all  of  these  will  have 
come,  and  gone,  before  the  first  of  the  seven 
last  plagues  is  poured  out,  and  each  plague  will 
bring  new  scenes  before  us. 

We  find  order  in  all  the  works  of  God,  and 
now  that  He  is  revealing  to  us  the  things  which 
must  come  to  pass,  we  should  not  expect  that 
He  would  present  them  in  a  maze  of  confusion, 
but  in  perfect  order.  Remember  that  God  is 
revealing  facts,  not  fiction;  so  clearly  stated, 
that  He  will  not  suffer  any  change  to  be  made 
in  them. 


THE  BOOK  OF  REVELATION 


HE  Book  of  Revelation  commences  with 
these  words :  uThe  Revelation  of  Jesus 
Christ,  which  God  gave  Him,  to  show 
unto  His  servants  things  which  must 
shortly  come  to  pass." 
A  series  of  things  which  must  come  to  pass 
in  connection  with  the  coming,  or  revealing  of 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  Mighty  things  shall 
transpire.  The  Devil  shall  be  cast  out,  and 
imprisoned.  The  wicked  shall  be  defeated. 
The  earth  shall  be  cleansed.  Christ  shall  be 
vindicated.  The  sons  of  God  shall  be  glori- 
ously liberated,  and  glorified  with  Christ;  and 
the  restoration  of  all  earthly  creatures  and  con- 
ditions shall  be  complete;  and  God  shall  be 
glorified  in  all. 

The  Revelation,  or  revealing  of  Jesus  Christ 
in  His  return  to  earth,  giving  the  things  that 
must  take  place,  in  the  order  in  which  they 
will  take  place,  in  connection  with  His  return. 
The  book  is  a  panorama  of  the  things  seen; 
and  a  faithful  statement  of  words  and  sounds 
heard  by  the  holy  Apostle  John.  All  concerning 
Jesus  Christ,  and  His  return  to  earth  to  claim 
His  own,  and  to  bring  them  into  the  resurrec- 
tion life  and  spiritual  realm  in  which  God  and 


THE  BOOK  OF  REVELATION          55 

angels  are;  making  their  material  bodies  spir- 
itual bodies,  with  faculties  and  powers  enabling 
them  to  stand  in  the  presence  of  God,  seeing 
His  face,,  and  comprehending  heavenly  things, 
and  conditions  as  they  are.  In  this  spiritual 
and  heavenly  condition,  we  shall  reign  with 
Christ,  on  this  restored  earth,  for  a  thousand 
years.  This  is  the  Sabbath  of  the  Lord. 

The  first  declaration  in  this  book  after  its 
introduction  is,  "Behold  He  cometh  with  clouds 
and  every  eye  shall  see  Him;  and  all  kindreds 
of  the  earth  shall  wail  because  of  Him,  Even 
so,  Amen."  And  the  concluding  words  of  this 
book,  from  the  Lord  Himself,  are,  uSurely,  I 
come  quickly." 

The  things  heard  and  seen,  that  are  herein 
recorded,  were  so  correctly  presented  to  John, 
and  clearly  stated,  that  not  one  word  may  be 
changed;  and  a  great  curse  is  pronounced 
against  any  person  who  adds  to,  or  takes  from, 
the  words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book.  No 
such  warning  is  appended  to  any  other  book 
in  the  Bible.  We  believe  that  great  confusion 
has  come  to  God's  children  by  taking  from, 
and  adding  to,  the  words  of  this  prophecy. 

Let  us  study  this  book  very  carefully,  and 
observe  very  closely  what  God  says. 

The  Book  of  Revelation  seems  to  be  the  last 
book  in  the  sacred  volume  given  to  the  church. 
This  being  a  fact,  we  must  study  it  in  connec- 
tion with  what  our  Lord  said  about  His  re- 
turn to  this  earth,  recorded  in  John  14:  2,  3, 


56        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  in  connection  with  all  other  Scriptures  on 
this  subject. 

In  my  father's  house  are  many  man- 
sions :  if  it  were  not  so,  I  would  have  told 
you.  I  go  to  prepare  a  place  for  you. 
And  if  I  go  and  prepare  a  place  for  you, 
I  will  come  again,  and  receive  you  unto 
myself;  that  where  I  am,  there  ye  may  be 
also.  John  14:  2,  3. 

The  return  of  our  Lord  to  take  us  to  His 
Father's  Home  is  mentioned  hundreds  of  times 
in  the  Bible,  and  is  the  brightest  star  in  all 
our  constellation.  If  the  Book  of  Revelation 
is  really  a  revelation  of  things  in  connection 
with  His  return  to  this  earth,  then  we  will  find 
the  proof  of  that  fact  in  this  book. 

The  Lord  Jesus  gave  the  apostles  a  clear 
statement  of  the  signs  of  His  coming  back  to 
earth,  in  the  twenty-fourth  chapter  of  Matthew, 
in  the  thirteenth  chapter  of  Mark,  and  in  the 
twenty-first  chapter  of  Luke.  As  Jesus  and 
His  disciples  passed  out  of  the  temple,  they 
called  His  attention  to  the  buildings  and  great 
stones,  and  Jesus  answered:  "See  ye  not  all 
these  things?  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  There 
shall  not  be  left  here  one  stone  upon  another, 
that  shall  not  be  thrown  down."  Matt.  24:2. 

And  as  He  sat  upon  the  Mount  of 
Olives,  over  against  the  temple,  Peter  and 
James  and  John  and  Andrew  asked  him 


THE  BOOK  OF  REVELATION          57 

privately,  Tell  us,  when  shall  these  things 
be?  and  what  shall  be  the  sign  of  Thy 
coming,  and  of  the  end  of  the  world? 
And  Jesus  answered  and  said  unto  them, 
Take  heed  that  no  man  deceive  you.  For 
many  shall  come  in  my  name,  saying,  I 
am  Christ;  and  shall  deceive  many.  Matt. 
24:3-5. 

Go  ye  not,  therefore,  after  them.  But 
when  ye  shall  hear  of  wars  and  commo- 
tions, be  not  terrified:  for  these  things 
must  first  come  to  pass ;  but  the  end  is  not 
by  and  by.  Then  said  He  unto  them,  Na- 
tion shall  rise  against  nation,  and  kingdom 
against  kingdom:  and  great  earthquakes 
shall  be  in  divers  places,  and  famines,  and 
pestilences;  and  fearful  sights  and  great 
signs  shall  there  be  from  heaven.  But 
before  all  these,  they  shall  lay  their  hands 
on  you,  and  persecute  you,  delivering  you 
up  to  the  synagogues  and  into  prisons,  be- 
ing brought  before  kings  and  rulers  for  my 
name's  sake.  And  it  shall  turn  to  you 
for  a  testimony.  Settle  it  therefore  in 
your  hearts,  not  to  mediate  before  what 
ye  shall  answer:  for  I  will  give  you  a 
mouth  and  wisdom,  which  all  your  adver- 
saries shall  not  be  able  to  gainsay  nor 
resist.  And  ye  shall  be  hated  of  all  men 
for  my  name's  sake.  But  there  shall  not 
an  hair  of  your  head  perish.  In  your  pa- 


58        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

tience  possess  ye  your  souls.     And  when 
ye   shall  see  Jerusalem    compassed  with 
armies,  then    know    that    the    desolation 
thereof  is  nigh.     Then  let  them  which  are 
in  Judea  flee  to  the  mountains;   and  let 
them  which  are  in  the  midst  of  it  depart 
out;   and   let  not   them   that   are   in   the 
countries   enter  thereinto.      For  these  be 
the  days  of  vengeance,    that    all    things 
which  are  written    may  be  fulfilled.     But 
woe  unto  them  that  are  with  child,  and  to 
them  that  give  suck,   in  those   days,    for 
there  shall  be  great  distress  in  the  land, 
and  wrath  upon  this  people.     And  they 
shall  fall  by  the  edge  of  the  sword,  and 
shall  be  led  away  captive  into  all  nations : 
and  Jerusalem  shall  be  trodden  down  of 
the  Gentiles,  until  the  times  of  the  Gen- 
tiles be  fulfilled.    Luke  2 1:8-24. 
This  Scripture  covers  the  destruction  of  Jeru- 
salem, and  the  curse  that  fell  on  the  Jews  and 
their  land,  down  to  this  day.     This  is  the  an- 
swer of  our  Lord  to  the  question  asked,  uWhen 
shall  these  things  be?"  referring  to  His  decla- 
ration that,  "Not  one  stone  shall  be  left  that 
shall  not  be  thrown  down." 

All  this  Scripture  has  been  literally  fulfilled. 
Read  Josephus'  description  of  the  destruction 
of  Jerusalem,  and  the  history  of  the  Jews  down 
to  the  present  time,  and  you  will  see  how  ac- 
curately Christ  foretold  it  all. 


THE  SIGNS  OF  HIS  COMING 


OW  we  come  to  the  second  question,  con- 
cerning the  return  of  our  Lord.  "Tell 
us,  what  shall  be  the  sign  of  Thy  com- 
ing." The  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  and 
the  wars,  pestilences,  famines,  fearful 
sights  and  signs  since  then,  are  not  the  signs  of 
His  coming.  What  are  the  signs  of  His  com- 
ing? Our  Lord  answers  this  question  in  Mat- 
thew 24:23,  and  in  Mark  13:21,  and  in  Luke, 
21:25. 

Then  if  any  man  shall  say  unto  you, 
Lo,  here  is  Christ,  or  there;  believe  it 
not.  For  there  shall  arise  false  Christs, 
and  false  prophets,  and  shall  shew  great 
signs  and  wonders;  insomuch  that,  if  it 
were  possible,  they  shall  deceive  the  very 
elect.  Behold,  I  have  told  you  before. 
Wherefore,  if  they  shall  say  unto  you, 
Behold,  He  is  in  the  desert,  go  not  forth : 
behold,  He  is  in  the  secret  chambers;  be- 
lieve it  not.  For  as  the  lightning  cometh 
out  of  the  east,  and  shineth  even  unto  the 
west,  so  shall  also  the  coming  of  the  Son 
of  Man  be.  *  *  *  Immediately  after  the 
tribulation  of  those  days  shall  the  sun  be 
darkened,  and  the  moon  shall  not  give  her 


60        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

light,  and  the  stars  shall  fall  from  heaven, 
and  the  powers  of  the  heavens  shall  be 
shaken:  and  then  shall  appear  the  sign 
of  the  Son  of  Man  in  heaven:  and  then 
shall  all  the  tribes  of  the  earth  mourn, 
and  they  shall  see  the  Son  of  Man  coming 
in  the  clouds  of  heaven  with  power  and 
great  glory.  And  He  shall  send  His 
angels  with  a  great  sound  of  a  trumpet, 
and  they  shall  gather  together  His  elect 
from  the  four  winds,  from  one  end  of 
heaven  to  the  other.  Now  learn  a  parable 
of  the  fig  tree:  When  his  branch  is  yet 
tender,  and  putteth  forth  leaves,  ye  know 
that  summer  is  nigh.  Matt.  24:23-32. 

And  when  these  things  begin  to  come  to 
pass,  then  look  up,  and  lift  up  your  heads; 
for  your  redemption  draweth  nigh.  And 
He  spake  to  them  a  parable :  Behold  the 
fig  tree,  and  all  the  trees :  When  they  now 
shoot  forth,  ye  see  and  know  of  your  own 
selves  that  summer  is  now  nigh  at  hand. 
So  likewise  ye,  when  ye  see  these  things 
come  to  pass,  know  ye  that  the  Kingdom 
of  God  is  nigh  at  hand.  Verily  I  say 
unto  you,  This  generation  shall  not  pass 
away  till  all  be  fulfilled.  Heaven  and 
earth  shall  pass  away:  but  my  words  shall 
not  pass  away.  Luke  21 :28-33. 
As  the  leaves  coming  forth  in  the  spring- 
time on  the  fig  tree,  and  all  the  trees,  indicate 


THE  SIGNS  OF  HIS  COMING          61 

winter  is  past,  and  the  spring  is  present,  and 
the  summer  is  near:  so  the  three  signs  here 
given  indicate  that  the  Lord  Jesus  is  at  the 
door,  to  raise  the  dead,  and  translate  the  liv- 
ing saints;  and  to  set  up  His  kingdom  upon 
earth  for  a  thousand  years. 

And  our  Lord  tells  us  that  when  the  first 
sign  appears,  that  is  the  darkness,  thick  dark- 
ness, to  lift  up  your  heads,  for  your  redemption 
draweth  nigh.  And  when  all  three  signs  have 
been  seen  by  us,  to  know  that  it,  the  Kingdom 
of  God,  is  at  the  door,  that  Christ  may  then 
appear  any  minute. 

These  signs  come  immediately  after  the 
tribulations  of  those  days.  The  world  will  have 
been  in  tribulation  just  before  these  signs  ap- 
pear, and  all  of  these  signs  will  come  in  con- 
junction, one  with  the  other,  as  given  by  our 
Lord.  The  generation  then  living  will  see  all 
the  signs;  and  will  not  pass  away  until  Jesus 
Christ  comes,  and  raises  the  righteous  dead  and 
translates  the  righteous  living,  taking  them  up 
into  heaven;  and  until  the  Anti-Christ  has  fin- 
ished his  reign  of  destruction  and  blasphemy. 
Then  the  Lord  will  return  to  this  earth,  bring- 
ing the  saints  with  Him,  to  destroy  all  people 
who  have  taken  the  mark  of  the  beast,  or  Anti- 
Christ.  And  the  Anti-Christ  and  the  False 
Prophet  will  be  cast  alive  into  the  lake  of  fire 
and  brimstone;  and  Satan  will  be  bound  and 
shut  up  in  the  bottomless  pit  for  one  thousand 


62        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

years;  and  the  Lord  Jesus,  who  is  the  Prince  of 
the  Kings  of  the  Earth,  shall  reign  over  the 
whole  earth  during  the  thousand  years. 

This  will  be  the  Sabbath  of  the  Lord:  For 
the  "earth  shall  be  full  of  the  knowledge  of 
the  Lord,  as  the  waters  cover  the  sea."  Isa. 
11:9. 

If  the  Book  of  Revelation  is  a  panorama  of 
the  occurrences  before,  at,  and  after,  the  com- 
ing of  Christ,  we  will  find  the  signs  of  His 
coming,  as  He  gave  them  to  the  disciples.  And 
we  will  also  find  them  in  their  proper  place 
in  relation  to  all  other  scenes  and  phenomena. 

And  I  beheld  when  he  had  opened  the 
sixth  seal,  and  lo,  there  was  a  great  earth- 
quake; and  the  sun  became  black  as  sack- 
cloth of  hair,  and  the  moon  became  as 
blood :  And  the  stars  of  heaven  fell  unto 
the  earth,  even  as  a  fig  tree  casteth  her 
untimely  figs,  when  she  is  shaken  of  a 
mighty  wind.  And  the  heavens  parted 
as  a  scroll  when  it  is  rolled  together :  and 
every  mountain  and  island  were  moved 
out  of  their  places.  Rev.  6:12-14. 

Here  are  all  the  signs  given  by  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ  to  the  disciples,  and  in  conjunc- 
tion, one  after  the  other;  and  in  the  same  order 
that  Christ  gave  them.  And  coming  in  con- 
junction with  a  world  earthquake,  that  will 
move  every  mountain  and  island  out  of  their 


THE  SIGNS  OF  HIS  COMING          63 

places,  and  causing  consternation  throughout 
the  whole  world. 

"And  the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  the  great 
men  and  the  rich  men,  and  the  chief  captains, 
and  the  mighty  men,  and  every  bondman,  and 
every  free  man,  hid  themselves  in  the  dens  and 
in  the  rocks  of  the  mountains;  and  said  to  the 
mountains  and  rocks,  Fall  on  us,  and  hide  us 
from  the  face  of  Him  that  sitteth  on  the  throne, 
and  from  the  wrath  of  the  Lamb :  for  the  great 
day  of  His  wrath  is  come;  and  who  shall  be 
able  to  stand?  Rev.  6:15-17. 

The  signs  all  being  present,  or  having  oc- 
curred, indicate  that  Christ  is  at  the  door,  to 
raise  the  dead.  The  whole  world  is  thrown 
into  terror,  and  cry  out  for  rocks  to  fall  on 
them.  Now  we  have  a  fact  established :  Jesus 
Christ  will  come  when  the  sixth  seal  is  opened. 
Not  before,  not  later.  This  world  earthquake 
will  usher  in  the  signs  of  His  coming.  All 
fairly  well-informed  people  know  that  such 
an  earthquake,  world-wide,  moving  every 
mountain  and  island  out  of  their  places,  fol- 
lowed by  the  sun  becoming  black  as  sackcloth 
of  hair,  and  the  moon  appearing  as  blood,  and 
the  stars  falling  to  the  earth,  has  not  taken 
place  since  the  Book  of  Revelation  was  given. 
But  it  will  take  place,  and  come  as  accurately 
as  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  came.  And 
when  it  does  come,  Jesus  Christ  will  be  at  the 
door  to  raise  the  dead,  and  catch  the  saints 
away. 


64        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

And  as  we  have  borne  the  image  of  the 
.earthy,  we  shall  also  bear  the  image  of 
the  heavenly.  Now  this  I  say,  brethren, 
that  flesh  and  blood  cannot  inherit  the 
Kingdom  of  God;  neither  doth  corrup- 
tion inherit  incorruption.  Behold,  I  shew 
you  a  mystery:  We  shall  not  all  sleep, 
but  we  shall  all  be  changed,  in  a  moment, 
in  the  twinkling  of  an  eye,  at  the  last 
trump:  for  the  trumpet  shall  sound,  and 
the  dead  shall  be  raised  incorruptible,  and 
we  shall  be  changed.  For  this  corruptible 
must  put  on  incorruption,  and  this  mortal 
must  put  on  immortality.  So  when  this 
corruptible  shall  have  put  on  incorruption, 
and  this  mortal  shall  have  put  on  immor- 
tality, then  shall  be  brought  to  pass  the 
saying  that  is  written,  Death  is  swallowed 
up  in  victory.  O  death,  where  is  thy  sting? 
O  grave,  where  is  thy  victory?  I  Cor. 
15:49-55. 

For  the  Lord  Himself  shall  descend 
from  heaven  with  a  shout,  with  the  voice 
of  the  archangel,  and  with  the  trump  of 
God:  and  the  dead  in  Christ  shall  rise 
first:  then  we  which  are  alive  and  remain 
shall  be  caught  up  together  with  them  in 
the  clouds,  to  meet  the  Lord  in  the  air; 
and  so  shall  we  ever  be  with  the  Lord. 
Wherefore  comfort  one  another  with  these 
words.  IThes.  4:16,  18. 


THE  SIGNS  OF  HIS  COMING          65 

I  tell  you,  in  that  night  there  shall  be 
two  men  in  one  bed;  the  one  shall  be 
taken,  and  the  other  shall  be  left.  Two 
women  shall  be  grinding  together;  the  one 
shall  be  taken,  and  the  other  left.  Two 
men  shall  be  in  the  field;  the  one  shall  be 
taken,  and  the  other  left.  Luke  17 :34-36. 

In  these  three  Scriptures  we  have  the  resur- 
rection clearly  stated,  taking  place  at  the  com- 
ing of  the  Lord  Jesus  to  gather  the  saints  unto 
Himself,  as  set  forth  in  II  Thes.  2:1. 

When  the  sixth  seal  is  opened,  God  will 
shake  terribly  the  earth. 

And  they  shall  go  into  the  holes  of  the 
rocks,  and  into  the  caves  of  the  earth, 
for  fear  of  the  Lord,  and  for  the  glory 
of  His  majesty,  when  He  ariseth  to  shake 
terribly  the  earth.  In  that  day  a  man 
shall  cast  his  idols  of  silver,  and  his  idols 
of  gold,  which  they  made  each  one  for 
himself  to  worship,  to  the  moles  and  to 
the  bats;  to  go  into  the  clefts  of  the  rocks, 
and  into  the  tops  of  the  ragged  rocks,  for 
fear  of  the  Lord,  and  for  the  glory  of  His 
majesty,  when  He  ariseth  to  shake  ter- 
ribly the  earth.  Isa.  2:19-21. 

And  the  sun  will  become  black  as  sackcloth 
of  hair,  and  the  moon  will  become  as  blood, 
and  the  stars  will  fall  unto  the  earth.  This  is 


66        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

all  positively  stated  by  the  Lord  Himself.    And 
the  resurrection  will  then  take  place. 

And  I  saw  another  angel  ascending  from 
the  east,  having  the  seal  of  the  living 
God:  and  he  cried  with  a  loud  voice  to 
the  four  angels,  to  whom  it  was  given  to 
hurt  the  earth  and  the  sea,  saying,  Hurt 
not  the  earth,  neither  the  sea,  nor  the 
trees,  till  we  have  sealed  the  servants  of 
our  God  in  their  foreheads*  And  I  heard 
the  number  of  them  which  were  sealed: 
and'  there  were  sealed  a  hundred  and 
forty  and  four  thousand  of  all  the  tribes 
of  the  children  of  Israel.  Of  the  tribe  of 
Juda  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of 
the  tribe  of  Reuben  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of  Gad  were 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of 
Aser  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the 
tribe  of  Nephthalim  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of  Manasses  were 
sealed  twelve  thouasnd.  Of  the  tribe  of 
Simeon  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of 
the  tribe  of  Levi  were  sealed  twelve  thou- 
sand. Of  the  tribe  of  Issachar  were 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of 
Zabulon  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of 
the  tribe  of  Benjamin  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of  Joseph  were 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Rev.  7  :2-8. 


THE  SIGNS  OF  HIS  COMING          67 
And  then  after  this  sealing  of  the  144,000: 

First  Resurrection 

After  this  I  beheld,  and,  lo,  a  great 
multitude,  which  no  man  could  number, 
of  all  nations,  and  kindreds,  and  people, 
and  tongues,  stood  before  the  throne,  and 
before  the  Lamb,  clothed  with  white  robes, 
and  palms  in  their  hands;  and  cried  with 
a  loud  voice,  saying,  Salvation  to  our  God 
which  sitteth  upon  the  throne,  and  unto 
the  Lamb.  And  all  the  angels  stood  round 
about  the  throne,  and  about  the  elders  and 
the  four  beasts,  and  fell  before  the  throne 
on  their  faces,  and  worshipped  God,  say- 
ing, Amen:  Blessing,  and  glory,  and  wis- 
dom, and  thanksgiving,  and  honour,  and 
power,  and  might,  be  unto  our  God  for- 
ever and  ever.  Amen.  And  one  of  the 
elders  answered,  saying  unto  me,  What  are 
these  which  are  arrayed  in  white  robes, 
and  whence  came  they?  And  I  said  unto 
him,  Sir,  thou  knowest.  And  he  said  to 
me,  These  are  they  which  came  out  of 
great  tribulation,  and  have  washed  their 
robes,  and  made  them  white  in  the  blood 
of  the  Lamb.  Therefore  are  they  before 
the  throne  of  God,  and  serve  Him  day 
and  night  in  His  temple :  and  He  that  sit- 
teth on  the  throne  shall  dwell  among  them. 


68        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

They  shall  hunger  no  more,  neither  thirst 
any  more;  neither  shall  the  sun  light  on 
them,  nor  any  heat:  for  the  Lamb  which 
is  in  the  midst  of  the  throne  shall  feed 
them  and  shall  lead  them  unto  living 
fountains  of  waters,  and  God  shall  wipe 
all  tears  from  their  eyes.  Rev.  7  :9-17. 

Here  we  have  the  positive  statement  that 
these  are  the  resurrected  saints  from  all  na- 
tions, kindreds,  peoples  and  tongues,  having 
washed  their  robes  in  the  Blood  of  the  Lamb; 
and  having  come  up  out  of  great  tribulation. 
Therefore,  because  they  have  washed  their 
robes  in  the  Blood  of  the  Lamb,  and  have  come 
out  of  great  tribulation,  they  are  now  off  of 
the  earth,  and  out  of  their  earthly  conditions; 
and  are  before  the  throne  of  God  in  heaven, 
to  serve  Him  day  and  night  in  His  temple,  and 
God  Himself  shall  dwell  among  them,  and  the 
Lamb  which  is  in  the  midst  shall  feed  them, 
and  shall  lead  them  unto  living  fountains  of 
waters,  and  God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from 
their  eyes. 

While  the  fifth  angel  was  sealing  the  144,000 
on  earth,  the  Lord  Jesus,  as  a  thief  in  the  night, 
according  to  His  own  word,  and  according  to 
I  Thes.  5  :2,  and  suddenly,  uln  the  twinkling  of 
an  eye,"  changes  the  living  saints,  as  set  forth 
in  I  Cor.  15:52;  and  catches  them  up  to  be 
forever  with  the  Lord,  as  also  set  forth  in  I 
Thes.  4:17. 


THE  SIGNS  OF  HIS  COMING          69 

Observe,  all  of  this  comes  under  the  opening 
of  the  sixth  seal.  The  seventh  seal  has  not  been 
opened  yet;  and  five  seals  had  been  opened  be- 
fore the  sixth  seal  was  opened;  and  under  the 
opening  of  each  seal,  tremendous  things  occur, 
in  heaven,  on  earth,  or  in  hell.  All  of  these 
are  stirred  because  of  what  God  is  doing. 

This  scene  in  heaven  has  brought  all  the 
angels  together,  surrounding  the  throne,  and 
the  elders  and  the  living  creatures,  because  of 
the  occurrence  that  has  just  taken  place;  the 
home-coming  of  all  the  resurrected  children  of 
God,  in  their  glorified  state,  with  their  shining 
faces.  The  Blood-washed  sons  of  God,  at 
Home,  and  all  the  angels  present.  They  hear 
the  saints  crying  out,  uSalvation  to  our  God, 
which  sitteth  on  the  throne,  and  unto  the 
Lamb."  Referring  to  their  own  salvation,  their 
purification,  their  elevation  from  sin  to  sonship, 
sons  of  God,  by  the  Blood  of  the  Lamb.  And 
the  angels  fell  before  the  throne  on  their  faces, 
and  worshiped  God,  saying,  "Amen."  This 
amen,  was  amen  to  what  the  saints  had  said. 

This  scene  is  a  Jubilee  in  heaven  over  the 
home-coming  of  the  Blood-washed  throng.  All 
the  saints  are  here  from  all  nations,  and  kindred 
and  people,  and  tongues;  and  all  the  angels, 
too ;  all  worshipping  God  and  the  Lamb.  The 
saints  are  not  yet  crowned,  for  the  wedding 
supper  of  the  Lamb  has  not  yet  taken  place. 
That  comes  in  the  nineteenth  chapter  of  Reve- 


70        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

lation.  The  coming  of  Jesus  Christ  is  definitely 
fixed,  to  take  place  at  the  opening  of  the  sixth 
seal.  If  we  will  carefully  consider  what  things 
come  to  pass  on  the  opening  of  the  first,  second, 
third,  fourth  and  fifth  seals,  we  may  discover 
where  we  now  are,  in  relation  to  the  coming  of 
our  Lord. 


JOHN  CAUGHT  UP  INTO  HEAVEN 


FTER  this  I  looked,  and,  behold,  a  door 
was  opened  in  heaven  and  the  first  voice 
which  I  heard  was  as  it  were  of  a  trum- 
pet talking  with  me;  which  said,  Come 
up  hither,  and  I  will  shew  thee  things 
which  must  be  hereafter.  And  imme- 
diately I  was  in  the  Spirit:  and,  behold,  a 
throne  was  set  in  heaven  and  one  sat  on 
the  throne.  And  he  that  sat  was  to  look 
upon  like  a  jasper  and  a  sardine  stone:  and 
there  was  a  rainbow  round  about  the 
throne,  in  sight  like  unto  an  emerald. 
Rev.  4:1-3. 

After  John  had  written  in  a  book  the  mes- 
sages for  the  seven  churches  in  Asia,  recorded 
in  the  second  and  third  chapters  of  Revelation, 
he  looked  and  saw  a  door  opened  in  heaven; 
an  opening  through  the  clouds,  enabling  him 
to  see  beyond  earthly  things.  And  he  heard  a 
voice  as  of  a  trumpet  speaking  to  him;  the  same 
voice  that  he  heard  when  on  Patmos,  on  the 
Lord's  day.  Rev.  1:10.  The  voice  of  the 
Lord  Jesus  Christ.  The  voice  that  reaches 
and  thrills  the  soul,  saying,  Come  up  hither  and 
I  will  shew  thee  things  which  must  come  to  pass 


72        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

hereafter.  Up  into  heaven  where  Jesus  Christ 
is,  and  He,  Jesus  Christ,  will  show  John  things, 
the  very  things  that  must  come  to  pass  hereafter. 
Not  phantoms,  or  symbols  or  myths,  but  reali- 
ties; things  that  must  come  to  pass. 

Straightway  (immediately)  I  was  in  the 
Spirit,  as  he  was  on  the  Lord's  day,  in  Patmos, 
and  being  in  the  Spirit  he  could  hear  spiritual 
things  and  see  spiritual  beings.  In  this  state 
he  was  caught  up  into  heaven ;  not  in  body,  for 
flesh  and  blood  could  not  be  caught  up  into 
heaven,  bjut  his  soul  and  spirit  could  be.  The 
Lord  had  said  unto  him,  Come  up  hither,  and 
the  power  that  commanded  him,  caught  him  up 
into  heaven,  where  he  saw  the  throne  of  God, 
and  One  sitting  upon  the  throne.  This  one  is 
God,  sitting  upon  His  throne.  And  He  that 
sat  was  to  look  upon  like  a  jasper  and  a  sardine 
stone.  Jasper  is  a  precious  stone  of  various 
colors,  as  purple,  blue,  green.  The  New  Jeru- 
salem, in  heaven,  is  said  to  have  light  like  a 
jasper  stone,  clear  as  crystal  (Rev.  21:11); 
and  a  sardine  stone  is  a  bright  red  color. 

The  prophet  Ezekiel  was  permitted  to  see 
the  Lord  on  His  throne,  and  he  said : 

And  I  saw  as  the  color  of  amber,  as 
the  appearance  of  fire  round  about  within 
it  from  the  appearance  of  his  loins  even 
upward,  and  from  the  appearance  of  his 
loins  even  downward,  I  saw  as  it  were  the 


JOHN  CAUGHT  UP  INTO  HEAVEN    73 

appearance  of  fire,  and  it  had  brightness 
round  about.  As  the  appearance  of  the 
bow  that  is  in  the  cloud  in  the  day  of  rain, 
so  was  the  appearance  of  the  brightness 
round  about.  This  was  the  appearance 
of  the  likeness  of  the  glory  of  the  Lord. 
And  when  I  saw  it,  I  fell  upon  my  face, 
and  I  heard  a  voice  of  one  that  spake. 
Ezek.  1:27-28. 

Twenty-four  Thrones 

The  rainbow  around  the  throne  was  like  an 
emerald.  A  soft  green  color.  uAnd  round 
about  the  throne  were  four  and  twenty  seats 
[thrones,  R.  V.],  and  upon  the  seats  I  saw  four 
and  twenty  elders  sitting,  clothed  in  white  rai- 
ment; and  they  had  on  their  heads  crowns  of 
gold.  And  out  of  the  throne  proceeded  light- 
nings and  thunderings  and  voices:  and  there 
were  seven  lamps  of  fire  burning  before  the 
throne,  which  are  the  seven  spirits  of  God." 
Rev.  4:4,  5. 

And  these  four  and  twenty  thrones  were  oc- 
cupied at  that  time  by  four  and  twenty  elders 
arrayed  in  white  garments;  and  on  their  heads 
were  crowns  of  gold.  We  find  in  chapter  five, 
eighth  verse,  that  these  elders  had  each  one 
of  them  a  harp,  and  golden  vials  full  of  in- 
cense, which  are  the  prayers  of  the  saints. 
There  is  good  reason  to  believe  that  these  el- 
ders were  glorified  saints,  crowned  and  robed 


74        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  enthroned,  with  harp  in  hand  praising  God 
for  their  salvation. 

And  I  John  saw  these  things,  and  heard 
them.  And  when  I  had  heard  and  seen, 
I  fell  down  to  worship  before  the  feet  of 
the  angel  which  shewed  me  these  things. 
Then  saith  he  unto  me,  See  thou  do  it  not; 
for  I  am  thy  fellow  servant,  and  of  thy 
brethren  the  prophets,  and  of  them  which 
keep  the  sayings  of  this  book:  worship 
God.  Rev.  22:8,  9. 

John  supposed  this  angel  was  God,  because 
of  his  glorious  appearance,  and  fell  down  at 
his  feet  to  worship  him.  "Then  said  he  unto 
me,  see  thou  do  it  not:  for  I  am  thy  fellow 
servant,  and  of  thy  brethren  the  prophets,  and 
of  them  which  keep  the  sayings  of  this  book: 
worship  God."  Here  we  find  a  human  being 
glorified;  and  in  the  likeness  of  God:  so  John 
thought  he  was  God.  And  this  resurrected 
human  being,  now  glorified,  is  sent  by  the  Lord 
Jesus  to  show  John  the  things  that  must  come 
to  pass.  But  how  came  this  person  and  the 
twenty-four  elders  to  be  in  heaven,  when  John 
was  caught  up,  about  the  year  A.  D.  96? 
Answer: 

Because,  "The  graves  were  opened  and 
many  bodies  of  the  saints  which  slept  arose, 
and  came  out  of  the  graves  after  His  resurrec- 
tion, and  went  into  the  holy  city,  and  appeared 
unto  many."  Matt.  27:52,  53. 


JOHN  CAUGHT  UP  INTO  HEAVEN    75 

These  saints  who  came  out  of  their  graves 
after  Jesus  arose,  are,  along  with  Christ  "First- 
fruits"  of  the  resurrection. 

For  as  in  Adam  all  die,  even  so  in  Christ 
shall  all  be  made  alive.  But  every  man  in 
his  own  order:  Christ  the  first-fruits;  af- 
terward, they  that  are  Christ's  at  His 
coming.  Then  cometh  the  end,  when  He 
shall  have  delivered  up  the  kingdom  to 
God,  even  the  Father ;  when  He  shall  have 
put  down  all  rule  and  all  authority  and 
power.  I  Cor.  15:22-24. 

Here  are  the  three  orders  of  the  resurrection. 
First  Christ  and  the  many  bodies  of  the  saints 
that  had  fallen  asleep,  who  came  out  of  their 
graves  after  Him.  These  are  the  first-fruits  of 
the  resurrection,  or  th.e  first  order  or  company 
to  enter  into  the  glorified  resurrection  life  with 
God. 

Second  Order:  "They  that  are  Christ's  at 
His  coming."  These  are  the  second  order,  or 
company  that  will  be  raised  when  Jesus  comes. 
"Then  cometh  the  end,"  or  the  third  order  or 
company,  when  all  the  remaining  dead  will  be 
raised.  Rev.  20:13.  Further  proof  is  found 
in  Rev.  14:1-4,  as  follows: 

The  First  Fruits 

And  I  looked,  and,  lo,  a  Lamb  stood  on 
the  mount  Zion,  and  with  him  a  hundred 
forty  and  four  thousand,  having  his  Fath- 


76        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

er's  name  written  in  their  foreheads.  And 
I  heard  a  voice  from  heaven,  as  the  voice 
of  many  waters,  and  as  the  voice  of  a  great 
thunder :  and  I  heard  the  voice  of  harpers 
harping  with  their  harps:  and  they  sung 
as  it  were  a  new  song  before  the  throne, 
and  before  the  four  beasts  [living  creat- 
ures, R.V.],  and  the  elders:  and  no  man 
could  learn  that  song  but  the  hundred  and 
forty  and  four  thousand,  which  were  re- 
deemed from  the  earth.  These  are  they 
which  were  not  defiled  with  women;  for 
they  are  virgins.  These  are  they  which 
follow  the  Lamb  whithersoever  he  goeth. 
These  were  redeemed  from  among  men, 
being  the  first-fruits  unto  God  and  to  the 
Lamb. 

This  company  who  were  resurrected  when 
Jesus  came  forth  conqueror  over  death  and  hell, 
and  who  have  been  with  Him,  following  the 
Lamb  whithersoever  He  goeth,  can  sing  a  song 
that  no  other  saint  can  sing.  Jesus  Christ  is  our 
High  Priest;  and  as  such  He  took  those  resur- 
rected saints,  the  first-fruits,  the  wave  sheaf;  and 
presented  them  to  God,  a  wave  offering,  the 
First-fruits  of  the  great  harvest  of  saints  that 
will  be  gathered  home  when  our  Lord  shall  re- 
appear. 

Now  we  see  clearly  why  John  found  the  twen- 
ty-four elders ;  and  the  one  who  showed  him  the 
things  that  must  shortly  come  to  pass,  already 


JOHN  CAUGHT  UP  INTO  HEAVEN    77 

crowned  and  on  thrones  in  heaven,  wearing  their 
white  robes  with  harp  in  hand. 

And  out  of  the  throne  proceeded  lightnings 
and  voices  and  thunders,  indicating  the  awful 
Majesty  and  power  of  God.  Moses  feared  and 
quaked  when  he  saw  and  heard  the  lightning 
flash  and  the  thunder  roar,  on  Sinai. 

uAnd  there  were  seven  lamps  of  fire  burning 
before  the  throne,  which  are  the  seven  Spirits  of 
God."  Our  God  is  a  consuming  fire  to  the 
wicked,  who  continue  impenitent.  These  seven 
flames  of  fire  indicate  God  in  His  fullness. 

And  before  the  throne  there  was  a  sea 
of  glass  like  unto  crystal :  and  in  the  midst 
of  the  throne,  and  round  about  the  throne, 
were  four  beasts  full  of  eyes  before  and 
behind.  And  the  first  beast  was  like  a 
lion,  and  the  second  beast  like  a  calf,  and 
the  third  beast  had  a  face  as  a  man,  and  the 
fourth  beast  was  like  a  flying  eagle.  And 
the  four  beasts  had  each  of  them  six  wings 
about  him;  and  they  were  full  of  eyes  with- 
in :  and  they  rest  not  day  and  night,  saying, 
Holy,  holy,  holy,  Lord  God  Almighty, 
which  was,  and  is,  and  is  to  come.  Rev. 
4:6-8. 

And  before  the  throne,  as  it  were,  a  sea  of 
glass,  like  unto  crystal.  Not  glass  in  fact;  but 
it  had  the  appearance  of  glass;  clear  and  beauti- 
ful as  crystal;  wonderfully  grand  and  glorious 
to  behold. 


78        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

And  round  about  the  throne,  in  the  midst 
of  the  throne,  were  four  living  creatures  full 
of  eyes  before  and  behind.  The  prophet 
Ezekiel  saw  and  described  four  living  creatures 
quite  similar  to  these.  See  Ezek.  1 :4-28.  Read 
this  description,  it  is  very  wonderful. 

The  prophet  Isaiah  saw  and  described  the 
seraphim  in  the  presence  of  the  Lord  sitting 
on  His  throne.  "Above  it  stood  the  seraphim: 
each  one  had  six  wings;  with  twain  he  covered 
his  face,  and  with  twain  he  covered  his  feet, 
and  with  twain  he  did  fly.  And  one  cried  unto 
another,  and  said,  Holy,  holy,  holy,  is  the  Lord 
of  hosts:  the  whole  earth  is  full  of  his  glory. 
And  the  posts  of  the  door  moved  at  the  voice 
of  him  that  cried,  and  the  house  was  filled 
with  smoke. "  Isa.  6 :2-4. 

This  was  seven  hundred  and  sixty  years  be- 
fore Christ  appeared  on  earth.  Those  seraphim 
could  not  be  redeemed,  resurrected  human  be- 
ings for  no  human  being  had  been  resurrected 
at  that  time.  Neither  could  they  be  resurrected 
until  our  Lord  had  arisen  from  the  dead.  He  is 
the  first-fruits  of  them  that  slept. 

Those  seraphim  have  six  wings;  and  four 
faces,  similar  to  the  living  creatures  in  Rev. 
4:6-8.  The  living  creatures  in  Rev.  4:6-8  were 
flying  uln  the  midst  of  the  throne,  and  round 
about  the  throne."  And  the  seraphim  Isaiah 
saw  "Stood  above  the  throne."  Isa.  6:2. 
Those  could  not  be  human  beings  flying  or 
standing  in  or  above  the  throne  of  God. 


JOHN  CAUGHT  UP  INTO  HEAVEN    79 

We  believe  all  these  descriptions  refer  to  the 
same  living  creatures  and  that  these  living  crea- 
tures are  heavenly  beings,  and  not  human  beings. 
There  is  nothing  in  their  appearance  or  descrip- 
tion, or  actions,  indicating  that  they  are  glori- 
fied human  beings.  On  the  contrary,  at  their 
initiative  the  twenty-four  elders  fell  down  be- 
fore God,  and  worshipped  Him.  These  living 
creatures  are  constantly  on  the  move,  in  and 
around  the  throne,  crying,  Holy,  holy,  holy,  is 
the  Lord  God,  the  Almighty. 

And  when  the  living  creatures  give  glory 
and  honour  and  thanks  to  him  that  sat  on 
the  throne,  who  liveth  forever  and  ever, 
the  four  and  twenty  elders  fall  down  be- 
fore him  that  sat  on  the  throne,  and  wor- 
ship him  that  liveth  forever  and  ever,  and 
cast  their  crowns  before  the  throne,  saying, 
Thou  art  worthy,  O  Lord,  to  receive  glory 
and  honour  and  power:  for  thou  hast 
created  all  things,  and  for  thy  pleasure 
they  are  and  were  created.  Rev.  4:9-11. 

The  living  creatures,  although  so  closely  con- 
nected with  the  throne,  were  not  crowned. 
Crowns  are  only  for  the  children  of  God,  per- 
sons who  have  been  born  of  God,  made  partak- 
ers of  the  Divine  nature.  Heirs  of  God,  and 
joint  heirs  with  Christ.  The  elders  were 
crowned,  showing  that  they  were  resurrected, 
glorified  human  beings.  There  is  no  mention  in 


80        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  Bible  of  any  of  the  heavenly  host  wearing 
crowns,  except  God;  and  His  children.  Men 
and  women  who,  having  been  born  of  God,  are 
sons.  Not  bastards,  but  sons  of  God-  They 
will  wear  crowns. 


A  BOOK  WITH  SEVEN  SEALS 


ND  I  saw  in  the  right  hand  of  him  that 
sat  on  the  throne  a  book  written  within 
and  on  the  backside,  sealed  with  seven 
seals.  And  I  saw  a  strong  angel  pro- 
claiming with  a  lour  voice,  Who  is 
worthy  to  open  the  book,  and  to  loose 
the  seals  thereof?  And  no  man  in 
heaven,  nor  in  earth,  neither  under  the 
earth,  was  able  to  open  the  book,  neither 
to  look  thereon.  And  I  wept  much, 
because  no  man  was  found  worthy  to  open 
and  to  read  the  book,  neither  to  look  there- 
on. And  one  of  the  elders  saith  unto  me, 
Weep  not:  behold,  the  Lion  of  the  tribe  of 
Juda,  the  Root  of  David,  hath  prevailed 
to  open  the  book,  and  to  loose  the  seven 
seals  thereof.  Rev.  5  :l-5. 

And  I  saw  in  the  right  hand  of  him  that  sat 
on  the  throne,  a  book.  The  Almighty  God, 
seated  on  His  throne  and  holding  a  book  in  His 
right  hand.  The  book  was  not  a  blank,  but  was 
full  of  writing,  known  only  to  God,  the  writer, 
and  never  given  to  any  person.  This  book  was 
sealed  with  seven  seals,  indicating  that  it  con- 
tained secrets ;  and  was  kept  in  the  right  hand  of 
God  that  no  one  might  discover  the  secrets; 


82        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

secrets  kept  from  all  the  human  family  down  to 
that  time. 

A  strong  angel;  but  he  could  not  open  the 
book.  With  a  great  voice,  indicating  great  earn- 
estness and  anxiety;  crying  out,  Who  is  worthy, 
or  has  the  authority,  wisdom,  power  or  ability 
to  loose  the  seals  that  God  has  placed  upon  the 
book;  and  to  open  the  book  and  reveal  its 
secrets. 

And  no  one  in  heaven,  or  on  earth,  or  under 
the  earth,  no  angelic  being,  and  no  earthly 
being,  and  no  demon  could  loose  the  seals  and 
reveal  the  secrets  of  God. 

And  I  wept  much.  Great  sorrow  that  no  one 
in  the  whole  universe  was  able  to  reveal  the 
secrets  concealed  in  that  book. 

And  one  of  the  elders  said,  Weep  not,  for 
there  is  one,  only  one,  who  is  both  God  and  man, 
creator  and  created.  "The  Lion  that  is  of  the 
tribe  of  Judah."  The  creator  of  David  hath 
overcome  Satan,  death  and  hell,  that  He  might 
open  the  book  and  bring  salvation  to  men. 

And  I  saw  in  the  midst  of  the  throne  and 
of  the  four  living  creatures,  and  in  the 
midst  of  the  elders,  a  Lamb  standing,  as 
though  it  had  been  slain,  having  seven 
horns,  and  seven  eyes,  which  are  the  seven 
Spirits  of  God,  sent  forth  into  all  the  earth. 
And  he  came,  and  he  taketh  it  out  of  tHe 
right  hand  of  him  that  sat  on  the  throne. 
And  when  he  had  taken  the  book,  the  four 


A  BOOK  WITH  SEVEN  SEALS          83 

living  creatures  and  the  four  and  twenty 
elders  fell  down  before  the  Lamb,  having 
each  one  a  harp,  and  golden  bowls  full  of 
incense,  which  are  the  prayers  of  the 
saints.  Rev.  5  :6-8.  R.  V. 

And  I  saw  in  the  midst  of  the  throne :  The 
center;  that  is,  where  God  sat;  and  who  could  be 
there  but  God?  And  of  the  four  living 
creatures :  The  center  of  their  sphere  of  activ- 
ity. And  in  the  midst  of  the  elders:  In  this 
central  place  with  God,  I  saw  a  Lamb  standing : 
Not  seated  on  the  throne.  As  though  it  had 
been  slain:  Showing  evidences  of  having  been 
killed,  but  now  alive  again.  This  is  the  Lamb 
of  God,  Jesus  Christ,  our  Lord.  Having  seven 
horns :  Horns  indicate  power ;  and  seven  indi- 
cates fullness;  having  all  power.  UA11  power  is 
given  unto  me  in  heaven  and  in  earth."  Matt. 
28:18.  And  seven  eyes,  which  are  the  seven 
Spirits  of  God:  To  see  and  to  do  what  God 
sees  and  does  throughout  all  the  earth.  And  he 
came  and  he  taketh  it:  The  Lamb,  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ  took  the  book  out  of  the  hand  of 
His  Father,  being  "One  with  the  Father."  John 
17  :22.  And  when  He  had  taken  the  book,  the 
four  living  creatures  and  the  four  and  twenty 
elders  fell  down  before  the  Lamb :  This  would 
have  been  sacrilege,  blasphemy,  treason,  if  the 
Lamb  was  not  God,  One  with  the  Father.  Hav- 
ing each  one  a  harp  and  golden  bowls :  A  harp 


84        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

to  make  music  and  golden  bowls  full  of  incense, 
prayers  of  the  saints;  pouring  out  true  worship 
before  the  Lamb. 

And  they  sing  a  new  song,  saying, 
Worthy  art  thou  to  take  the  book,  and  to 
open  the  seals  thereof :  for  thou  wast  slain, 
and  didst  purchase  unto  God  with  thy  blood 
men  of  every  tribe,  and  tongue,  and  peo- 
ple, and  nation,  and  madest  them  to  be 
unto  our  God  a  kingdom  and  priests ;  and 
they  xreign  upon  the  earth.  Rev.  5:9-10. 
R.  V. 

And  they  sing  a  new  song,  saying :  None  of 
the  saints  except  the  first-fruits  can  sing  the  New 
Song.  These  singers  are  the  saints  whom  our 
Lord  raised  from  the  dead  when  He  arose.  See 
Matt.  27:50-53. 

Saying,  worthy  art  thou  to  take  the  book: 
None  else  could.  No  human  being,  no  angel. 
Christ  alone  could  take  the  book  and  open  it, 
and  reveal  the  secret  things  of  God. 

uFor  thou  wast  slain,  and  didst  purchase  unto 
God  with  thy  blood  men  of  every  tribe,  and 
tongue,  and  people,  and  nation."  Jesus  bought 
men  of  all  nations  and  tribes  and  tongues  by 
dying;  a  sacrifice  for  them,  to  atone  for  their 
sins.  There  is  no  salvation,  but  by  the  Blood  of 
Christ. 

"And  madest  them  to  be  unto  our  God  a  king- 
dom and  priests."  Men  washed  and  cleansed  by 


A  BOOK  WITH  SEVEN  SEALS          85 

the  Blood  of  Jesus  Christ,  though  they  be  from 
every  nation  on  earth,  are  formed  into  a  new 
Nation,  a  heavenly  kingdom,  with  God  as  their 
King;  and  all  persons  thus  saved  are  made,  UA 
royal  priesthood."  I  Peter,  2  :9.  uTo  offer  up 
spiritual  sacrifices  unto  God."  I  Peter  2:5. 

"Arid  they  reign  upon  the  earth."  This  has 
reference  to  the  Millenial  reign  of  Christ  for  a 
thousand  years  on  the  earth.  The  saints,  the 
bride,  the  Lamb's  wife  will  reign  with  Him. 

And  I  saw,  and  I  heard  a  voice  of  many 
angels  round  about  the  throne  and  the  liv- 
ing creatures  and  the  elders ;  and  the  num- 
ber of  them  was  ten  thousand  times  ten 
thousand,  and  thousands  of  thousands ; 
saying  with  a  great  voice,  Worthy  is  the 
Lamb  that  hath  been  slain  to  receive  the 
power,  and  riches,  and  wisdom,  and  might, 
and  honour,  and  glory,  and  blessing.  Rev. 
5:11-12.  R.V. 

"And  I  saw,  and  I  heard  a  voice  of  many 
angels."  These  angels  were  around  the  throne 
and  the  living  creatures,  and  the  elders.  All  the 
first-fruits  are  next  to  the  throne;  and  the  angels 
form  a  circular  company  around  them. 

And  the  number  of  them  was  ten  thousand 
times  ten  thousand.  This  is  one  hundred  mil- 
lion. Then,  in  addition  to  those,  there  were 
thousands  of  thousands  more.  This  innumer- 
able multitude  were  angels.  The  company  of 


86        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

first-fruits  were  an  hundred  and  forty  and  four 
thousand.    Rev.  12:1-5. 

This  great  multitude  of  angels  were  saying 
with  a  great  voice,  Worthy  is  the  Lamb  that 
hath  been  slain,  to  receive  the  power,  and  riches, 
and  wisdom,  and  might,  and  honour,  and  glory, 
and  blessing.  All  the  angels  in  heaven  shout 
the  praises  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  because  He 
is  God,  One  with  the  Father.  And  John  de- 
clares, I  saw  and  I  heard  this  worshipping  by  all 
those  angels  and  what  they  said. 

And  every  created  thing  which  is  in  the 
heaven,  and  on  the  earth,  and  under  the 
earth,  and  on  the  sea,  and  all  things  that 
are  in  them,  heard  I  saying,  Unto  him  that 
sitteth  on  the  throne,  and  unto  the  Lamb, 
be  the  blessing,  and  the  honor,  and  the 
glory,  and  the  dominion,  forever  and  ever. 
And  the  four  living  creatures  said,  Amen. 
And  the  elders  fell  down  and  worshipped. 
Rev.  5:13-14.  R.  V. 

And  every  created  thing  which  is  in  heaven : 
Angels  and  glorified  saints  in  heaven  are  not 
"things."  The  company  of  first-fruits  first  fell 
down  and  worshipped  the  Lamb.  And  all  the 
multitudes  of  angels  shouted  the  praises  of  the 
Lamb.  And  all  other  created  things  in  heaven, 
and  earth  and  sea:  I  understand  that  these 
created  things  are  "the  birds  that  fly  in  mid- 
heaven."  (Rev.  19:17).  And  on  the  earth: 
all  beasts  and  creeping  things.  And  under  the 


A  BOOK  WITH  SEVEN  SEALS          87 

earth :  living  things  that  dwell  under  the  surface 
of  the  earth.  And  on  the  sea :  water  fowl.  And 
all  things  in  the  sea :  fishes  and  living  creatures 
of  every  kind.  Heard  I  say:  John  heard  all 
created  things  saying:  Unto  Him  that  sitteth 
on  the  throne,  and  unto  the  Lamb,  be  the  Bless- 
ing and  the  glory,  and  the  dominion,  forever 
and  ever.  John  heard  them  say  this.  Being  in 
the  Spirit  he  could  hear  and  see  things  that  other 
men  could  not  see  and  hear.  This  looks  as 
though  the  animal  creation,  at  that  time,  joined 
in  the  chorus  of  worship  and  praise  to  God  and 
the  Lamb. 

And  the  four  living  creatures  in  heaven  said, 
Amen  to  what  had  just  been  uttered  by  the 
created  things.  And  the  four  and  twenty  elders 
in  heaven  fell  down  and  worshiped. 

Nearly  all  of  this  chapter  is  an  exaltation  of 
the  "Slain  Lamb  of  God,"  who  taketh  away  the 
sin  of  the  world.  This  exaltation  is  by  the 
heavenly  host,  and  the  redeemed  resurrected 
first-fruits  who  see  things  in  their  true  light, 
and  see  Jesus  Christ  one  with  God;  and  appar- 
ently all  created  things  that  were  not  in  the 
transgression,  praised  God  and  the  Lamb. 

Men  still  on  the  earth  seem  to  have  taken 
no  part  in  that  wonderful  time  of  worship.  The 
rejoicing  and  worship  of  the  Lamb  recorded 
in  this  chapter  must  not  be  confounded  with  the 
time  when  "Every  knee  should  bow,  of  things 
in  heaven  and  things  on  earth  and  things  under 


88        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  earth;  and  that  every  tongue  should  con- 
fess that  Jesus  Christ  is  Lord  to  the  glory  of 
God  the  Father."  Phil  2:10,  11.  This  last 
Scripture,  evidently  refers  to  the  judgment  day. 
The  worship  of  the  Lamb  in  heaven,  in  which 
all  created  things,  even  on,  and  in  the  sea,  took 
a  part,  occurred  at  the  time  the  Lamb  took  the 
book  to  open  it.  So  this  worship  of  the  Lamb 
took  place  before  the  first  seal  of  this  book  was 
opened,  and  before  any  of  the  occurrences  re- 
corded took  place,  at  the  opening  of  each  and 
every  seal. 

The  botik  referred  to  could  not  be  the  book 
containing  the  plan  or  work  of  our  redemption, 
for  that  book  had  been  fully  opened  before 
John  was  caught  up  into  heaven.  Our  Lord 
had  been  born  and  crucified  and  resurrected, 
and  glorified;  and  tens  of  thousands  had  been 
washed  and  cleansed  and  baptized  with  the 
Holy  Ghost,  and  many  of  them  were  in  Para- 
dise at  that  time.  The  book  of  "Revelation"  is 
certainly  the  book  referred  to. 


OPENING  THE  SEVEN  SEALS 


ND  I  saw  when  the  Lamb  opened  one  of 
the  seven  seals,  and  I  heard  one  of  the 
four  living  creatures  saying  as  with  a 
voice  of  thunder,  Come.  And  I  saw, 
and  behold,  a  white  horse,  and  he  that 
sat  thereon  had  a  bow;  and  there  was  given 
unto  him  a  crown :  and  he  came  forth  con- 
quering and  to  conquer.  Rev.  6:1,  2, 
R.  V. 

"And  I  saw  when  the  Lamb  opened  one  of 
the  seven  seals.'1  John  has  eyes  and  ears  open, 
so  that  he  may  write  down  all  that  he  saw  and 
heard.  And  he  said,  I  saw  the  seal  opened, 
and  what  followed  the  opening  of  that  seal. 

"And  I  heard  one  of  the  four  living  creatures 
saying  as  with  the  voice  of  thunder,  Come." 
This  voice  like  as  of  thunder  implies  Deity.  It 
was  from  the  throne,  although  it  came  through 
one  of  the  living  creatures.  "Come."  This  is 
a  command  to  move  toward  or  from  the  com- 
mander. To  come  or  to  go.  The  Greek  word 
implies  either.  In  this  case  it  evidently  means 
Go,  as  the  sequel  proves,  for  in  each  case  a  horse 
and  his  rider  went  forth  to  destroy. 

This  horse  was  white,  indicating  victory, 
often  indicating  purity  or  righteousness.  Prob- 


90        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

ably  in  this  case  used  to  deceive  the  people. 
uAnd  he  that  sat  thereon  had  a  bow."  Always 
indicating  war.  uAnd  he  came  forth  conquer- 
ing, and  to  conquer."  He  went  forth  to  con- 
quer by  use  of  the  bow  and  continued  the  con- 
quest from  conquering  to  conquer  others,  on 
and  on  to  the  end.  uAnd  there  was  given  unto 
him  a  crown."  Then  he  had  no  crown  prior  to 
this  time,  but  one  was  given  to  him  by  some 
party  who  had  one  to  give.  This  person 
cannot  be  the  Lord  Jesus  for  we  find  Him  in 
Rev.  19:12,  wearing  many  crowns;  and  it 
cannot  be  Satan,  for  we  find  him  in  Rev.  12:3, 
having  seven  crowns.  The  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
is  nowhere  spoken  of  or  represented  as  con- 
quering by  a  bow.  The  bow  is  mentioned  fifty- 
three  times  in  the  Scriptures,  and  fifty-one  times 
it  is  man's  bow  with  which  to  kill,  and  once, 
God's  bow  to  bring  war,  and  this  person  on 
the  white  horse  had  a  bow.  This  bow  means 
war  and  not  salvation. 

We  find  that  following  this  white  horse  and 
his  rider,  there  came  a  red  horse  and  his  rider, 
and  he  took  peace  from  the  earth,  not  from  a 
nation  or  two,  but  peace  from  all  nations.  This 
means  a  world  war.  This  war  is  the  inevitable 
consequence  of  the  mission  of  the  first  horse  and 
his  rider,  who  went  forth  to  conquer  the  world 
and  succeeds  in  doing  so.  See  Rev.  13:7. 
uAnd  power  was  given  him  over  all  kindreds, 
and  tongues  and  nations." 

This  first  rider,  on  the  white  horse,  received 


OPENING  THE  SEVEN  SEALS          91 

the  command  from  the  throne  to  Come,  or  Go 
forth  in  this  campaign  of  destruction.  Who  is 
he?  Read  II  Thes.  2  :1-10,  which  is  as  follows: 

Now  we  beseech  you,  brethren,  touching 
the  coming  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and 
our  gathering  together  unto  him;  to  the 
end  that  ye  be  not  quickly  shaken  from 
your  mind,  nor  yet  be  troubled,  either  by 
spirit,  or  by  word,  or  by  epistle  as  from  us, 
as  that  the  day  of  the  Lord  is  now  present; 
let  no  man  beguile  you  in  any  wise :  for  it 
will  not  be,  except  the  falling  away  come 
first,  and  the  man  of  sin  be  revealed,  the 
son  of  perdition,  he  that  opposeth  and 
exalteth  himself  against  all  that  is  called 
God  or  that  is  worshiped;  so  that  he  sit- 
teth  in  the  temple  of  God,  setting  himself 
forth  as  God.  Remember  ye  not,  that, 
when  I  was  yet  with  you,  I  told  you  these 
things?  And  now  ye  know  that  which  re- 
straineth,  to  the  end  that  he  may  be 
revealed  in  his  own  season.  For  the  mys- 
tery of  lawlessness  doth  already  work: 
only  there  is  one  that  restraineth  now, 
until  he  be  taken  out  of  the  way.  And 
then  shall  be  revealed  the  lawless  one, 
whom  the  Lord  Jesus  shall  slay  with  the 
breath  of  his  mouth,  and  bring  to  naught 
by  the  manifestation  of  his  coming ;  even  he, 
whose  coming  is  according  to  the  working 
of  Satan  with  all  power  and  signs  and  lying 


92        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

wonders,  and  with  all  deceit  of  unright- 
eousness for  them  that  perish;  because  they 
received  not  the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they 
might  be  saved.    II  Thes.  2  :1-10,  R.  V. 
uLet  no  man  beguile  you  in  any  wise,"  for 
Christ  will  not  come  until  the  uMan  of  Sin  be 
revealed,   the  son  of  perdition,   who   exalteth 
himself  against  all  that  is  called  God,  or  that  is 
worshipped,  so  that  he  sitteth  in  the  temple  of 
God,  setting  himself  forth  as  God." 

No  Pope  has  ever  done  this,  or  any  other 
person  of  note,  since  the  days  of  Jesus  on  earth; 
but  a  man  will  arise  who  will  actually  do  this, 
and  he  will  be  the  personal  Anti-Christ,  the  son 
of  perdition. 

"Then  shall  be  revealed  the  lawless  one, 
whom  the  Lord  Jesus  shall  slay  with  the  breath 
of  His  mouth  (not  with  a  bow),  and  bring  to 
naught  by  the  manifestation  of  His  coming." 

This  Anti-Christ  has  not  come  yet,  but  will  be 
on  earth  and  actively  at  work  before  Christ 
comes.  This  same  "Man  of  Sin,"  and  "Son  of 
Perdition"  is  the  "Little  horn"  in  Daniel's 
prophesy  or  vision.  See  Dan.  7  :20-22.  "Even 
that  horn  that  had  eyes,  and  a  mouth,  that  spake 
very  great  things,  whose  look  was  more  stout 
than  his  fellows."  [This  is  a  person,  the  Anti- 
Christ.]  "I  beheld,  and  the  same  horn  made 
war  with  the  saints,  and  prevailed  against  them ; 
until  the  Ancient  of  days  came,  and  judgment 
was  given  to  the  saints  of  the  Most  High;  and 


OPENING  THE  SEVEN  SEALS          93 

the  time  came  that  the  saints  possessed  the  king- 
dom." 

"He  shall  speak  words  against  the  most  High, 
and  shall  wear  out  the  saints  of  the  most  High, 
and  think  to  change  times  and  laws;  and  they 
[the  saints]  shall  be  given  into  his  hand  until  a 
time  and  times  and  the  dividing  of  time.  [Just 
three  years  and  a  half.]  "But  the  judgment 
shall  sit,  and  they  shall  take  away  his  dominion, 
to  consume  and  destroy  unto  the  end."  Dan.  7  : 
25-26. 

Daniel  desired  to  know  when  these  things 
should  take  place,  and  was  told  to  "Go  thy  way 
Daniel,  for  the  words  are  closed  up  and  sealed 
till  the  time  of  the  end."  Dan.  12  :4. 

So  we  see  that  this  person,  and  his  work,  be- 
longs to  the  time  of  the  end,  or  the  coming  of 
Christ,  "to  destroy  them  that  destroy  the 
earth,"  Rev.  11 :18,  and  then  reign  Lord  of  all 
for  a  thousand  years.  Here  is  the  Anti-Christ, 
who  will  be  revealed  in  his  time,  but  God  now 
withholds  until  the  time  appointed;  and  then 
shall  that  wicked  one  be  revealed.  The  time  of 
this  withholding  will  end  when  the  first  seal  is 
broken,  and  the  command  given,  "Go  forth,  con- 
quering and  to  conquer  by  war,  famine,  and 
pestilence  over  a  fourth  part  of  the  earth." 
Rev.  6:1-8. 

All  historians  know  that  such  a  war  has  never 
taken  place  since  John  penned  these  words ;  but 
it  will  take  place  as  sure  as  God  had  revealed  it 
to  John. 


94        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

In  Rev.  13  :2,  R.  V.,  we  find  where  and  how 
this  first  rider  on  the  white  horse  will  get  his 
power  and  crown.  uThe  dragon  gave  him  his 
power  and  his  throne,  and  great  authority."  In 
Rev.  12:9,  uAnd  the  great  dragon  was  cast 
down,  the  old  serpent,  he  that  is  called  the  Devil 
and  Satan,  the  deceiver  of  the  whole  world." 

We  find  that  the  Devil  who  has  seven  crowns, 
gave  one  of  his  crowns  to  the  beast,  or  Anti- 
Christ,  or  man  of  sin,  and  also  his  throne,  and 
great  authority.  The  white  horse  may  indicate 
that  the  rider  claimed  to  be  God  and  demanded 
worship. 

War 

"And  when  he  opened  the  second  seal,  I 
heard  the  second  living  creature  saying,  Come. 
And  another  horse  came  forth,  a  red  horse :  and 
to  him  that  sat  thereon  it  was  given  to  take 
peace  from  the  earth,  and  that  they  should  slay 
one  another;  and  there  was  given  unto  him  a 
great  sword."  Rev.  6 :3-4,  R.  V. 

"And  when  he  opened  the  second  seal  I  heard 
the  second  living  creature  saying,  Come."  A 
command  from  the  throne  to  go  forth,  and  im- 
mediately a  red  horse  and  his  rider  with  a  great 
sword  went  forth. 

And  to  him  that  sat  thereon  it  was  given  to 
take  peace  from  the  whole  earth.  Satan  could 
not  give  this  authority.  None  but  God  could 
give  such  power,  or  authority. 

uAnd  that  they  should  slay  one  another;  and 


OPENING  THE  SEVEN  SEALS          95 

there  was  given  unto  him  a  great  sword.'*  No 
peace  on  earth  anywhere.  The  great  sword  in- 
dicates terrible  slaughter. 

Famine 

And  when  he  opened  the  third  seal,  I 
heard   the    third   living    creature    saying, 
Come.     And  I  saw,  and  behold,  a  black 
horse;  and  he  that  sat  thereon  had  a  bal- 
ance in  his  hand.    And  I  heard  as  it  were 
a   voice  in  the  midst  of  the   four  living 
creatures  saying,  a  measure  of  wheat  for 
a  penny,  and  three  measures  of  barley  for 
a  penny;  and  the  oil  and  the  wine  hurt 
thou  not.    Rev.  6 :5,  6,  R.  V. 
"And  when  he  had  opened  the  third  seal,  I 
heard  the  third  living  creature  saying,  Come 
[or  Go],  and  I  saw  and  behold  a  black  horse. 
And  he  that  sat  thereon  had  a  balance  in  his 
hand."     Indicating  scarcity  of  food,  a  famine; 
food  being  sold  at  famine  prices.     A  famine 
over  one-fourth  part  of  the  earth. 

"And  I  heard  as  it  were  a  voice  in  the  midst 
of  the  four  living  creatures  saying."  This  indi- 
cates the  throne  declaring  the  high  price  and 
scarcity  of  food.  When  there  is  a  world  war, 
famine  must  follow  everywhere. 

Pestilence 

And  when  he  opened  the  fourth  seal,  I 
heard  the  voice  of  the  fourth  living  crea- 
ture saying,  Come.  And  I  saw,  and  be- 
hold, a  pale  horse:  and  he  that  sat  upon 


96        GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

him,  his  name  was  Death;  and  Hades  fol- 
lowed with  him.      And  there   was  given 
unto  them  authority  over  the  fourth  part 
of  the  earth,  to  kill  with  sword,  and  with 
famine,  and  with  death,  and  by  the  wild 
beasts  of  the  earth.    Rev.  6:7,  8,  R.  V. 
uAnd  when  he  opened  the  fourth  seal,  the 
fourth  living  creature  said,  Come.    And  a  pale 
horse,"  with  death  himself  seated  upon  it,  and 
hell  followed  with  him.     This  is  pestilence  and 
all  the   attending  sorrows,   pillage,   incendiary 
and  murder  that  will  follow  in  the  wake  of  a 
world  war,  and  world  famine,  when  all  laws  and 
courts    and  governments   are   breaking   down. 
"Death  and  Hell,"  expressive  of  death  filling 
hell  with  victims.     What  three  words   could 
better  express  the  conditions  that  will  then  exist. 
And  there  was  given  unto  them :  the  riders  upon 
the  four  Horses,  who  were  all  working  in  unison, 
under  the  conqueror  who  rode  on  the  white 
horse,  and  who  was  commanded  to  go  forth  to 
destroy  with  sword  and  famine  and  pestilence. 
The  fullness  of  the  Gentiles  having  come.    The 
world  having  as  fully  rejected  Jesus  Christ  as 
the  Jews  did  when  they  killed  Him;  and  now 
they  are  given  over  to  the  Devil  and  the  Anti- 
Christ. 

"Authority  over  the  fourth  part  of  the  earth, 
to  kill  with  the  sword  and  with  famine,  and  with 
death,  and  by  the  wild  beasts  of  the  earth." 
This  kind  of  authority,  or  power  is  not  inherent 


OPENING  THE  SEVEN  SEALS          97 

in  Satan  or  the  Anti-Christ,  or  those  four 
riders,  but  the  Almighty  gave  the  conqueror 
and  his  assistants  this  authority,  who  speedily 
do  their  work. 

No  human  being  can  grasp  the  enormity  of 
this  tragedy.  Jesus  Christ  reveals  this  awful 
destruction  of  life  that  is  coming.  Those  four 
riders  on  the  four  horses  do  not  represent  four 
separate  epochs,  or  different  times  in  history, 
but  are  four  different  agencies  clustered  to- 
gether, and  at  work  over  one-fourth  part  of  the 
earth,  to  destroy  men,  women  and  children. 


THIS   EUROPEAN   WAR 

HE  first,  second  and  third  seals  have 
been  opened,  and  this  world  war  has 
been  in  full  swing  for  three  years.  Peace 
has  been  taken  from  the  earth.  All  na- 
tions that  are  not  actually  in  the  war,  are 
talking  war;  and  preparing  for  it. 

The  war  is  to  spread  over  the  fourth  part  of 
the  earth.  All  Europe  is  only  a  third  part  of 
this  territory.  The  actual  killing  with  the 
sword,  and  killing  with  hunger,  and  killing  with 
pestilence  and  plagues,  and  killing  by  wild 
beasts  will  spread  over  one-fourth  part  of  the 
earth.  The  world  famine  is  on,  and  none  can 
stop  it  until  it  has  done  its  work.  As  the  war 
spreads,  and  spread  it  will;  and  the  famine 
tightens,  and  tighten  it  will;  and  dead  and  dy- 
ing will  be  on  every  side,  pestilence  and  plagues 
will  break  out.  And  the  wild  beasts  will  be 
driven  by  hunger  to  go  forth  to  kill  and  devour 
wherever  they  go.  The  cry  of  uPeace,  Peace" 
will  avail  nothing.  The  Lord  Jesus  who  has 
been  trying  for  nineteen  hundred  years  to  win 
men  from  sin  and  selfishness,  declared  when  he 
was  here  on  Earth,  concerning  the  very  day  in 
which  we  live,  that,  uWhen  they  say  peace, 
peace,  then  sudden  destruction  cometh  upon 


THIS  EUROPEAN  WAR  99 

them  as  travail  on  a  woman  with  child,  and 
they  shall  not  escape. " 

The  storm  has  broken  upon  this  old  world 
because  of  sin,  and  we  shall  surely  reap  what  we 
have  sown.  The  sword  and  famine  is  actively 
killing  over  a  part  of  Europe.  It  is  dreadful 
beyond  description.  They  are  in  great  tribula- 
tion, and  want  peace,  but  peace  has  actually  de- 
parted from  the  earth.  There  will  be  tre- 
mendous outcries  for  peace,  but  there  will  be 
no  peace.  There  will  be  but  one  outcome  of 
this  present  phase  of  the  war,  and  that  will  come 
according  to  the  word  of  the  Lord.  No  other 
way.  Watch  and  you  will  see. 

We  will  continue  to  study  this  wonderful 
Book  of  Revelation  which  will  tell  us  all  we  can 
know  of  conditions  until  the  final  working  out  of 
the  problem.  Many  parts  now  rioting  in  pleas- 
ure, money  making  and  selfishness,  will  soon 
know  the  sorrows  that  France,  Belgium,  Servia, 
Roumania  and  Russia  know.  The  whole  world 
is  now  in  the  condition  that  Jerusalem  and 
Judea  was  in  the  last  days  of  Jeremiah's  pro- 
phecy. They  had  defied  God  and  their  sins 
were  so  great  and  numerous  that  God  would 
not  hear  their  prayers,  and  they  had  to  go  to 
Babylon  and  die  there;  and  their  country  was 
destroyed. 

Knowing  the  scriptures  concerning  our  day, 
the  close  of  the  uTime  of  the  Gentiles,"  and 
believing  that  the  Book  of  Revelation  is  a  reve- 
lation and  not  a  conundrum,  we  have  constant- 


100      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

ly  declared  that  Christ  will  not  come  until  peace 
is  taken  from  the  earth,  because  of  a  world  war 
such  as  we  now  have. 

As  soon  as  war  was  declared  by  Germany, 
Russia,  France  and  Great  Britain,  we  announced 
to  the  world  that  the  first  and  second  seals  were 
opened;  and  that  the  war  was  on  that  would 
culminate  in  the  forming  of  the  Anti-Christ 
kingdom;  and  that  when  the  third  seal  should 
be  opened,  famine  would  follow  the  war;  and 
that  on  the  opening  of  the  fourth  seal,  pestilence 
would  follow  them. 

Knowing  that  the  Scriptures  cannot  be  brok- 
en, and  being  pressed  in  the  spirit,  we  believe  of 
God,  we  wrote  the  article  on  pages  1 1  to  26,  en- 
titled, uThe  meaning  and  outcome  of  this  Euro- 
pean war,"  and  mailed  a  copy  of  the  article, 
and  a  typewritten  note,  to  each  of  the  Rulers  of 
Europe,  the  President  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  the  Secretary  of  State,  on  the  30th 
day  of  September,  1914. 

The  King  of  Great  Britain,  and  Secretary  of 
State  of  the  United  States  of  America,  wrote  us 
a  note  of  acknowledgment.  The  first  week  in 
October,  1914,  we  mailed  a  copy  of  the  same 
article  to  each  and  every  other  Ruler  on  earth 
that  we  know  of.  We  also  mailed  a  copy  to 
each  of  the  large  daily  papers  throughout  the 
United  States  and  Canada,  and  to  some  of  the 
religious  papers,  and  sent  out  thousands  of 
copies  among  the  people.  We  believe  God 
directed  us  in  all  of  this. 


THE  ANTI-CHRIST 

HE  next  thing  we  see  on  the  program  is 
the  revealing  of  the  man  of  sin,  or  the 
Anti-Christ. 

Now  we  beseech  you,  brethren,  by  the 
coming  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  by 
our  gathering  together  unto  Him,  that 
ye  be  not  soon  shaken  in  mind  or  be  trou- 
bled, neither  by  Spirit  nor  by  word,  nor  by 
letter  as  from  us,  as  that  the  day  of  Christ 
is  at  hand.  Let  no  man  deceive  you  by  any 
means :  for  that  day  shall  not  come  except 
there  come  a  falling  away  first,  and  that 
man  of  sin  be  revealed,  the  son  of  perdi- 
tion, who  opposeth  and  exalteth  himself 
above  all  that  is  called  God,  or  that  is 
worshipped;  so  that  he  as  God  sitteth  in 
the  temple  of  God,  showing  himself  that 
he  is  God.  II  Thes.  2:1-4. 

The  great  "Falling  away"  refers  to  true  holi- 
ness of  heart  and  life  in  the  church.  No  argu- 
ment is  necessary  to  convince  one  that  true  piety 
and  devotion  to  Christ  is  almost  a  thing  of  the 
past.  We  have  a  form  of  Godliness  but  deny 
the  power  thereof,  as  the  Jews  had  when  they 
crucified  their  Saviour.  The  churches,  as  well 
as  the  outside  world,  are  in  a  wild  race  after 


102      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

money  and  pleasure.  "Lovers  of  pleasure  more 
than  lovers  of  God." 

Christ  is  nominally  accepted,  but  in  reality 
rejected.  Ichabod  is  written  on  the  door  of 
nearly  every  church  in  the  world.  Woe  unto  the 
Shepherds.  The  man  of  sin  is  already  in  the 
world.  He  went  forth  when  the  first  seal  was 
opened,  before  the  war  began.  He  is  a  Jew,  of 
the  tribe  of  Judah,  and  the  Jews  will  accept  him 
as  the  true  Messiah  when  he  comes  to  the 
throne.  TJiey  will  not  accept  any  one  that  is 
not  of  the  tribe  of  Judah.  Jesus  said  to  the 
Jews,  "I  am  come  in  my  Father's  name  and  ye 
receive  me  not:  if  another  shall  come  in  his  own 
name,  him  ye  will  receive."  John  5:43.  This 
refers  to  the  Anti-Christ. 

He  will  be  a  mighty  man  of  letters,  science 
and  war.  A  demon  possessed  man  having 
power  from  Satan  to  do  signs  and  wonders,  suffi- 
cient to  convince  the  world  that  he  is  not  a  man, 
but  God  Himself.  The  whole  world  wrill  wor- 
ship him.  They  will  not  worship  the  true  God, 
but  they  will  worship  the  false,  because  he  will 
encourage  them  to  yield  to  all  their  passions  and 
sin  to  the  full.  This  man  of  sin  is  now  known 
where  he  lives  as  a  wonderful  man,  but  neither 
he,  nor  the  people,  know  his  destiny  yet.  He 
will  be  a  vile  man,  and  shall  obtain  the  kingdom 
by  flatteries,  and  uwith  the  arms  of  a  flood  shall 
they  be  overthrown  from  before  him  and  shall 
be  broken,  yea,  also  the  prince  of  the  covenant. 


THE  ANTI-CHRIST  103 

And  after  the  league  with  him  he  shall  work  de- 
ceitfully, for  he  shall  come  up,  and  shall  become 
strong  with  a  small  people,  etc."  Dan.  11 :21, 
22,  23. 

In  all  of  this,  uThe  wicked  shall  do  wickedly; 
and  none  of  the  wicked  shall  understand;  but 
the  wise  shall  understand."  Dan.  12:10.  The 
Anti-Christ  will  be  recognized  by  the  true  chil- 
dren of  God,  before  Christ  comes.  When  the 
pestilence  and  plagues  break  out,  you  will  have 
a  fuller  proof  that  this  war  is  the  Anti-Christ 
war,  and  that  all  other  prophesied  phenomena 
will  follow  in  proper  time  and  order. 

There  will  be  a  cessation  of  the  tribulation 
of  those  days,  just  before  the  coming  of  Jesus 
Christ.  ulmmediately  after  the  tribulation  of 
those  days  shall  the  sun  be  darkened  and  the 
moon  shall  not  give  her  light,  and  the  stars 
shall  fall  from  heaven,  and  the  powers  of  the 
heavens  shall  be  shaken."  [Earthquake.] 
Matt.  24:29. 

As  the  temp6rary  cessation  of  war,  famine 
and  pestilence  comes,  there  will  be  great  re- 
joicing over  the  whole  world.  "Peace,  peace," 
will  be  on  every  lip.  The  nations  will  be  already 
planning  to  grasp  every  commercial  advantage, 
when  suddenly,  the  earth  will  reel  and  rock 
and  tremble,  until  mountains  and  islands  have 
been  moved  from  their  places  and  destruction 
shall  be  on  every  nation,  city  and  village  under 
the  sun;  uAnd  they  shall  not  escape."  The 


104      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

"Sudden  destruction"  that  will  come,  as  travail 
upon  a  woman  with  child;  and  they  shall  not 
escape,  will  be  this  world  earthquake.  I 
Thess.  5  :3. 

We  are  now  close  to  the  Revealing  of  the 
Anti-Christ.  He  must  be  revealed  to  the  saints 
before  Christ  comes.  The  great  tribulation  in 
which  the  saints  will  be  overcome  by  the  Anti- 
Christ,  begins  with  this  earthquake  and  it  closes 
with  the  "Supper  of  the  great  God."  Rev. 
19:17. 


OPENING  OF  THE  FIFTH  SEAL 


ND  when  he  had  opened  the  fifth  seal, 
I  saw  under  the  altar  the  souls  of  them 
that  were  slain  for  the  word  of  God,  and 
for  the  testimony  which  they  held:  And 
they  cried  with  a  loud  voice,  saying,  How 
long,  O  Lord,  holy  and  true,  dost  thou 
not  judge  and  avenge  our  blood  on  them 
that  dwell  on  the  earth  ?  And  white  robes 
were  given  unto  every  one  of  them ;  and  it 
was  said  unto  them,  that  they  should  rest 
yet  for  a  little  season,  until  their  fellow- 
servants  also  and  their  brethren,  that 
should  be  killed  as  they  were,  should  be 
fulfilled.  Rev.  6:9-11. 

This  is  a  scene  that  takes  place  in  heaven 
before  the  coming  of  Christ,  and  so,  before 
the  resurrection.  John  saw  the  souls  of  the 
martyred  saints  underneath  the  altar  in  heaven. 
"And  they  cried  with  a  great  voice  saying,  How 
long,  O  Lord,  holy  and  true,  dost  thou  not 
judge  and  avenge  our  blood  on  them  that  dwell 
on  the  earth  ?"  Here  are  thinking,  intelligent, 
human  spirits  whose  bodies  are  still  in  their 
graves  on  the  earth,  who  know  something  of 
the  conditions  that  then  exist  on  earth;  and 


106      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

cry  out  vehemently  to  Christ,  their  master,  for 
judgment  to  be  meted  out. 

Observe  that  souls  are  seen  under  the  altar. 
The  soul  is  the  thinking,  intelligent,  accountable 
man :  not  the  body.  Those  had  been  slain,  sep- 
arated from  their  bodies.  The  souls  are  seen 
under  the  altar.  They  are  thinking;  and  now 
enquiring  of  God  in  reference  to  the  time  when 
sinners  are  to  be  punished;  and  saints  are  to 
be  rewarded;  and  reign  on  this  earth  for  a 
thousand  years.  "How  long,  O  Lord'',  Here 
they  are  enquiring  as  to  time.  Is  the  time  not 
about  expired?  How  long  are  we  still  to  wait? 
And  the  answer  comes;  "Only  a  little  season," 
until  the  last  saint  that  shall  ever  be  put  to 
death  for  his  integrity  to  God  and  the  Lamb, 
shall  be  accomplished.  And  then  the  Kingdom 
shall  be  given  to  the  saints. 

White  Robes 

And  a  white  robe  was  given  to  each  of  them, 
preparatory  to  their  descent  to  the  earth  with 
Christ  at  His  coming,  to  raise  and  glorify  their 
bodies.  "But  I  would  not  have  you  to  be  ig- 
norant, brethren,  concerning  them  which  are 
asleep,  that  ye  sorrow  not,  even  as  others  which 
have  no  hope.  For  if  we  believe  that  Jesus 
died  and  rose  again,  even  so  them  also  which 
sleep  in  Jesus  will  God  bring  with  Him."  I 
Thes.  4:13-14. 


OPENING  OF  THE  FIFTH  SEAL       107 

We  must  keep  in  mind  the  conditions  of  the 
earth  at  this  time,  in  connection  with  this  heav- 
enly scene.  The  world  war  is  raging,  and  fam- 
ine and  pestilence  destroying  the  people,  and 
rebellion  against  God  is  rampant.  This  out- 
cry from  the  unresurrected  saints  in  heaven, 
while  their  bodies  are  still  on  the  earth,  has  a 
peculiar  significance.  How  long  is  this  work  of 
Satan  and  wicked  men  to  continue.  Is  it  not 
high  time  for  God  to  stop  all  this  slaughter 
and  punish  men  for  their  wickedness?  The 
horrible  conditions  on  earth  seem  to  be  known 
by  the  saints  in  heaven,  and  causes  this  outcry. 
And  those  souls  were  robed  in  white.  This 
robing  of  the  saints  in  heaven  at  this  juncture 
is  very  significant.  It  comes  just  before  the 
resurrection  of  their  bodies,  and  preparatory 
to  their  descent  to  the  earth  with  Christ  to  be 
clothed  upon  with  the  new  heavenly  body,  like 
unto  Christ's  glorious  body.  I  Cor.  15  :44,  48, 
49.  These  are  the  words  of  God  concerning 
the  souls  in  heaven,  and  the  bodies  on  earth. 
Robing  the  souls  in  heaven  takes  place  under 
the  opening  of  the  fifth  seal;  and  the  resurrec- 
tion takes  place  under  the  opening  of  the  sixth 
seal.  The  saints  on  earth  will  know  nothing 
of  the  opening  of  the  fifth  seal,  or  this  heavenly 
scene,  where  the  souls  are  all  robed  and  ready 
for  their  descent  to  the  earth,  with  their  Lord. 

Those  souls  seen  under  the  altar  when  the 
fifth  seal  is  opened,  proves  that  the  first  resur- 


108      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

rection  has  not  taken  place  yet;  after  the  five 
seals  have  been  opened.  And  those  souls  under 
the  altar,  could  not  be  the  persons  beheaded 
because  they  would  not  worship  the  beast, 
neither  his  image,  neither  had  received  his 
mark  upon  their  foreheads,  or  in  their  hands: 
because  at  this  time  the  Anti-Christ  and  his 
kingdom  has  not  appeared;  and  no  person  has 
yet  received  his  mark,  nor  has  been  asked  to 
worship  him,  under  pain  of  death. 

The  beast  kingdom  does  not  appear  until 
all  the  seals  have  been  opened;  and  until  all 
the  seven  trumpets  have  been  sounded.  See 
Rev.  11:15,  and  Rev.  13:16,  17. 

The  resurrected  persons  found  in  heaven  out 
of  every  kindred,  and  tongue,  and  people,  and 
nation,  Rev.  5:9,  10,  before  the  first  seal  was 
opened,  are  the  first-fruits,  who  came  out  of 
their  graves  at  the  time  Jesus  arose  from  the 
dead.  The  first  resurrection  will  take  place 
when  the  sixth  seal  is  opened. 

The  beheaded  saints  are  resurrected,  and  ap- 
pear on  the  sea  of  glass  before  the  throne,  hav- 
ing the  harps  of  God;  and  singing  the  praises 
of  God  and  the  Lamb.  Rev.  15:2-4.  This  is 
after  the  beast  has  finished  marking  his  own; 
and  has  killed  the  saints. 

The  earthquake  and  the  three  signs  which 
will  notify  the  saints  of  His  coming,  are  the 
next  things  on  the  program. 


OPENING  OF  THE  SIXTH  SEAL 


ND  I  beheld  when  he  had  opened  the 
sixth  seal,  and,  lo,  there  was  a  great 
earthquake ;  and  the  sun  became  black  as 
sackcloth  of  hair,  and  the  moon  became 
as  blood;  And  the  stars  of  heaven  fell 
unto  the  earth,  even  as  a  fig  tree  casteth 
her  untimely  figs,  when  she  is  shaken  of  a 
mighty  wind.  And  the  heaven  departed  as 
a  scroll  when  it  is  rolled  together;  and 
every  mountain  and  island  were  moved  out 
of  their  places.  And  the  kings  of  the 
earth,  and  the  great  men,  and  the  rich 
men,  and  the  chief  captains,  and  the 
mighty  men,  and  every  bondman,  and  every 
free  man,  hid  themselves  in  the  dens  and 
in  the  rocks  of  the  mountains;  And  said 
to  the  mountains  and  rocks,  Fall  on  us 
and  hide  us  from  the  face  of  him  that  sit- 
teth  on  the  throne,  and  from  the  wrath  of 
the  Lamb :  For  the  great  day  of  his  wrath 
is  come;  and  who  shall  be  able  to  stand? 
Rev.  6:12-17. 

The  earthquake  will  come  like  a  thunderbolt 
from  a  clear  sky.  As  it  was  in  the  days  of 
Noah;  and  as  it  was  in  the  days  of  Sodom,  the 


110      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

people  were  busy  in  all  earthly  pursuits  of  self 
and  sin,  and  knew  not  until  the  flood  came  on 
the  antedeluvians ;  and  the  fire  fell  on  Sodom; 
so  the  world  will  not  know  until  the  earthquake 
comes,  and  the  earth  reels  as  a  drunken  man. 
Isa.  24:20.  This  world  will  be  in  a  mad  rush 
to  conclude  the  war;  each  nation  in  their  own 
way;  to  trample  down  their  foes  and  build 
themselves  upon  the  ruins.  But  suddenly  the 
crash  will  come  to  every  city,  town  and  village ; 
and  the  armies  and  navies  throughout  the  whole 
world.  Buildings  will  go  to  pieces  like  egg- 
shells. Bridges  will  be  smashed  to  pieces.  Rail- 
roads torn  up  and  covered  with  debris.  Tele- 
graph lines  and  cables  torn  to  pieces.  Moun- 
tains and  islands  moved  out  of  their  places. 
Trains  all  over  the  world  ditched  and  destroyed, 
and  tempestuous  storms  at  sea;  the  sea  and 
waves  roaring.  Fire  will  break  out  in  all  cities, 
and  their  smoke  shall  go  up  as  pillars  toward 
heaven. 

"And  I  will  show  wonders  in  the  heavens 
and  in  the  earth,  blood  and  fire,  and  pillars  of 
smoke.  The  sun  shall  be  turned  into  darkness 
and  the  moon  into  blood  before  the  great  and 
terrible  day  of  the  Lord  come."  Joel  2  :30,  31. 
The  dead  and  dying  will  be  on  every  side,  while 
the  earth  rocks  and  reels.  God  shaking  ter- 
ribly the  earth.  "And  they  shall  go  into  the 
holes  of  the  rocks,  and  into  the  caves  of  the 
earth  for  fear  of  the  Lord,  and  for  the  glory 


OPENING  OF  THE  SIXTH  SEAL      111 

of  His  majesty,  when  He  ariseth  to  shake  ter- 
ribly the  earth."    Isa.  2:19. 


Black  as  Sackcloth 

The  world  will  be  enshrouded  in  darkness, 
the  sun  having  become  black  as  sackcloth  of 
hair,  and  the  moon  become  as  a  blood  spot,  and 
the  stars  falling  to  the  earth.  O !  what  a  time 
that  will  be.  Such  a  condition  as  never  was 
known  on  all  the  earth  before.  uBut  the  word 
of  the  Lord  standeth  sure."  "The  scriptures 
cannot  be  broken."  uMy  word  shall  not  pass 
away." 

God's  children  will  pass  through  this  scene. 
Jesus  Christ  speaking  of  it  says,  uWatch  ye 
therefore  and  pray  always  that  ye  may  be  ac- 
counted worthy  to  escape  all  these  things  that 
shall  come  to  pass,  and  to  stand  before  the 
Son  of  Man."  Luke  21:36.  They  are  also 
commanded  to  lift  up  their  heads  for  their  re- 
demption (resurrection  and  translation)  draw- 
eth  nigh. 

This  earthquake  and  signs,  when  they  come, 
will  be  proof  that  the  sixth  seal  is  opened.  Out 
of  this  awful  earth  confusion  and  destruction, 
and  the  war,  famine,  pestilence  and  wild  beasts 
let  loose,  the  first  resurrection  will  take  place, 
and  the  living  saints  will  be  translated.  We 
think  the  world  will  know  nothing  of  the  trans- 
lation, or  anything  of  the  resurrection,  but  will 


112      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

suppose  the  missing  ones  have  been  buried  in 
the  ruins  somewhere.  The  wicked  knew  noth- 
ing of  our  Lord's  resurrection,  and  they  prob- 
ably will  know  nothing  of  the  first  resurrection. 
There  was  an  earthquake  before  our  Lord's 
resurrection,  and  there  will  be  this  earthquake 
before  our  resurrection.  So  the  saints  will  cer- 
tainly "Come  up  out  of  great  tribulation."  The 
foolish  virgins  will  have  to  go  through  this 
great  tribulation  because  they  were  not  ready 
for  translation,  at  His  Coming. 

The  signs  of  His  coming  given  by  our  Lord 
in  Mathew,  Mark  and  Luke,  follow  this  earth- 
quake, and  indicate  that  He  is  at  the  door. 

The  saints  are  gone  from  the  earth,  the 
spirit,  soul  and  body  of  every  one  of  them  who 
had  lived  upon  this  earth  from  Adam  down  to 
that  same  day  in  which  Jesus  came  and  de- 
feated death  and  the  Devil,  and  took  His  own 
to  be  where  He  was,  "forever  with  the  Lord," 
with  the  exception  of  the  two  mentioned  in 
Rev.  11:3,  "my  two  witnesses"  whom  we  will 
consider  later  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  in- 
troduced. 

We  call  your  attention  to  this  fact  that  only 
two  saints  are  now  left  upon  the  earth.  God's 
people  are  the  salt  of  the  earth;  and  the  light 
of  the  world.  But  this  salt  and  light  is  now 
The  two  angels  who  destroyed  Sodom 


ajid'Gomorrah  took  Lot  and  his  wife  and  two 


OPENING  OF  THE  SIXTH  SEAL      113 

daughters  out  of  Sodom  and  sent  them  to  Zoar, 
saying,  "Haste  thee,  escape  thither;  for  I  can- 
not do  anything  till  thou  come  thither."  Gen. 
19:22.  God  could  not  destroy  Noah  and  his 
family  with  the  wicked,  and  so  he  had  him 
build  the  Ark;  but  immediately  after  they  were 
safely  shut  in  the  Ark,  and  God  had  closed 
the  door  of  the  Ark,  the  flood  came  and  de- 
stroyed all  outside.  Now  that  but  two  righteous 
men  are  left  upon  this  earth,  What  next? 


SEALING  THE  144,000 

ND  after  these  things  I  saw  four  angels 
standing  on  the  four  corners  of  the  earth, 
holding  the  four  winds  of  the  earth,  that 
the  wind  should  not  blow  on  the  earth, 
nor  on  the  sea,  nor  on  any  tree.  And  I 
saw'  another  angel  ascending  from  the 
east,  having  the  seal  of  the  living  God: 
and  he  cried  with  a  loud  voice  to  the  four 
angels  to  whom  it  was  given  to  hurt  the 
earth  and  the  sea,  Saying,  Hurt  not  the 
earth,  neither  the  sea,  nor  the  trees,  till 
we  have  sealed  the  servants  of  our  God 
in  their  foreheads.  And  I  heard  the  num- 
ber of  them  which  were  sealed:  and  there 
were  sealed  a  hundred  and  forty  and  four 
thousand  of  all  the  tribes  of  the  children 
of  Israel.  Of  the  tribe  of  Judah  were 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of 
Reuben  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of 
the  tribe  of  Gad  were  sealed  twelve  thou- 
sand. Of  the  tribe  of  Aser  were  sealed 
twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of  Nep- 
thalim  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of 
the  tribe  of  Manasseh  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of  Simeon  were 


SEALING  THE  144,000  115 

sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of 
Levi  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of 
the  tribe  of  Issachar  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of  Zebulun  were 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of 
Joseph  were  sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of 
the  tribe  of  Benjamin  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand.  Rev.  7:1-8. 

Here  are  four  angels,  one  in  each  of  the 
four  quarters  of  the  earth,  with  authority  to 
hurt  the  earth  and  the  sea.  They  were  al- 
ready holding  the  wind  so  it  could  not  blow 
on  the  earth  or  the  sea  or  on  any  tree.  God 
only  knows  what  would  happen  to  this  earth 
if  there  was  no  more  wind.  Probably  every- 
thing would  become  stagnant,  and  death  would 
ensue. 

A  fifth  angel  appears  and  calls  a  halt,  until 
he  should  seal  144,000  men  in  their  foreheads. 
These  men  are  called  the  "Servants  of  God." 
If  they  were  the  Lord's,  they  would  have  been 
translated,  for  all  who  are  the  Lord's,  are  to 
be,  "changed  in  a  moment,  in  the  twinkling  of 
an  eye,  at  the  last  trump."  I  Cor.  15-52;  The 
trump  that  closes  the  time  of  the  Gentiles. 

God  calls  the  King  of  Babylon  "My  ser- 
vant," when  He  sent  the  Babylonian  army  to 
take  Jerusalem.  Jer.  25  :9 ;  Jer.  27  :6 ;  and  Jer. 
4:10.  God  calls  Israel  "My  servant,"  con- 
tinually, because  He  had  chosen  Abraham  and 


116      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

his  seed  for  a  purpose,  and  He  also  calls  them 
a  stubborn  and  rebellious  people.  They  were 
servants  but  not  saints.  The  144,000  are  all 
Abraham's  seed,  and  so  are  His  servants,  to 
now  do  His  will  on  Earth.  Twelve  thousand 
from  each  of  the  twelve  tribes,  and  He  has 
sealed  them  for  a  purpose,  at  the  close  of  the 
'Times  of  the  Gentiles." 

Those  chosen  ones  are  to  be  grafted  into 
the  true  olive  tree  at  the  proper  time.  They  are 
now  selected  as  a  bunch  of  grafts  and  marked. 
We  will  watch  for  them  as  we  study  this  reve- 
lation of  Jesus  Christ.  They  remain  on  earth  to 
re-populate  the  earth  with  Israelites,  when  the 
rest  are  destroyed.  "For  He  will  destroy  all 
them  that  know  not  God."  Rev.  11 :18. 

The  Translation 

After  this  I  beheld,  and,  lo,  a  great  mul- 
titude which  no  man  could  number,  of  all 
nations,  and  kindreds,  and  people,  and 
tongues,  stood  before  the  throne,  and 
before  the  Lamb,  clothed  with  white 
robes  and  palms  in  their  hands; 
And  cried  with  a  loud  voice,  saying, 
Salvation  to  our  God  which  sitteth  upon 
the  throne,  and  unto  the  Lamb.  And 
all  the  angels  stood  round  about  the 
throne,  and  about  the  elders  and  the  four 
beasts,  and  fell  before  the  throne  on  their 


SEALING  THE  144,000  117 

faces,  and  worshipped  God,  Saying,  Amen : 

Blessing,   and    glory,   and    wisdom,    and 

thanksgiving,  and  honour,  and  power  and 

might,  be  unto  our  God  forever  and  ever. 

Amen.     And  one  of  the  elders  answered, 

saying  unto  me,  What  are  these  which  are 

arrayed  in  white  robes  ?  and  whence  came 

they?     And  I  said  unto  him,   Sir,   thou 

knowest.     And  he  said  to  me,  These  are 

they  which  came  out  of  great  tribulation, 

and  have  washed  their  robes,   and  made 

them  white  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb. 

Therefore  are  they  before  the  throne  of 

God,  and  serve  Him  day  and  night  in  His 

temple :  and  He  that  sitteth  on  the  throne 

shall   dwell   among    them.      They    shall 

hunger  no  more,  neither  thirst  any  more; 

neither  shall  the  sun  light  on  them,  nor 

any  heat.     For  the  Lamb  which  is  in  the 

midst  of  the  throne  shall  feed  them,  and 

shall  lead  them  unto  living  fountains  of 

waters,  and  God  shall  wipe  all  tears  from 

their  eyes.    Rev.  7:9-17. 

John  watched  the  sealing  of  the  144,000  and 

heard  the  number  of  them,  and  then,  behold, 

a  great  multitude  which  no  man  could  number, 

from  all  nations,  and  kindreds,  and  people  and 

tongues,  stood  before  the  throne,  and  before 

the  Lamb. 

While  the  angel  was  sealing  the  144,000  Is- 
raelites, the  Lord  Jesus  had  raised  the  dead, 


118      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  translated  the  living  saints  and  took  them 
straight  to  the  throne  of  God,  and  presented 
them  to  His  Father.  And  here  we  see  them 
rejoicing  and  praising  God.  This  is  the  first 
resurrection.  The  saints  are  not  waiting  or 
wandering  in  the  air,  but  are  with  God  in 
heaven ;  and  all  the  angels  are  present,  and  take 
part  in  the  Jubilee.  And  Jubilee  it  is,  for  they 
are  loosed  from  all  sin,  and  bondage,  and  death 
and  the  devil,  from  all  earthly  conditions,  for- 
evermore.  '  Free !  Free !  Free  !  Forever  with 
the  Lord. 

"Therefore  are  they  before  the  throne  of 
God,  and  serve  Him  day  and  night  in  His  Tem- 
ple: and  He  that  sitteth  on  the  throne  shall 
dwell  among  them.  *  *  *  And  the  Lamb  which 
is  in  the  midst  of  the  throne  shall  feed  them, 
and  shall  lead  them  unto  living  fountains  of 
waters,  and  God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from 
their  eyes." 


OPENING  OF  THE  SEVENTH  SEAL 


ND  when  he  opened  the  seventh  seal, 
there  followed  a  silence  in  heaven  about 
the  space  of  half  an  hour.  And  I  saw  the 
seven  angels  that  stand  before  God;  and 
there  were  given  unto  them  seven  trum- 
pets.   And  another  angel  came  and  stood 
over  the  altar,  having  a  golden  censer ;  and 
there  was  given  unto  him  much  incense 
that  he  should  add  it  unto  the  prayers  of 
all  the  saints  upon  the  golden  altar  which 
was  before  the  throne.    And  the  smoke  of 
the  incense,  with  the  prayers  of  the  saints, 
went  up  before  God  out  of  the   angel's 
hand.     And  the  angel  taketh  the  censer; 
and  he  filled  it  with  the  fire  of  the  altar, 
and  cast  it  upon  the  earth;  and  there  fol- 
lowed thunders  and  voices,  and  lightnings 
and  an  earthquake.    Rev.  8:1-5,  R.  V. 
"There  was  silence  in  heaven  for  half  an 
hour/' — All  the  saints  around  the  throne,  and 
all  the  angels  with  them  in  the  Jubilee  scene, 
are  hushed  into  silence  for  about  half  an  hour. 
Then  seven  angels  that  stand  before  God  in 
heaven  were  given  seven  trumpets.     Then  an- 
other angel  came  and  stood  at  God's  altar  in 


120      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

heaven,  he  having  a  golden  censer,  and  there 
was  given  unto  him  much  incense,  that  he  should 
offer  the  incense  with  the  prayers  of  all  saints 
upon  the  golden  altar  which  was  before  the 
throne.  This  is  a  prayer  meeting  of  all  of  the 
assembled  resurrected  saints  before  the  throne 
of  God  in  heaven,  from  every  nation,  kindred, 
people  and  tongue.  After  the  silence  for  half 
an  hour,  what  a  volume  of  prayer  ascended  to 
God.  "And  the  smoke  of  the  incense,  with 
the  prayers  of  the  saints,  ascended  up  before 
God  out  of  the  angel's  hand."  This  is  the 
purest  of  worship  before  the  Almighty.  What 
a  prayer  meeting  that  will  be,  when  all  the 
saints  arrive  at  home,  and  stand  or  kneel  before 
their  God,  and  his  throne,  surrounded  by  all 
the  angels  of  heaven,  and  worship  God. 

Then  the  angel  took  the  censer  and  filled  it 
with  fire  from  off  God's  altar  and  cast  it  into 
the  earth,  where  Satan  and  his  followers  then 
had  full  control.  There  were  voices,  and  thun- 
derings,  and  lightnings,  and  as  the  fire  struck 
the  earth,  there  was  an  earthquake.  Another 
earthquake!  This  is  the  opening  of  God's  bat- 
tle against  a  world  of  people  who  will  not  ac- 
cept God's  salvation.  And  as  the  rain  came 
down  and  drowned  the  people  of  Noah's  day, 
now  God  sends  fire  in  the  days  of  the  Anti- 
Christ. 


THE  SEVEN  TRUMPETS 

ND  the  seven  angels  that  had  the  seven 
trumpets  prepared  themselves  to  sound. 
And  the  first  sounded,  and  there  fol- 
lowed hail  and  fire,  mingled  with  blood, 
and  they  were  cast  upon  the  earth :  and 
the  third  part  of  the  earth  was  burnt  up, 
and  the  third  part  of  the  trees  was  burnt 
up,  and  all  green  grass  was  burnt  up.  Rev. 
8  :6-7,  R.  V. 

This  hail  and  fire  mingled  with  blood,  was 
cast  upon  the  earth;  and  it  produced  a  world 
fire  that  consumed  all  growing  crops,  and  one- 
third  part  of  the  trees,  and  the  third  part  of  the 
cities,  towns  and  villages  and  country  homes. 
This  would  result  in  a  terrible  world-wide  fam- 
ine. All  of  these  judgments  are  world-wide. 

And  the  second  angel  sounded,  and  as 
it  were  a  great  mountain  burning  with  fire 
was  cast  into  the  sea;  and  the  third  part 
of  the  sea  became  blood;  and  the  third  part 
of  the  creatures  which  were  in  the  sea 
and  had  life,  died;  and  the  third  part  of 
the  ships  were  destroyed.  Rev.  8  :8-9. 
Fire  again,  like  a  mountain  on  fire,  strikes 


122      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  sea,  turning  the  third  part  of  the  sea  into 
blood,  and  brings  death  to  all  life  in  the  third 
part  of  the  sea,  and  destroys  all  the  shipping 
in  that  part  of  the  oceans. 

And  the  third  angel  sounded  and  there 
fell  a  great  star  from  heaven,  burning  as 
it  were  a  lamp,  and  it  fell  upon  the  third 
part  of  the  rivers,  and  upon  the  fountains 
of  waters;  and  the  name  of  the  star  is 
called  wormwood;  and  the  third  part  of 
the  waters  became  wormwood;  and  many 
men  died  of  the  waters,  because  they  were 
made  bitter.  Rev.  8:10-11. 

Who  can  imagine  the  distress  and  dismay  of 
the  people  when  the  fresh  water  in  the  rivers, 
creeks,  ponds,  lakes,  reservoirs  and  wells,  over 
one-third  part  of  every  nation,  kindred,  people, 
and  tongue  has  been  turned  into  wormwood? 
Here  is  a  series  of  facts,  not  fiction.  All  these 
things  will  come  to  pass,  at  the  time  appointed. 

And  the  fourth  angel  sounded,  and  the 
third  part  of  the  sun  was  smitten,  and  the 
third  part  of  the  moon,  and  the  third  part 
of  the  stars;  that  the  third  part  of  them 
should  be  darkened,  and  the  day  should 
not  shine  for  the  third  part  of  it,  and  the 
night  in  like  manner.  Rev.  8:12,  R.  V. 

Here  is  another  series  of  facts  that  will 
surely  come  to  pass.  These  are  things  that 


THE  SEVEN  TRUMPETS  123 

must  shortly  come  to  pass.  Four  judgments 
have  fallen  on  the  rebellious  people.  Fire  on 
land  and  fire  on  the  sea.  The  sun,  moon  and 
stars  smitten,  and  the  fresh  water  turned  to 
wormwood,  bringing  dearth,  famine  and  death. 

And  I  beheld,  and  heard  an  angel  flying 
through  the  midst  of  heaven,  saying  with  a 
loud  voice,  Woe,  woe,  woe,  to  the  inhabi- 
ters  of  the  earth  by  reason  of  the  other 
voices  of  the  trumpet  of  the  three  angels 
which  are  yet  to  sound!  Rev.  8  :13. 

What  else  but  woe!  woe!  can  come  to  a  peo- 
ple wrho  will  fight  God  to  the  last  trench? 


OPENED  THE  BOTTOMLESS  PIT 


ND  the  fifth  angel  sounded,  and  I  saw  a 
star  fall  from  heaven  unto  the  earth; 
and  to  him  was  given  the  key  of  the  bot- 
tomless pit.  And  he  opened  the  bottom- 
leSs  pit;  and  there  arose  a  smoke  out  of 
the  pit,  as  the  smoke  of  a  great  furnace; 
and  the  sun  and  the  air  were  darkened  by 
reason  of  the  smoke  of  the  pit.  And  there 
came  out  of  the  smoke  locusts  upon  the 
earth :  and  unto  them  was  given  power,  as 
the  scorpions  of  the  earth  have  power. 
And  it  was  commanded  them  that  they 
should  not  hurt  the  grass  of  the  earth, 
neither  any  green  thing,  neither  any  tree; 
but  only  those  men  which  have  not  the 
seal  of  God  in  their  foreheads.  And  to 
them  it  was  given  that  they  should  not  kill 
them,  but  that  they  should  be  tormented 
five  months :  and  their  torment  was  as  the 
torment  of  a  scorpion,  when  he  striketh  a 
man.  And  in  those  days  shall  men  seek 
death,  and  shall  not  find  it;  and  shall  de- 
sire to  die,  and  death  shall  flee  from  them. 
And  the  shapes  of  the  locusts  were  like 


OPENED  THE  BOTTOMLESS  PIT    125 

unto  horses  prepared  unto  battle;  and  on 
their  heads  were  as  it  were  crowns  like 
gold,  and  their  faces  were  as  the  faces 
of  men.  And  they  had  hair  as  the  hair 
of  women,  and  their  teeth  were  as  the 
teeth  of  lions.  And  they  had  breastplates, 
as  it  were  breastplates  of  iron;  and  the 
sound  of  their  wings  was  as  the  sound  of 
chariots  of  many  horses  running  to  battle. 
And  they  had  tails  like  unto  scorpions, 
and  there  were  stings  in  their  tails;  and 
their  power  was  to  hurt  men  five  months. 
And  they  had  a  king  over  them,  which  is 
the  angel  of  the  bottomless  pit,  whose 
name  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  is  Abaddon, 
but  in  the  Greek  tongue  hath  his  name 
Apollyon.  Rev.  9:1-11. 

This  bottomless  pit  is  hell,  and  it  is  the  melted 
lava  in  the  heart  of  this  earth.  The  star  that 
fell  to  the  earth  was  an  angel  sent  with  a  key 
to  the  door  of  the  bottomless  pit;  and  he  went 
straight  to  this  earth  and  opened  the  door  of 
the  pit;  and  smoke  came  out  of  the  pit,  shut- 
ting out  the  sunlight  from  this  earth 
because  of  real  smoke  that  filled  the  air.  And 
living  creatures  came  out  of  the  smoke  upon 
the  earth.  These  living  creatures  came  with 
the  smoke  out  of  the  bottomless  pit  where  they 
lived  in  fire;  and  they  had  a  king  over  them 
who  is  the  angel  of  the  bottomless  pit,  whose 


126      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

name  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  is  Abaddon,  but  in 
the  Greek  tongue,  his  name  is  Apollyon. 

The  door  to  this  place  is  opened,  and  the 
inhabitants  are  let  loose  upon  the  earth  by  or- 
ders from  heaven,  sending  an  angel  and  the 
right  key  to  open  the  door.  These  living 
creatures,  or  demons,  are  sent  to  torment  men 
for  five  months,  or,  one  hundred  and  fifty  days. 
Their  torment  is  so  terrible  that  men  will  seek 
for  death  and  cannot  die;  desire  to  die,  and 
death  shall  flee  from  them.  These  demons 
could  kill  them,  but  God  will  not  permit  them 
to  do  so ;  only  to  torment  the  men  who  will  not 
serve  God. 

The  144,000  Israelites  who  were  sealed  in 
their  foreheads  by  an  angel  are  among  the  men 
still  on  the  earth,  and  the  demons  were  com- 
manded of  God  not  to  touch  one  of  them.  They 
are  under  the  seal  of  the  Almighty.  They  are 
not  the  first  fruits,  and  they  are  not  the  Bride. 
They  are  human  beings  still  in  the  body,  se- 
lected, marked  and  preserved  for  a  purpose. 
God  will  use  them  at  the  proper  time.  They 
are  servants  of  God. 

The  description  of  these  creatures  from  the 
pit  is  terrible.  Their  shape  is  like  unto  horses, 
with  crowns  like  gold  on  their  heads.  Not  gold, 
but  like  it;  with  faces  like  men,  and  long  hair 
like  women,  and  teeth  like  lions,  with  wings  and 
tails.  To  chase  and  sting  men  for  five  months. 


OPENED  THE  BOTTOMLESS  PIT    127 

God,  who  knows  that  there  is  a  Hell,  and 
Devil,  will  open  the  door  of  hell,  and  let  men 
know  that  there  are  demons  and  a  hell,  at  that 
/time.  We  believe  that  this  opening  of  the 
bottomless  pit  is  to  convince  men  of  the  reality 
of  demons  and  a  literal  hell.  After  men  are 
chased  and  stung  by  demons,  and  Satan  in  the 
lead  for  one  hundred  and  fifty  days  and  nights, 
wanting  to  die,  trying  to  kill  themselves  but 
cannot,  one  would  think  they  would  turn  to 
God,  repenting  and  confessing  their  sins,  that 
they  might  be  saved,  for  God  wants  to  save 
them. 


THE  LAST  WAR 

NE  woe  is  past;  and,  behold,  there  come 
two  woes  more  hereafter.  And  the  sixth 
angel  sounded,  and  I  heard  a  voice  from 
the  four  horns  of  the  golden  altar  which 
is-  before  God,  saying  to  the  sixth 
angel  which  had  the  trumpet,  Loose  the 
four  angels  which  are  bound  in  the  great 
river  Euphrates.  And  the  four  angels 
were  loosed,  which  were  prepared  for  an 
hour,  and  a  day,  and  a  month,  and  a  year, 
for  to  slay  the  third  part  of  men.  And 
the  number  of  the  army  of  the  horsemen 
were  two  hundred  thousand  thousand :  and 
I  heard  the  number  of  them.  And  thus  I 
saw  the  horses  in  the  vision,  and  them 
that  sat  on  them,  having  breastplates  of 
fire,  and  of  jacinth,  and  brimstone:  and 
the  heads  of  the  horses  were  as  the  heads 
of  lions;  and  out  of  their  mouths  issued 
fire  and  smoke  and  brimstone.  By  these 
three  was  the  third  part  of  men  killed, 
by  the  fire,  and  by  the  smoke,  and  by  the 
brimstone,  which  issued  out  of  their 
mouths.  For  their  power  is  in  their  mouth, 


THE  LAST  WAR  129 

and  in  their  tails;  for  their  tails  were  like 
unto  serpents,  and  had  heads,  and  with 
them  they  do  hurt.  And  the  rest  of  the 
men  which  were  not  killed  by  these  plagues 
yet  repented  not  of  the  works  of  their 
hands,  that  they  should  not  worship  devils, 
and  idols  of  gold,  and  silver,  and  brass, 
and  stone,  and  of  wood:  which  neither 
can  see,  nor  hear,  nor  walk;  neither  re- 
pented they  of  their  murders,  nor  of  their 
sorceries,  nor  of  their  fornication,  nor  of 
their  thefts.  Rev.  9:12-21. 

"And  I  heard  a  voice  from  the  four  horns 
of  the  golden  altar  which  is  before  God." 

This  is  God  commanding  the  sixth  angel  to 
loose,  or  let  loose  a  mighty  force  that  hitherto 
had  been  held  in  restraint;  but  had  been  pre- 
pared for  this  very  year,  month,  and  day,  and 
hour,  to  go  forth  to  slay  the  third  part  of  men. 
This  prepared  force  is  an  army  of  horsemen, 
two  hundred  million  strong.  This  army  was 
bound  in  a  country,  or  countries  where  two  hun- 
dred million  men  had  lived  and  been  prepared 
for  this  tremendous  last,  and  greatest  war  ever 
known  on  earth.  And  the  countries  referred  to 
were  not  on  this  side  of  the  great  river  Eu- 
phrates, but  beyond  it. 

The  man  on  the  white  horse  in  Revelation 
6 :2,  went  out  to  conquer,  and  to  conquer.  Peace 
was  taken  from  the  earth,  famine  and  pesti- 


130      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

lence  came  on.  The  Lord  has  taken  the  saints 
out  of  this  world,  and  into  heaven,  then  the 
judgments  of  God  were  poured  out  on  the 
fighting,  rebellious  people  remaining  on  the 
earth  who  have  given  themselves  wholly  to  sin, 
without  restraint.  The  man  on  the  white  horse 
must  conquer  the  whole  world.  Europe,  North 
and  South  America,  and  Africa  are  under  his 
control  at  this  time.  All  Asia,  seeing  the  trend 
of  affairs,  have  prepared  for  the  conflict;  and 
now  God  lets  them  loose.  From  India,  Persia, 
China,  Russia,  and  Japan  they  go  forth,  all 
united,  and  the  third  part  of  men  are  killed. 

John  saw  this  army  go  forth.  He  heard  the 
number  of  them,  and  describes  them  the  best 
he  could,  knowing  nothing  of  modern  warfare; 
but  he  saw  smoke,  fire  and  brimstone,  and 
men  dying.  We  believe  the  things  described 
as  men  on  horses,  with  death-dealing  power  in 
mouths  and  tails,  will  be  machine  guns  mounted 
on  wheels.  This  army  will  go  forth  at  the 
time  appointed;  and  it  will  go  from  Asia,  and 
"destroy  the  third  part  of  men."  The  rest  of 
the  men  which  were  not  killed  by  these  plagues, 
including  all  the  plagues  God  has  sent  upon 
them,  repented  not  of  the  works  of  their  hands, 
that  they  should  not  worship  devils  (for  they 
will  be  doing  this),  and  idols  of  gold,  and 
silver  and  brass,  and  stone,  and  of  wood. 
"Neither  repented  they  of  their  murders,  nor 


THE  LAST  WAR  131 

of  their  sorceries,  nor  their  fornication,  nor  of 
their  thefts."  These  are  the  sins  of  our  day. 
They  will  not  repent,  and  without  repentance 
and  turning  from  sin,  there  is  no  salvation. 

All  Asia  is  now  awake  and  taking  lessons 
from  Europe  how  to  kill  men.  Japan  is  armed 
and  ready,  and  now  training  the  Chinese.  India 
is,  as  a  tiger,  planning.  Asiatic  Russia  will  join 
in  with  her  neighbors,  and  by  the  time  the 
United  States  and  Europe  have  fastened  their 
grip  on  all  the  rest  of  the  world,  Asia  will  be 
ready  for  them. 

Woe,  woe  to  this  old  world.  God  has 
spoken,  the  time  has  come.  The  closing  of  the 
sixth  thousand  years  of  man's  rule  on  earth  is 
being  enacted,  and  the  world  knows  it  not.  "O 
ye  hypocrites,  ye  can  discern  the  face  of  the  sky, 
but  can  ye  not  discern  the  signs  of  the  times  ?" 
Matt.  16:3. 


THE  SEVEN  THUNDERS 

ND  I  saw  another  strong  angel  coming 
down  out  of  heaven,  arrayed  with  a 
cloud;  and  the  rainbow  was  upon  his 
head,  and  his  face  was  as  the  sun,  and  his 
feet  as  pillars  of  fire;  and  he  had  in  his 
hand  a  little  book  open:  and  he  set  his 
right  foot  upon  the  sea,  and  his  left  foot 
upon  the  earth ;  and  he  cried  with  a  great 
voice,  as  a  lion  roareth :  and  when  he  cried, 
the  seven  thunders  uttered  their  voices. 
And  when  the  seven  thunders  uttered  their 
voices,  I  was  about  to  write :  and  I  heard  a 
voice  from  heaven  saying,  Seal  up  the 
things  which  the  seven  thunders  uttered, 
and  write  them  not.  Rev.  10:14,  R.  V. 

This  mighty  angel  has  some  of  the  appear- 
ances of  Christ.  His  face  as  the  face  of  the 
sun,  and  his  feet  as  pillars  of  fire;  and  a  rain- 
bow was  upon  his  head.  He  is  Mighty:  and 
he  cried  with  a  loud  voice  and  his  cry  was  as 
a  lion  roaring.  He  set  his  right  foot  on  the 
sea,  his  left  still  on  the  earth,  indicating  that 
momentous  things  were  about  to  fall  on  the 
earth  and  sea.  He  stands  on  both. 


THE  SEVEN  THUNDERS  133 

Seven  thunders  utter  their  voices;  and  John 
took  his  pen  to  write  down  what  the  seven 
thunders  had  said,  and  was  forbidden  to  write 
them.  God  from  heaven  said  unto  him,  uSeal 
up  those  things  which  the  seven  thunders  ut- 
tered, and  write  them  not."  These  seven  thun- 
ders probably  spoke  of  the  awful  things  that 
would  take  place  during  the  conflict  between 
all  Asia,  two-thirds  of  the  population  of  the 
world,  including  all  Mohammedans,  on  the  one 
side,  against  Europe,  North  and  South  America, 
and  Africa.  Those  scenes  are  too  black  for 
contemplation.  And  so  they  are  sealed  up. 

And  the   angel  which  I  saw  standing 
upon  the  sea   and  upon  the  earth  lifted 
up  his  right  hand  to  heaven,  and  sware 
by  him  that  liveth  forever  and  ever,  who 
created     the     heaven     and     the     things 
that  are  therein,   and  the  earth  and  the 
things  that  are  therein,  and  the  sea  and 
the   things    that   are    therein,    that   there 
shall  be  time  no  longer:  but  in  the  days 
of  the  voice  of  the  seventh  angel,  when 
he  is  about  to  sound,  then  is  finished  the 
mystery  of  God,  according  to  the  good  tid- 
ings which  he  declared  to  his  servants  the 
prophets.    Rev.  10 :5-7,  R.  V. 
Then  the   angel  lifted  his  hand  to  heaven 
and  swore  by  Him  that  liveth  forever  and  ever, 
the  maker  of  all  things,  that  there  should  be 
time  no  longer.     Man's  time  is  up;  and  God's 


134      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

time  has  come.  Everything  now  will  go  God's 
way.  Men  will  bite  the  dust:  God  shall  reign. 
The  seventh  angel  is  still  to  sound,  and  other 
terrible  closing  scenes  will  come  before  us; 
but  this  angel,  with  one  foot  on  land  and  one 
on  the  sea,  now  declares  that,  uln  the  days  of 
the  voice  of  the  seventh  angel,  when  he  shall 
begin  to  sound,  the  mystery  of  God  is  finished, 
as  He  hath  declared  to  His  servants  and  proph- 
ets." 

Everything  will  be  closed  up  according  to 
God's  prophecy.  The  world  has  not  yet  been 
fully  conquered  by  the  Anti-Christ,  but  the  con- 
flict is  on,  and  Satan  and  his  chief,  the  Anti- 
Christ,  must  reign  supreme  for  a  time.  It  will 
all  be  worked  out  under  the  sounding  of  the 
seventh  angel. 


THE  TWO  WITNESSES 

ND  there  was  given  me  a  reed  like  unto 
a  rod :  and  the  angel  stood,  saying,  Rise, 
and  measure  the  temple  of  God,  and  the 
altar,  and  them  that  worship  therein.  But 
the  court  which  is  without  the  temple 
leave  out,  and  measure  it  not;  for  it  is 
given  unto  the  Gentiles :  and  the  holy  city 
shall  they  tread  under  foot  forty  and  two 
months.  And  I  will  give  power  unto  my 
two  witnesses,  and  they  shall  prophesy  a 
thousand  two  hundred  and  threescore 
days,  clothed  in  sackcloth.  These  are  the 
two  olive  trees  and  the  two  candlesticks 
standing  before  the  God  of  the  earth.  And 
if  any  man  will  hurt  them,  fire  proceedeth 
out  of  their  mouth,  and  devoureth  their 
enemies:  and  if  any  man  will  hurt  them, 
he  must  in  this  manner  be  killed.  These 
have  power  to  shut  heaven,  that  it  rain 
not  in  the  days  of  their  prophecy:  and 
have  power  over  waters  to  turn  them  to 
blood  and  to  smite  the  earth  with  all 
plagues,  as  often  as  they  will.  And  when 
they  shall  have  finished  their  testimony,  the 
beast  that  ascendeth  out  of  the  bottomless 


136      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

pit  shall  make  war  against  them,  and  shall 
overcome  them,  and  kill  them.  And  their 
dead  bodies  shall  lie  in  the  street  of  the 
great  city,  which  spiritually  is  called  Sodom 
and  Egypt,  where  also  our  Lord  was  cru- 
cified. And  they  of  the  people  and  kin- 
dreds and  tongues  and  nations  shall  see 
their  dead  bodies  three  days  and  an  half, 
and  shall  not  suffer  their  dead  bodies  to 
be  put  in  graves.  And  they  that  dwell 
upon  the  earth  shall  rejoice  over  them, 
and  make  merry,  and  shall  send  gifts  one 
to  another;  because  these  two  prophets 
tormented  them  that  dwelt  on  the  earth. 
And  after  three  days  and  an  half  the 
Spirit  of  life  from  God  entered  into  them, 
and  they  stood  upon  their  feet;  and  great 
fear  fell  upon  them  which  saw  them.  And 
they  heard  a  great  voice  from  heaven  say- 
ing unto  them,  Come  up  hither.  And  they 
ascended  up  to  heaven  in  a  cloud;  and 
their  enemies  beheld  them.  And  the 
same  hour  was  there  a  great  earthquake, 
and  the  tenth  part  of  the  city  fell,  and 
in  the  earthquake  were  slain  of  men  seven 
thousand:  and  the  remnant  were  af- 
frighted, and  gave  glory  to  the  God  of 
heaven.  The  second  woe  is  past,  and, 
behold,  the  third  woe  cometh  quickly. 
Rev.  11:1-14. 


THE  TWO  WITNESSES  137 

"And  there  was  given  me  a  reed,  like  unto 
a  rod,  and  the  angel  stood,  saying:"  Prob- 
ably the  same  angel  that  stood  on  the  sea  and 
the  earth.  "Arise,  and  measure  the  temple  of 
God,  and  the  altar,  and  them  that  worship 
therein."  The  temple  in  Jerusalem,  having 
been  rebuilt,  Israelites,  not  Gentiles,  are  wor- 
shipping therein,  according  to  the  Law  of  Mo- 
ses. We  believe  these  worshippers  are  the 
144,000  sealed  Israelites,  and  they  are  the 
nominal  church,  the  only  church  of  God  on 
earth  at  this  time;  but  they  have  not  yet  ac- 
cepted Jesus  Christ  as  the  Messiah.  They  are 
the  elect  remnant  that  shall  be  saved. 

"But  the  court  which  is  without  the  temple 
leave  out,  and  measure  it  not;  for  it  is  given 
unto  the  Gentiles;  and  the  holy  city  shall  they 
tread  under  foot  forty  and  two  months."  This 
is  not  a  scene  taking  place,  or  one  that  has 
taken  place,  but  a  declaration  of  what  is  to 
take  place,  and  continue  for  forty  and  two 
months,  not  years.  God  is  not  speaking  mys- 
teriously, but  plainly ;  just  forty  and  two 
months :  during  the  reign  of  the  Anti-Christ. 

Two  Witnesses 

"And  I  will  give  power  unto  my  two  wit- 
nesses." These  two  witnesses  will  be  men  of 
that  day,  saints  of  God,  remaining  on  earth 
for  this  very  time  and  work.  As  God  raised 
up  Moses,  and  John  the  Baptist,  in  their  day, 


138      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

so  He  will  raise  up  these  two  men,  thoroughly 
fitted  for  this  time.  God  is  not  so  limited,  that 
He  must  bring  back  Moses  or  Elijah.  God  has 
not  brought  back  any  saint  in  the  past,  to  do 
some  work  that  could  not  be  done  without  them. 
When  He  wants  a  man,  He  raises  up  a  man 
for  that  place,  as  He  raised  Abraham,  Noah, 
David,  Moses,  Daniel,  Jeremiah  and  John, 
Peter  and  Paul.  None  of  these  holy  men  were 
brought  back  to  earth  because  God  had  not 
a  man  to  fill  the  place.  When  God  needs  a 
man  He  prepares  one  for  the  place.  Neither 
will  Judas  be  brought  back  to  be  the  Anti- 
Christ.  God  only,  will  resurrect  Judas:  the 
Devil  cannot.  But  the  Devil  can  find  men  on 
earth  bad  enough  to  fill  the  place  of  Anti- 
Christ. 

The  two  witnesses  are  to  be  in  place,  and 
action,  for  a  thousand,  two  hundred  and  three- 
score days,  clothed  in  sackcloth.  This  is  ex- 
actly forty-two  months,  and  is  the  same  forty- 
two  months  in  which  Jerusalem  will  be  trodden 
under  foot  by  the  Gentiles.  These  two  wit- 
nesses will  be  God's  two  candlesticks  and  the 
two  olive  trees  of  that  day.  All  other  salt,  and 
light  of  the  earth,  having  been  taken  out  of  the 
world,  these  will  stand  before  the  God  of  the 
earth.  uSatan  is  the  God  of  this  world  who 
hath  blinded  the  minds  of  them  which  believe 
not."  II  Cor.  4:4.  He  and  the  Anti-Christ 


THE  TWO  WITNESSES  139 

are  to  have  control  of  this  earth  for  three  years 
and  a  half,  or  forty-two  months,  as  we  will  see 
in  another  chapter;  and  when  he  is  in  control, 
he  will  have  possession  of  Jerusalem,  and  hav- 
ing his  throne  there  will  pollute  the  whole  city, 
except  the  temple  and  them  thaf  dwell  therein. 
During  this  time,  just  forty-two  months,  the 
two  witnesses  will  shine  for  God.  They  shall 
prophesy  during  the  whole  twelve  hundred  and 
sixty  days,  clothed  in  sackcloth.  No  gaiety,  no 
dress  parade,  no  trifling,  no  jesting,  no  foolish 
talking,  no  compromising  with  the  devil !  They 
will  be  in  dead  earnest  resisting  evil.  If  any 
man  attempts  to  hurt  them,  fire  will  proceed 
out  of  their  mouths  and  consume  him.  "And 
if  any  man  will  hurt  them,  he  must  in  this  way 
be  killed."  These  two  witnesses  have  power 
to  shut  heaven,  that  it  rain  not  in  the  days  of 
their  prophecy."  This  rather  implies  that 
there  will  be  no  rain  for  three  years  and  a  half, 
or  during  the  whole  of  the  Anti-Christ's  reign. 
They  have  also  "power  over  waters  to  turn 
them  to  blood,  and  to  smite  the  earth  with  all 
plagues,"  as  often  as  they  will.  And  when 
they  shall  have  finished  their  testimony,  at  the 
end  of  the  forty-two  months,  and  just  at  the 
close  of  the  Anti-Christ's  career,  "The  beast 
that  ascendeth  out  of  the  bottomless  pit  shall 
make  war  against  them,  and  shall  overcome 
them,  and  kill  them."  This  is  the  scarlet-col- 
ored beast  upon  which  the  harlot  sat.  Here 


140      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

is  the  first  mention  of  this  beast  that  will  be  in 
full  control  of  Jerusalem  and  the  world,  at  the 
time  that  the  two  witnesses  are  finishing  their 
work.  But  as  we  are  not  considering  a  scene, 
but  only  stating  what  will  take  place  at  the 
time  Jerusalem  is  trodden  under  foot  of  the 
Gentiles,  we  will  study  this  beast  fully  when 
he  appears. 

Dead  Bodies  in  the  Street 

"And  their  dead  bodies  shall  lie  in  the  street 
of  the  great  city  which  is  spiritually  called 
Sodom  and  Egypt,  where  also  our  Lord  was 
crucified."  Jerusalem  at  this  time  will  be  a 
Sodom.  The  two  witnesses  are  lying  dead  in 
the  street,  and  the  people  from  different  na- 
tions then  living  there  shall  see  their  dead  bod- 
ies three  days  and  a  half,  and  shall  not  permit 
their  dead  bodies  to  be  put  in  graves;  and  news 
of  their  death  having  been  telegraphed  all  over 
the  world,  all  nations  will  "Rejoice  and  make 
merry,  because  these  two  prophets  tormented 
them  that  dwell  on  the  earth."  The  plagues 
brought  by  the  two  witnesses  have  been  world 
plagues,  and  the  world  has  known  from  whence 
they  came.  Now  that  the  two  men  are  dead, 
the  world  rejoices,  supposing  that  their  troubles 
will  cease.  But  after  three  days  and  a  half, 
the  spirit  of  life  from  God,  entered  into  them 
and  they  stood  upon  their  feet,  and  great  fear 
fell  upon  them  that  saw  them.  And  they  heard 


THE  TWO  WITNESSES  141 

a  voice  from  heaven  saying  unto  them,  uCome 
up  hither,"  and  they  ascended  up  to  heaven  in 
a  cloud;  and  their  enemies  beheld  them.  In 
the  same  hour,  there  was  a  great  earthquake, 
in  which  seven  thousand  men  were  killed,  and 
part  of  the  city  destroyed.  The  people  were 
terrified,  and  acknowledged  that  God  had  done 
this.  All  of  this  will  be  worked  out  exactly  as 
God  has  given  it  to  us,  and  at  the  time  ap- 
pointed. Not  a  word  shall  fail. 

uThe  second  woe  is  past;  and  behold,  the 
third  woe  cometh  quickly."  God  is  now  work- 
ing fast.  No  more  winking  at  sin.  Man's 
day  is  ending,  and  Christ  shall  reign  for  a 
thousand  years. 


CHRIST  TAKES  THE  KINGDOM 


ND  the  seventh  angel  sounded:  and 
there  were  great  voices  in  heaven,  saying, 
the  kingdoms  of  this  world  are  become 
the  kingdoms  of  our  Lord,  and  of  His 
Christ;  and  He  shall  reign  forever  and 
ever.  And  the  four  and  twenty  elders 
which  sat  before  God  on  their  seats,  fell 
upon  their  faces  and  worshipped  God,  say- 
ing, We  give  Thee  thanks,  O  Lord  God 
Almighty,  which  art,  and  wast,  and  art  to 
come;  because  Thou  hast  taken  to  Thee 
Thy  great  power,  and  hast  reigned.  And 
the  nations  were  angry,  and  Thy  wrath  is 
come,  and  the  time  of  the  dead,  that  they 
should  be  judges,  and  that  Thou  shouldst 
give  reward  unto  Thy  servants  the  proph- 
ets, and  to  the  saints,  and  them  that  fear 
Thy  name,  small  and  great;  and  shouldst 
destroy  them  which  destroy  the  earth.  And 
the  temple  of  God  was  opened  in  heaven, 
and  there  was  seen  in  His  temple  the  ark 
of  His  testament;  and  there  were  light- 
nings, and  voices,  and  thunderings,  and 
an  earthquake,  and  great  hail.  Rev. 
11:15-19. 


CHRIST  TAKES  THE  KINGDOM      143 

This  is  a  scene  in  heaven.  "And  there  were 
great  voices  in  heaven,  saying,  The  kingdoms 
of  this  world  are  become  the  kingdoms  of  our 
Lord,  and  of  His  Christ;  and  He  shall  reign 
forever  and  ever."  When  the  heir  to  a  throne 
is  crowned,  there  is  great  rejoicing  by  his 
friends.  There  will  be  shouting  in  heaven 
among  the  saints  and  angels  when  all  the  king- 
doms on  earth  become  the  kingdom  of  God,  and 
Christ  shall  reign  forever.  No  man  will  ever 
reign  on  earth  again.  uThe  government  shall 
be  upon  His  shoulders  and  His  Name  shall  be 
called,  Wonderful,  Counsellor,  The  Mighty 
God,  The  Everlasting  Father,  The  Prince  of 
Peace."  Isa.  9:6. 

And  the  four  and  twenty  elders  which  sat 
before  God  on  their  thrones  fell  upon  their 
faces  and  worshipped  God,  saying,  uWe  give 
Thee  thanks,  O  Lord  God  Almighty,  which 
art,  and  wast,  and  art  to  come;  because  Thou 
hast  taken  to  Thee  Thy  great  power,  and  hast 
reigned."  The  elders  are  the  representatives 
of  all  the  saints  in  heaven,  and  thus  declare 
their  joy  that  the  time  has  at  last  come,  when 
God  and  Christ  have  asserted  their  rights,  and 
have  taken  the  kingdom.  They  also  declare 
that  uThe  nations  were  angry,  and  Thy  wrath 
is  come,  and  the  time  of  the  dead,  that  they 
should  be  judged,  and  that  Thou  shouldst  give 
reward  unto  thy  servants  the  prophets,  and  to 
the  saints,  and  them  that  fear  Thy  name,  small 


144      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  great."  They  also  declare  that  the  time 
has  come,  that  God,  "Should  destroy  them 
which  destroy  the  earth."  This  implies  that 
the  wars,  raging  for  years,  ever  since  the  Anti- 
Christ  went  forth  to  conquer,  when  peace  was 
taken  from  the  earth,  shall  be  stopped  by  God 
destroying  the  men  who  have  been,  and  are 
destroying  the  earth.  This  is  the  work  to  be 
done;  not  a  reformation,  not  a  sweeping  revival. 
God's  wrath  is  come.  It  was  mercy,  patience, 
long-suffering,  pleading  with  sinners,  "Why  will 
ye  die?"  Now  it  is  wrath  with  the  men  who 
will  not  repent,  will  not  hearken,  will  not  hear 
God.  "And  there  were  lightnings,  and  voices, 
and  thunderings,  and  an  earthquake,  and  great 
hail."  The  earth  trembles  greatly  as  the  wrath 
of  God  kindles.  From  this  time  on,  God  and 
the  Lamb  will  have  their  way  on  this  earth, 
closing  man's  rule,  or  misrule,  forever. 


THE  WOMAN  CLOTHED  WITH  THE 

SUN 


ND  there  appeared  a  great  wonder  in 
heaven;  a  woman  clothed  with  the  sun, 
and  the  moon  under  her  feet,  and  upon 
her  head  a  crown  of  twelve  stars :  And 
she  being  with  child  cried,  travailing  in 
birth,  and  pained  to  be  delivered.  And 
there  appeared  another  wonder  in  heaven; 
and  behold  a  great  red  dragon,  having 
seven  heads  and  ten  horns,  and  seven 
crowns  upon  his  heads.  And  his  tail  drew 
the  third  part  of  the  stars  of  heaven,  and 
did  cast  them  to  the  earth  and  the  dragon 
stood  before  the  woman  which  was  ready 
to  be  delivered,  for  to  devour  her  child  as 
soon  as  it  was  born.  And  she  brought 
forth  a  man  child,  who  was  to  rule  all 
nations  with  a  rod  of  iron:  and  her  child 
was  caught  up  unto  God  and  to  His  throne. 
Rev.  12:1-5. 

This  woman  represents  the  Church  of  God 
in  all  ages,  from  Adam  down  to  the  last  man 
that  will  be  washed  in  the  Blood  of  Christ. 

The  crown  of  twelve  stars  on  her  head,  in- 
dicates that  she  is  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel; 


146      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  also  is  of  the  twelve  apostles  of  the  Lamb. 
And  this  is  clearly  proven  by  Rev.  21:9-12, 
uAnd  there  came  unto  me  one  of  the  seven 
angels  which  had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the 
seven  last  plagues,  and  talked  with  me,  saying, 
Come  hither,  and  I  will  show  thee  the  bride 
the  Lamb's  wife.  And  he  carried  me  away  in 
the  spirit  to  a  great  and  high  mountain,  and 
he  showed  me  that  great  city,  the  holy  Jerusa- 
lem, descending  out  of  heaven  from  God:  and 
her  light  was  like  unto  a  stone  most  precious, 
even  like  a  jasper  stone,  clear  as  crystal;  and 
had  a  wall  great  and  high,  and  had  twelve 
gates,  and  at  the  gates  twelve  angels,  and  names 
written  thereon,  which  are  the  names  of  the 
twelve  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel" 

This  is  the  Bride 

This  is  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife,  includ- 
ing the  saved  people  from  all  of  the  twelve 
tribes  of  Israel. 

"And  the  wall  of  the  city  had  twelve  founda- 
tions, and  in  them  the  names  of  the  twelve 
apostles  of  the  Lamb.  Rev.  21:14. 

This  city  is  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife;  and 
includes  the  twelve  apostles,  who  are  founda- 
tions of  the  true  Church  of  God :  and  the  twelve 
gates  of  the  city  are  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel^ 
or  indicate  that  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel  are 
there. 

The  Holy  Spirit  declares  through  the  Apostle 


WOMAN  CLOTHED  WITH  THE  SUN  147 

Paul,  to  the  saints  at  Ephesus,  uNow  therefore 
ye  are  no  more  strangers  and  foreigners,  but 
fellow-citizens  with  the  saints,  and  of  the  house- 
hold of  God;  and  are  built  upon  the  foundation 
of  the  apostles,  and  prophets,  Jesus  Christ  Him- 
self being  the  chief  cornerstone"  Eph.  2  : 19-20. 

Here  is  positive  proof  that  the  Gentile  be- 
lievers are  builded  upon  the  same  foundation; 
and  this  foundation  is  not  the  apostles  only,  but 
the  prophets  also.  And  these  are  the  founda- 
tion stones  of  the  only  true  Church  of  God:  the 
bride  the  Lamb's  wife,  the  holy  Jerusalem.  And 
the  woman  with  the  moon  under  her  feet,  and 
clothed  with  the  sun,  is  the  bride,  the  Lamb's 
wife. 

At  this  particular  time  when  the  woman  ap- 
peared, with  the  moon  under  her  feet;  and 
clothed  with  the  sun:  all  on  earth  who  "Are 
the  Lord's"  have  been  resurrected;  and  all  who 
were  still  in  the  body,  and  were  ready  for 
heaven,  have  been  changed  "In  a  moment,  in 
the  twinkling  of  an  eye,  at  the  last  trump,  (ex- 
cepting the  two  witnesses)  :  for  the  trump  shall 
sound;  and  the  dead  shall  be  raised  incorrupt- 
ible, and  we  shall  be  changed."  I  Cor.  15:52. 
All  of  these  are  in  the  resurrection  state,  hav- 
ing their  spiritual,  heavenly  bodies ;  and  are  in 
heaven  before  the  throne,  to  be  forever  with 
the  Lord.  Rev.  7:9-17. 

Those   resurrected   and  glorified   saints,   to- 


148      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

gether  with  the  first-fruits,  constitute  the  Church 
in  heaven.  This  Church  has  the  moon  under 
her  feet,  and  is  clothed  with  the  sun.  Jerusa- 
lem which  is  above  is  free,  which  is  the  mother 
of  us  all.  Gal.  4:26. 

The  Woman  Represents  the  Church 

The  woman  in  Rev.  12:1,  represents  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  on  earth  and  in  heaven. 
The  saints  who  were  in  the  body  when  their 
Lord  came,  were  the  Church  on  earth  of  that 
day.  They  had  been  actively  at  work  on  earth, 
for  the  salvation  of  souls,  until  they  were 
changed  and  caught  up  to  meet  the  Lord  in 
the  air.  The  effect  of  their  teaching;  and  the 
good  seed  sown  beside  all  waters,  remained  with 
the  unsaved  on  earth.  Many  persons  were  un- 
der conviction  for  sinning,  but  had  not  yielded 
themselves  to  God.  Many  foolish  virgins, 
backslidden  preachers  and  people,  were  left 
on  earth,  who  knew  the  truth.  Both  of  these 
classes  of  persons  are  coming  to  the  birth;  but 
are  not  yet  born  of  God. 

A  mother  being  with  child,  and  dying,  the 
child  dies  also.  But  in  this  case,  the  mother  is 
not  dead,  but  in  heaven,  with  the  resurrected 
body.  See  Rev.  7:9-17  and  8:1-4.  Here  we 
see  the  church  in  heaven,  the  living  mother, 
praying.  There  was  great  rejoicing  when  they 
first  reached  the  throne ;  later  there  was  a  great 
silence  for  half  an  hour;  and  then  this  great 


WOMAN  CLOTHED  WITH  THE  SUN  149 

church  prayer  meeting,  when  the  incense  and 
the  prayers  of  the  saints  went  up  to  God.  And 
what  were  they  praying  about,  or  for?  Was  it 
not  for  the  children  begotten,  but  not  yet  born, 
and  on  earth?  The  mother  is  here  seen  "Tra- 
vailing in  birth,  and  pained  to  be  delivered. 
Rev.  12:2.  The  delivery  would  be  on  earth, 
as  the  children  were  born  of  the  Spirit. 


THE  MAN  CHILD. 

HE  church  having  been  resurrected,  and 
in  heaven;  and  the  great  red  dragon  (the 
Devil)  having  been  cast  down  to  the 
earth,  stands  ready  to  devour  the  child- 
ren as  soon  as  they  are  born  of  God; 
and  they  have  no  mother  on  earth  to  care  for 
them.  All  of  those  persons  thus  truly  born  of 
God,  after  the  saints  that  were  on  earth  when 
Jesus  came,  are  gone;  and  all  backslidden  per- 
sons, who  have  wept  their  way  back  to  God, 
"Until  Christ  be  formed  in  them,"  anew,  com- 
pose the  Man-Child  company.  The  soul  is  born, 
created  anew,  raised  to  a  new  life  at  conver- 
sion; and  the  body  is  born  into  the  heavenly 
state  at,  or  in  the  resurrection.  This  Man- 
Child  could  not  be  caught  up  to  heaven  with- 
out being  born  of  God,  soul  and  body.  Dead 
people  cannot  go  into  heaven.  uYe  must  be 
born  again."  John  3  :7. 

The  Two  Witnesses 

The  two  witnesses  have  been  on  earth  since 
the  Lord  came  and  raised  the  dead  and  trans- 
lated the  living  saints;  and  they  have  not  been 
idle.  They  are  the  Peter  and  Paul  of  that 
time.  How  can  the  people  hear  without  a 


THE  MAN  CHILD  151 

preacher;  and  how  can  they  preach  unless  they 
be  sent  of  God?  These  witnesses  are  immune 
to  all  plagues ;  and  the  wars  then  raging.  They 
are  super-men  in  the  fullest  sense  of  the  word. 
They  cannot  be  killed,  for  God  keeps  them. 
Fire  proceeds  from  their  mouths,  and  kills  any 
man  that  would  hurt  them.  They  are  the  only 
persons  who  can  go  about  witnessing  for  Jesus ; 
and  exhorting  men  to  repent,  and  believe  on 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ;  in  that  day.  Other 
men  who  will  not  take  the  mark,  and  worship 
the  beast,  are  put  to  death.  They  are  being 
searched  for  everywhere,  to  kill  them.  "Blessed 
are  the  dead  who  die  in  the  Lord  from  hence- 
forth. "  Rev.  14:13.  The  conditions,  and  per- 
secution will  be  so  terrible,  that  to  die  in  the 
Lord  will  be  blessed. 

Miraculous  Power 

These  two  witnesses  will  have  power  to  turn 
water  into  blood,  and  to  smite  the  earth  with 
plagues  as  often  as  they  will.  And  will  prob- 
ably be  carried  about  by  the  Spirit,  as  Philip 
was,  from  place  to  place  as  God  wills.  Angels 
also,  will  be  preaching  at  this  time;  and  warn- 
ing men  not  to  take  the  mark  of  the  beast.  See 
Rev.  14:9-11.  Men  will  be  exhorted  not  to 
fear  men,  but  to  fear  God;  and  make  peace 
with  Him,  by  repentance,  and  faith  in  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ.  And  men  will  fall  down  before 
God;  and  cry  out  for  salvation  from  sin,  with 
the  full  knowledge  that  they  will  be  put  to 


152      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

death  by  the  followers  of  the  Anti-Christ,  as 
soon  as  they  are  discovered.  And  they  will  not 
try  to  hide  themselves  to  prolong  life :  knowing 
that  to  deny  Christ,  to  save  their  own  lives, 
would  cause  them  to  lose  their  souls  and  bodies 
in  hell. 

Those  will  be  awful  days.  But  "Whosoever 
will  save  his  life  shall  lose  it:  and  whosoever 
will  lose  his  life  for  my  sake  shall  find  it." 
Matt.  16:25.  Men  will  then  decide  whether 
they  will  remain  in  sin  with  demons;  and  go 
to  hell;  or  turn  to  God  and  Christ;  and  die 
as  martyrs,  and  be  forever  with  the  Lord. 
"Whosoever  therefore  shall  be  ashamed  of  me 
and  my  words  in  this  adulterous  and  sinful  gen- 
eration, of  him  also  shall  the  Son  of  Man  be 
ashamed  when  He  cometh  in  the  glory  of  His 
Father  with  the  holy  angels."  Mark  8  :38. 

Multitudes  will  come  to  Christ,  because  of 
the  words  of  the  two  witnesses;  and  of  the 
angels;  and  the  awful  conditions  that  then  ex- 
ist. Here  is  the  birth  of  the  "Man-Child." 
Born  of  God,  with  the  Devil  and  death  standing 
before  them.  They  willingly  die  to  save  their 
souls.  And  as  the  two  witnesses  later  on,  when 
slain,  their  bodies  lie  unburied  in  the  street  un- 
til God  raises  them  to  life  again:  so,  probably 
the  members  of  the  Man-Child  company  will 
lie  dead  until  resurrected.  But  God  will  catch 
them  up  to  His  throne,  as  the  gleanings  of  the 
great  harvest  of  resurrected  saints;  this  will  be 
the  closing  scene  of  the  first  resurrection.  See 


THE  MAN  CHILD  153 

Rev.  20:4.  "And  I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that 
were  beheaded  for  the  witness  of  Jesus,  and 
for  the  word  of  God,  and  which  had  not  wor- 
shipped the  beast,  neither  his  image,  neither 
had  received  his  mark  upon  their  foreheads; 
and  they  lived  and  reigned  with  Christ  a  thou- 
sand years."  Here  the  martyred  saints  join 
the  company  heretofore  resurrected,  making 
the  entire  company  who  shall  rule  the  nations 
with  a  rod  of  iron.  See  Rev.  2  :26,  27.  "And 
he  that  overcometh  and  keepeth  my  words  unto 
the  end,  to  him  will  I  give  power  over  the  na- 
tions: and  he  shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of 
iron;  as  the  vessels  of  a  potter  shall  they  be 
broken  to  shivers." 

The  Woman  in  the  Wilderness 

And  the  woman  fled  into  the  wilderness, 
where  she  hath  a  place  prepared  of  God, 
that  they  should  feed  her  there  a  thousand 
two  hundred  and  three-score  days.  And 
there  was  war  in  heaven:  Michael  and 
his  angels  fought  against  the  dragon;  and 
the  dragon  fought  and  his  angels,  and 
prevailed  not;  neither  was  their  place 
found  any  more  in  heaven.  And  the  great 
dragon  was  cast  out,  that  old  serpent, 
called  the  Devil,  and  Satan,  which  deceiv- 
eth  the  whole  world;  he  was  cast  out  into 
the  earth,  and  his  angels  were  cast  out 
with  him.  And  I  heard  a  loud  voice  say- 
ing in  heaven,  Now  is  come  salvation,  and 


154      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

strength,  and  the  kingdom  of  our  God, 
and  the  power  of  His  Christ:  for  the  ac- 
cuser of  our  brethren  is  cast  down,  which 
accused  them  before  our  God  day  and 
night.  And  they  overcame  him  by  the 
blood  of  the  Lamb,  and  by  the  word  of 
their  testimony;  and  they  loved  not  their 
lives  unto  the  death.  Therefore  rejoice, 
ye  heavens,  and  ye  that  dwell  in  them. 
Woe  to  the  inhabiters  of  the  earth  and 
of  the  sea !  for  the  devil  is  come  down 
unto  you,  having  great  wrath,  because 
he  knoweth  that  he  hath  but  a  short  time. 
And  when  the  dragon  saw  that  he  was 
cast  unto  the  earth,  he  persecuted  the 
woman  which  brought  forth  the  man-child. 
And  to  the  woman  were  given  two  wings 
of  a  great  eagle,  that  she  might  fly  into 
the  wilderness,  into  her  place,  where  she 
is  nourished  for  a  time,  and  times,  and 
half  a  time,  from  the  face  of  the  serpent 
And  the  serpent  cast  out  of  his  mouth  wa- 
ter as  a  flood  after  the  woman,  that  he 
might  cause  her  to  be  carried  away  of  the 
flood.  And  the  earth  helped  the  woman, 
and  the  earth  opened  her  mouth,  and  swal- 
lowed up  the  flood  which  the  dragon  cast 
out  of  his  mouth.  And  the  dragon  was 
wroth  with  the  woman,  and  went  to  make 
war  with  the  remnant  of  her  seed,  which 
keep  the  commandments  of  God  and  have 


THE  MAN  CHILD  155 

the     testimony    of    Jesus    Christ.      Rev. 

12:6-17. 

The  Church  of  God  is  often  referred  to 
as  a  woman,  or  the  wife  of  the  Lamb.  The 
true  Church  of  God  is  in  heaven  at  this  time. 
No  mention  of  the  church  has  been  made  since 
the  first  seal  was  opened.  The  church  was  sud- 
denly and  quietly  removed  by  the  Lord,  as  a 
thief  in  the  night  when  the  sixth  seal  was 
opened.  The  nominal  church,  as  the  Israelites  in 
the  wilderness  in  the  days  of  Moses,  were  far 
from  being  holy  men,  but  were  truly  selected  of 
God,  and  in  preparation  for  the  future.  So  the 
144,000  Israelites  sealed  by  the  angel  in  their 
foreheads,  are  now  the  nominal  church  of  the 
future,  and  are  removed  into  the  wilderness, 
propably  the  same  wilderness  between  Pales- 
and  Egypt  "Where  she  hath  a  place  prepared 
of  God  that  they  should  feed  her  there,  a  thou- 
sand two  hundred  and  three-score  days."  This 
is  the  same  number  of  days  that  the  two  wit- 
nesses prophesy,  and  at  the  same  time;  while  the 
Anti-Christ  army  desecrates  every  sacred  spot  in 
Jerusalem  except  the  temple,  and  altar,  for 
forty  and  two  months.  Now  the  lines  are  clearly 
drawn.  God  has  His  two  witnesses  in  the  tem- 
ple, and  its  congregation  have  been  carried 
away  on  the  "Two  wings  of  a  great  eagle,  that 
she  might  fly  into  the  wilderness,  into  her  place, 
where  she  is  nourished  for  a  time,  and  times, 
and  half  a  time  (three  years  and  a  half)  from 


156      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  face  of  the  serpent,"  safe  in  the  desert  home, 
and  miraculously  fed  by  the  hand  of  God. 

War  in  Heaven 

"And  there  was  war  in  heaven."  That  is 
the  heavens  above  this  earth.  This  war  is  be- 
tween Michael  and  his  angels  who  always  fight 
for  Israel;  and  the  dragon.  And  the  dragon 
and  his  angels  fought  in  the  air  above,  and 
prevailed  not,  but  was  cast  down  onto  the  earth, 
and  his  angels  with  him.  This  dragon  that  was 
cast  down  is  that  old  serpent  that  deceived  Eve 
in  the  Garden.  He  is  called  the  Devil  and  Sa- 
tan. There  is  a  Devil,  and  here  he  is  in  a  des- 
perate fight  to  keep  God  and  Christ  from  tak- 
ing this  earth  out  of  his  possession,  for  he  has 
held  it  for  nearly  six  thousand  years. 

"And  I  heard  a  loud  voice  in  heaven,  saying, 
Now  is  come  salvation,  and  strength,  and  the 
kingdom  of  our  God,  and  the  power  of  His 
Christ,  for  the  accuser  of  our  brethren  is  cast 
down,  which  accused  them  before  God,  day  and 
night." 

There  is  great  rejoicing  in  heaven,  for  God 
has  bidden  them  rejoice  over  this  casting  down 
of  Satan;  but  woe  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
earth,  and  of  the  sea,  for  the  Devil  has  come 
down  to  the  earth  having  great  wrath,  having 
been  defeated,  and  having  the  knowledge  that 
he  has  only  a  short  time  to  remain  on  earth 
before  he  will  be  shut  up  in  the  bottomless 
pit  for  a  thousand  years.  The  demons  which 


THE  MAN  CHILD  157 

are  in  the  air  at  the  present  time,  will  be  driven 
down  and  confined  to  the  earth,  and  dreadful 
things  will  occur.  After  Satan  is  cast  out  of 
heaven  and  down  to  the  earth,  he  will  turn 
all  his  venom  against  the  144,000  sealed  Israel- 
ites, and  will  persecute  them  until  God  miracu- 
lously transfers  them  from  Jerusalem  to  their 
wilderness  home.  When  Satan  finds  that  they 
are  all  gone,  he  will  make  war  with  the  rem- 
nant of  her  seed;  Israelites  not  sealed,  who 
were  wholly  in  the  dark  concerning  the  times 
in  which  they  lived.  They  will  be  slaughtered 
on  every  side.  Satan  will  also  "Make  war  on 
the  people  which  keep  the  commandments  of 
God,  and  have  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ." 
We  understand  by  this  that  the  foolish  vir- 
gins who  were  left  on  the  earth  at  the  first  res- 
urrection, not  being  ready  for  the  coming  of 
the  Lord;  and  preachers  and  people  who  were 
then  backslidden,  having  a  form  of  godliness 
but  denying  the  power  thereof,  lovers  of  pleas- 
ure more  than  lovers  of  God,  these  during  the 
awful  tribulation  that  came  upon  the  earth,  dis- 
covered their  mistake,  repented  of  their  sins, 
returned  to  the  Lord,  and  are  at  this  time  "keep- 
ing the  commandments  of  God,  and  have  the 
testimony  of  Jesus  Christ."  These  will  now 
suffer  martyrdom  at  the  hands  of  the  Anti- 
Christ,  and  join  the  resurrected  hosts  in  heaven. 
(See  Revelation  15:2,  3.) 


THE  SEVEN-HEADED  BEAST. 


T  is  necessary  that  we  continually  keep 
in  mind  where  we  are  in  the  unfolding 
of  the  events  which  must  come  to  pass. 
Peace  which  was  taken  from  the  earth 
has  not  returned.  War,  famine  and 
pestilence  are  doing  their  work.  The  great 
world  earthquake,  the  positive  sign  of  His  com- 
ing, has  left  the  earth  in  ruins.  The  saints  have 
been  raised  up  to  the  throne  in  heaven  to  suf- 
fer no  more,  and  the  earth  is  left  without  the 
salt,  and  light,  and  restraint  of  the  saints.  After 
the  saints  are  separated  from  the  wicked,  fire 
falls  from  heaven  upon  the  rebellious  people, 
upon  the  sea  and  upon  the  land.  Demons  were 
let  loose  upon  the  wicked  for  five  months,  but 
no  repentance  came.  Then  came  the  last  great 
struggle  of  the  world  war.  All  Asia  against 
the  other  parts  of  the  world,  in  which  the  third 
part  of  men  have  been  killed.  Now  the  Anti- 
Christ,  having  conquered  all,  establishes  a  king- 
dom. 

And  I  stood  upon  the  sand  of  the  sea, 
and  saw  a  beast  rise  up  out  of  the  sea, 
having  seven  heads  and  ten  horns,  and 


THE  SEVEN-HEADED  BEAST         159 

upon  his  horns  ten  crowns,  and  upon  his 
heads  the  name  of  blasphemy.  And  the 
beast  which  I  saw  was  like  unto  a  leopard, 
and  his  feet  were  as  the  feet  of  a  bear,  and 
his  mouth  as  the  mouth  of  a  lion :  and  the 
dragon  gave  him  his  power,  and  his  seat 
and  great  authority.  And  I  saw  one  of  his 
heads  as  it  were  wounded  to  death;  and 
his  deadly  wound  was  healed :  and  all  the 
world  wondered  after  the  beast.  And 
they  worshipped  the  dragon  which  gave 
power  unto  the  beast :  and  they  worshipped 
the  beast,  saying,  Who  is  like  unto  the 
beast?  who  is  able  to  make  war  with 
him?  And  there  was  given  unto  him  a 
mouth  speaking  great  things  and  blas- 
phemies; and  power  was  given  unto  him 
to  continue  forty  and  two  months.  And 
he  opened  his  mouth  in  blasphemy  against 
God,  to  blaspheme  His  name,  and  His 
tabernacle,  and  them  that  dwell  in  heaven. 
And  it  was  given  unto  him  to  make  war 
with  the  saints,  and  to  overcome  them ;  and 
power  was  given  him  over  all  kindreds, 
and  tongues,  and  nations.  And  all  that 
dwell  upon  the  earth  shall  worship  him, 
whose  names  are  not  written  in  the  book 
of  life  of  the  Lamb  slain  from  the  founda- 
tion of  the  world.  If  any  man  have  an 
ear,  let  him  hear.  Rev.  13:1-8. 
uAnd  I,  John,  stood  on  the  sand  of  the  sea, 


160      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  saw  a  beast  rise  up  out  of  the  sea."  Daniel 
saw  four  beasts  come  up  out  of  the  sea  in  his 
vision  from  God,  and  was  instructed  of  God 
that  the  four  beasts  implied  four  Monarchies 
that  should  arise  in  the  earth,  one  after  the 
other,  and  that  the  Babylonian  monarchy  was 
the  first  of  the  four.  After  that  came  the 
Media  Persian,  then  the  Grecian,  and  then  the 
Roman.  Daniel  7:1-8,  17,  28.  So  we  have 
learned  that  a  beast  coming  up  out  of  the  sea 
means  a  new  kingdom.  Here  then  is  a  new 
kingdom  organized  out  of  the  sea  of  fighting 
millions  of  earth.  This  beast  has  seven  heads. 
The  heads  direct  the  body.  These  heads  prob- 
ably will  be  seven  mighty  men  as  heads  of  this 
kingdom,  or  it  may  refer  to  seven  kinds  of 
monarchies  confederated  in  this  beast  power. 

The  beast  has  ten  horns.  Horns  indicate 
kings  and  governments,  and  this  is  clearly  seen 
in  this  beast,  as  each  horn  is  crowned.  Only 
kings  or  emperors  were  crowns.  Here  we  have 
a  new  kingdom,  composed  of  ten  former  king- 
doms coming  together  as  one  monarchy,  all 
wearing  crowns.  All  over  the  heads  of  this 
beast  is  labelled,  "Blasphemy."  This  beast  was 
like  unto  a  leopard,  spotted  all  over,  probably 
indicating  the  different  nationalities  composing 
it.  His  feet  were  as  the  feet  of  a  bear,  indicat- 
ing his  power  to  tear  to  pieces ;  and  his  mouth  as 
the  mouth  of  a  lion,  indicating  power  to  devour. 


THE  SEVEN-HEADED  BEAST         161 

"And  the  dragon  gave  him  his  power." 
The  dragon  is  the  Devil  and  Satan,  that  old 
serpent.  There  is  a  Devil  and  he  has  tremendous 
power,  and  he  now  gives  all  his  power  to  this 
beast  kingdom.  He  also  gives  his  throne  to  this 
beast. 

Satan's  Throne 

Satan  has  a  throne  and  seat  of  government  on 
this  earth.  In  the  days  of  John  on  Patmos, 
Satan's  seat  or  throne  was  in  Pergamos  (Rev. 
2:13),  and  men  were  dying  as  martyrs  because 
of  his  presence  and  power.  In  these  closing 
days  Satan  has  his  seat  in  Jerusalem,  where  the 
temple  has  been  rebuilt,  and  there  he  is  prepar- 
ing the  way  for  his  man,  the  man  of  sin,  the  Anti- 
christ. When  this  new  kingdom  of  confederated 
nations  is  formed,  and  they  have  accepted  the 
man  that  Satan  has  been  using  for  years,  or 
since  the  white  horse  went  forth  to  conquer, 
Satan  will  vacate  his  seat  or  throne  and  will  give 
him  great  authority  and  power.  Satan  will  then 
rule  the  world  through  this  man  of  sin,  who  is 
invested  with  demon  power  from  this  on. 

After  conquering  the  army  of  two  hundred 
millions  from  Asia;  subduing  the  world  unto 
himself,  (the  third  part  of  men  having  been 
killed  in  the  final  battles,  and  millions  in  judg- 
ment plagues),  the  Antichrist  is  finally  firmly 
seated  on  the  Devil's  throne  as  Supreme  Ruler. 
All  the  world  will  wonder  at  the  beast,  the  man, 


162      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  the  kingdom  with  the  supernatural  unearth- 
ly power  manifested,  and  will  worship  the 
dragon  or  Devil,  which  gave  this  mighty  power 
to  the  beast.  uAnd  they  worshipped  the  beast, 
saying,  Who  is  like  unto  the  beast?  Who  is  able 
to  make  war  with  him?" 

The  Antichrist  is  now  seated  in  the  temple 
showing  himself  that  he  is  God,  and  working 
signs  and  wonders  by  the  power  of  Satan,  such 
as  was  never  done  by  man.  There  was  given 
unto  him  a  mouth  speaking  great  things  and 
blasphemies,  and  power  was  given  unto  him  to 
do  this  for  forty-two  months.  No  more,  no 
less !  This  is  going  on  at  the  same  time  the  two 
witnesses  prophesy;  the  city  is  trodden  down; 
and  the  church  is  hid,  and  fed  in  the  wilderness, 
as  already  explained. 

"And  he  opened  his  mouth  in  blasphemy 
against  God,  to  blaspheme  His  name  and  his 
tabernacle  and  them  that  dwell  in  heaven.  And 
it  was  given  unto  him  to  make  war  with  the 
saints,  and  to  overcome  them."  These  saints 
are  all  persons  among  the  Gentiles  who  have 
turned  to  God  during  the  Antichrist's  war  of 
conquest;  and  are  now  living.  God  has  saved 
their  souls,  but  now  permits  the  Antichrist  to  kill 
their  bodies.  This  is  the  punishment  to  all  who 
will  not  be  ready  for  the  coming  of  our  King. 

Repent,  dear  reader,  and  turn  to  God  and  be 
saved  now  I 


THE  SEVEN-HEADED  BEAST         163 

Power  Given  to  the  Antichrist 

Power  was  given  to  the  Antichrist  over  all 
kindreds,  and  tongues,  and  nations.  All  these 
shall  worship  the  Antichrist,  except  the  persons 
whose  names  are  written  in  the  Lamb's  book  of 
Life.  All  persons  who  truly  repent  of  all  their 
sins  and  believe  on  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Saviour,  have  their  names  written  in  this  Book 
of  Life.  They  will  not  worship  the  beast,  and 
because  they  will  not,  he  has  them  beheaded.  At 
this  time  the  saints  must  not  defend  themselves, 
for  he  that  killeth  with  the  sword  will  be  killed 
with  the  sword.  To  take  the  sword  would  not 
save  them.  The  Antichrist  power  now  holding 
the  sword  and  leading  them  into  captivity,  will 
in  turn  be  taken  captive  by  our  Lord,  and  killed 
by  Him.  Here  is  the  patience  of  the  saints. 
They  can  die  as  martyrs,  but  cannot  sfn  against 
God  and  man,  by  attempting  to  kill  the  Anti- 
christ. 


THE  ECCLESIASTICAL  BEAST 


ND  I  beheld  another  beast  coming  up  out 
of  the  earth;  and  he  had  two  horns  like 
a  lamb,  and  he  spake  as  a  dragon.  And 
he  exerciseth  all  the  power  of  the  first 
beast  before  him,  and  causeth  the  earth 
and  them  which  dwell  therein  to  worship 
the  first  beast,  whose  deadly  wound  was 
healed.  And  he  doeth  great  wonders,  so 
that  he  maketh  fire  come  down  from 
heaven  on  the  earth  in  the  sight  of  men, 
and  deceiveth  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth 
by  the  means  of  those  miracles  which  he 
had  power  to  do  in  the  sight  of  the  beast; 
saying  to  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth,  that 
they  should  make  an  image  to  the  beast, 
which  had  the  wound  by  a  sword,  and  did 
live.  And  he  had  power  to  give  life  unto 
the  image  of  the  beast,  that  the  image  of 
the  beast  should  both  speak,  and  cause  that 
as  many  as  would  not  worship  the  image  of 
the  beast  should  be  killed.  And  he  causeth 
all,  the  small  and  the  great,  and  the  rich 
and  the  poor,  and  the  free  and  the  bond, 
that  there  be  given  them  a  mark  on  their 
right  hand,  or  upon  their  forehead;  and 


THE  ECCLESIASTICAL  BEAST        165 

that  no  man  should  be  able  to  buy  or  to 
sell,  save  he  that  hath  the  mark,  even  the 
name  of  the  beast  or  the  number  of  his 
name.  Here  is  wisdom.  He  that  hath 
understanding,  let  him  count  the  number  of 
the  beast;  for  it  is  the  number  of  a  man: 
and  his  number  is  Six  Hundred  and  Sixty 
and  Six.  Revelation  13  :1 1-1 8.  R.  V. 

This  second  beast  did  not  come  up  out  of  a 
sea  of  warring  men,  but  came  up  out  of  the 
earth  in  quietness,  unobserved  as  a  plant  grow- 
ing up ;  but  it  came  as  surely.  It  had  two  horns, 
small  like  a  lamb.  It  seemed  perfectly  harmless, 
but  spoke  as  a  dragon  or  Devil.  He  had  all  the 
power,  and  used  all  the  powers  of  the  first  beast 
who  came  before  him.  This  is  ecclesiastical 
power.  The  Antichrist  church  will  have  a  great 
man  at  its  head,  who  will  be  known  as  a  Prophet 
but  he  will  be  a  false  prophet, — the  Devil's 
prophet.  He  will  exercise  all  the  power  of  the 
Beast  kingdom  and  cause  all  on  earth  to  worship 
the  first  beast,  or  Antichrist.  Here  is  Church 
and  State  working  hand  in  hand.  This  second 
Beast  does  great  wonders,  even  making  fire 
come  down  from  heaven  on  the  earth  in  the  sight 
of  men.  These  miraculous  manifestations  and 
signs  will  be  wrought  so  as  to  deceive  men;  to 
deceive  all  but  the  children  of  God  who  know 
the  Scriptures  and  know  God. 


166      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

Image  Worship 

He  also  commands  that  an  image  be  made  of 
the  Antichrist;  and  when  the  image  is  completed, 
he  gives  it  power  to  speak.  Probably  some 
mechanical,  automatic  contrivance  is  installed 
so  that  the  image  will  move  about  and  speak, 
for  there  will  be  much  deception  in  all  that  he 
does.  uHe  deceiveth  the  people." 

The  false  prophet  by  Satanic  power  causeth 
that  as  many  as  would  not  worship  the  Image  of 
the  Beast  should  be  killed  ( Rev.  13:15).  This 
reminds  one  of  the  golden  Image  that 
Nebuchadnezzar  set  up  in  the  plains  of  Dura,  in 
Daniel's  day.  Again,  this  second  beast,  eccle- 
siastical power,  causeth  all,  both  small  and  great, 
rich  and  poor,  slaves  and  masters,  to  receive  a 
mark  in  their  right  hand  (the  one  with  which  we 
do  business) ,  or  in  their  foreheads  (where  it  can 
be  seen  easily) ,  and  that  no  man  might  buy  or 
sell  except  he  that  had  the  mark,  or  the  name  of 
the  beast,  or  the  number  of  his  name.  Rev. 
13:16-17. 

Mark  of  the  Beast 

No  man  has  yet  received  the  mark  of  the 
beast,  nor  can  receive  the  mark  until  the  Anti- 
christ is  on  the  throne,  and  his  church  is  in 
power;  and  the  command  to  go  forth  from  the 
False  Prophet,  to  mark  his  own  true  followers, 
so  they  will  be  known  on  sight,  and  so  that  those 
who  do  not  hold  allegiance  to  the  Church  and 


THE  ECCLESIASTICAL  BEAST         167 

the  Government  may  be  discovered:  and  as 
people  must  buy  and  sell  or  starve,  all  will  be 
forced  by  hunger  to  show  themselves.  This 
marking  will  probably  be  tattooing  into  the  skin 
with  needle  and  ink,  a  mark  or  name  or  number 
of  the  beast,  whatever  the  beast  decides  upon. 
These  three  forms  of  marking  will  doubtless 
indicate  different  classes  of  the  Antichrist's  fol- 
lowers, such  as  Priests,  officers  and  subjects. 

Matters  become  exceedingly  serious  for  God's 
children  of  those  days.  Some  who  would  not 
worship  the  image  have  been  killed.  Some  have 
not  been  discovered.  The  drive  is  on  to  find 
them.  The  faithful  ones  are  praying.  An  en- 
forced fast  is  coming  upon  them.  Food  that  has 
been  scarce  is  running  out;  in  some  cases  has  run 
out  many  days  since.  Some  have  yielded  and 
taken  the  mark  to  get  bread.  Some  are  think- 
ing of  doing  so,  because  of  the  tears  of  wives 
and  children.  Some  have  actually  starved  to 
death,  and  many  are  starving.  At  this  time  no 
preacher  dare  call  the  saints  together  to  encour- 
age and  strengthen  them.  That  would  expose 
them  to  sudden  death  which  would  be  just  what 
the  Antichrist  would  rejoice  in.  What  shall  the 
trembling,  starving,  sometimes  wavering  saints 
do? 


ANGELS  PREACHING 

ND  I  looked  and  lo,  a  Lamb  stood 
on  the  mount  Zion,  and  with  him  a  hun- 
dred and  forty  and  four  thousand,  hav- 
ing his  Father's  name  written  in  their 
foreheads.  And  I  heard  a  voice  from 
heaven,  as  the  voice  of  many  waters,  and 
as  the  voice  of  a  great  thunder:  and  I 
heard  the  voice  of  harpers  harping  with 
their  harps :  and  they  sung  as  it  were  a  new 
song  before  the  throne,  and  before  the  four 
beasts,  and  the  elders :  and  no  man  could 
learn  that  song  but  the  hundred  and  forty 
and  four  thousand,  which  were  redeemed 
from  the  earth.  These  are  they  which  were 
not  defiled  with  women;  for  they  are  vir- 
gins. These  are  they  which  follow  the 
Lamb  whithersoever  he  goeth.  These 
were  redeemed  from  among  men,  being  the 
first-fruits  unto  God  and  to  the  Lamb.  And 
in  their  mouth  was  found  no  guile:  for 
they  are  without  fault  before  the  throne  of 
God.  And  I  saw  another  angel  fly  in  the 
midst  of  heaven,  having  the  everlasting 
gospel  to  preach  unto  them  that  dwell  on 
the  earth,  and  to  every  nation,  and  kindred, 


ANGELS  PREACHING  169 

and  tongue,  and  people,  saying  with  a  loud 
voice,  Fear  God,  and  give  glory  to  him; 
for  the  hour  of  his  judgment  is  come;  and 
worship  him  that  made  heaven,  and  earth, 
and  the  sea,  and  the  fountains  of  waters. 
And  there  followed  another  angel,  saying, 
Babylon  is  fallen,  is  fallen,  that  great  city, 
because  she  made  all  nations  drink  of  the 
wine  of  the  wrath  of  her  fornication.  And 
the  third  angel  followed  them,  saying  with 
a  loud  voice,  If  any  man  worship  the  beast 
and  his  image,  and  receive  his  mark  in  his 
forehead,  or  in  his  hand,  the  same  shall 
drink  of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  God, 
which  is  poured  out  without  mixture  into 
the  cup  of  his  indignation ;  and  he  shall  be 
tormented  with  fire  and  brimstone  in  the 
presence  of  the  holy  angels,  and  in  the 
presence  of  the  Lamb:  and  the  smoke  of 
their  torment  ascendeth  up  forever  and 
ever :  and  they  have  no  rest  day  nor  night, 
who  worship  the  beast  and  his  image,  and 
whosoever  receiveth  the  mark  of  his  name. 
Rev.  14:1-11. 

All  heaven  is  stirred  over  the  conditions  on 
earth.  The  wavering  ranks  of  saints  must  be 
strengthened.  The  devil  must  be  defeated. 
"And  I  looked,  and  lo,  a  Lamb  stood  on  Mount 
Zion,  and  with  Him  a  hundred  and  forty  and 
four  thousand,  having  his  Father's  name  written 


170      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

in  their  foreheads."  Here  are  all  the  persons 
who  came  out  of  their  graves  when  Jesus  arose 
from  the  dead,  led  by  their  Lord,  having  his 
Father's  name  written  in  their  foreheads;  harp- 
ing on  their  harps  and  singing  the  new  song  that 
none  but  they  can  sing.  They  are  singing 
around  the  throne  in  heaven.  It  sounded  like 
great  thunder  and  many  waters.  Angels  are 
sent  out  to  do  the  preaching.  Three  different 
classes  of  angels  follow  each  other  in  proper 
order,  visiting  each  and  every  halting,  wavering 
saint  on  earth.  uHaving  the  everlasting  gospel 
to  preach  to  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth,  and 
to  every  nation  and  kindred  and  tongue  and  peo- 
ple, saying  with  a  loud  voice,  Fear  God  and  give 
glory  to  Him;  for  the  hour  of  His  judgment  is 
come :  and  worship  Him  that  made  heaven  and 
earth  and  the  sea,  and  the  fountains  of  waters." 
That  means,  do  not  worship  this  devil-controlled 
man  who  says  he  is  God. 

The  next  angel  that  calls  to  strengthen  the 
brethren  cries  out,  "Babylon  is  fallen,  is  fallen, 
that  great  city,  because  she  made  all  nations 
drink  of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  her  fornica- 
tion." All  nations  have  been  drinking  ever  since 
Cain  killed  his  brother,  and  all  have  been  drink- 
ing since  the  war  began  in  1914;  but  the  Baby- 
lonian rule  will  soon  be  over.  Its  end  is  now 
being  announced  by  angels. 

uAnd  the  third  angel  follows,  saying  with  a 
loud  voice."  These  angels  are  greatly  stirred 


ANGELS  PREACHING  171 

and  speak  to  stir  the  saints,  saying,  "If  any  man 
worship  the  beast  and  his  image,  and  receive  his 
mark  in  his  forehead,  or  in  his  hand,  the  same 
shall  drink  of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  God, 
which  is  poured  out  without  mixture  into  the 
cup  of  His  indignation;  and  he  shall  be  tor- 
mented with  fire  and  brimstone  in  the  presence 
of  the  holy  angels,  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
Lamb ;  and  the  smoke  of  their  torment  ascend- 
eth  up  forever  and  ever,  and  they  have  no  rest 
day  nor  night  who  worship  the  beast  and  his 
image,  and  whosoever  receiveth  the  mark  of  his 
name."  This  preaching  by  the  angels  will  make 
every  saint  courageous  and  fearless  of  death. 
At  this  time  all  the  teeming  millions  who  have, 
or  who  now  take  the  mark  of  the  beast  and  wor- 
ship the  image,  seal  their  own  damnation  for- 
ever. 

The  wavering  saints  are  strengthened,  and 
stand  firm  in  the  faith,  seeing  that  their  suffer- 
ing will  soon  be  over;  and  they  will  enter  into 
the  "exceeding  and  eternal  weight  of  glory." 

They  positively  refuse  to  receive  the  mark; 
and  willingly  die,  believing  in  the  Lord  Jesus 
Christ. 


THE  FALSE  PROPHET 

HE  False  Prophet  is  not  the  Antichrist, 
but  will  be  the  chief  man  or  Ruler  of  the 
Antichrist  church.  He  will  probably  be  a 
man  at  the  head  of  one  of  the  churches  on 
earth  that  can  swing  the  largest  number 
of  men  into  line.  He  may  be  the  Mohammedan 
leader  or  the  Pope,  but  when  he  accepts  the 
position,  Satan  will  take  full  possession  of  him, 
as  he  did  of  Judas  Iscariot,  and  he  will  be  em- 
powered by  Satan  to  do  signs  and  wonders,  and 
to  deceive  the  whole  world. 

And  I  heard  a  voice  from  heaven  saying 
unto  me,  Write,  Blessed  are  the  dead  which 
die  in  the  Lord  from  henceforth:  Yea, 
saith  the  Spirit,  that  they  may  rest  from 
their  labours;  and  their  works  do  follow 
them.  And  I  looked,  and  behold  a  white 
cloud,  and  upon  the  cloud  one  sat  like  unto 
the  Son  of  Man,  having  on  his  head  a 
golden  crown,  and  in  his  hand  a  sharp 
sickle.  And  another  angel  same  out  of  the 
temple,  crying  with  a  loud  voice  to  him  that 
sat  on  the  cloud,  Thrust  in  thy  sickle,  and 
reap :  for  the  time  is  come  for  thee  to  reap ; 


THE  FALSE  PROPHET  173 

for  the  harvest  of  the  earth  is  ripe.  And 
he  that  sat  on  the  cloud  thrust  in  his  sickle 
on  the  earth;  and  the  earth  was  reaped. 
Rev.  14:13-16. 

uBlessed  are  the  dead  which  die  in  the  Lord 
from  henceforth."  The  henceforth  has  refer- 
ence to  the  conditions  then  existing.  To  take 
the  mark  in  order  to  get  bread  and  live  until  the 
end  of  the  three  and  a  half-year  period,  will 
mean  hell,  with  the  devil  forever  and  ever.  To 
refuse  to  take  the  mark  is  to  be  hunted  as  a  rat 
or  rabbit  by  dogs  until  destroyed.  The  only 
other  alternative  is  to  uDie  in  the  Lord."  To 
stand  firm  in  the  faith,  washed  and  cleansed  in 
the  Blood  of  the  Lamb;  not  counting  life  dear 
unto  them;  waiting  patiently  until  death  by 
starvation,  or  by  being  taken  out  of  the  body  by 
the  Lord,  or  by  martyrdom ;  this  alone  will  re- 
lease them  from  a  hell  on  earth,  to  the  paradise 
above.  "From  henceforth,"  from  that  time  on, 
to  die  in  the  Lord  is  sought  for,  is  desired,  is 
the  most  blessed  thing  that  could  come  to  the 
saints  in  hiding  from  the  hosts  of  the  Antichrist. 

"And  I  looked,  and  behold  a  white  cloud, 
and  upon  this  cloud  sat  one  like  unto  the  Son  of 
Man."  One  like  unto  the  Son  of  Man,  having 
on  his  head  a  golden  crown,  and  in  his  hand  a 
sharp  sickle.  John  does  not  say  that  this  was 
the  Son  of  Man;  and  it  seems,  quite  improper, 
that  an  angel  should  come  out  of  the  temple,  cry- 


174      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

ing  with  a  loud  voice  to  the  Son  of  God;  and 
commanding  Him  to  thrust  in  His  sickle,  and 
reap  the  harvest  of  the  earth. 

This  angel,  who  gives  the  command,  is  said 
to  be  another  angel,  which  seems  to  imply  that 
the  one  who  sat  on  the  white  cloud  with  a  sharp 
sickle  in  his  hand,  was  also  an  angel,  although 
he  was  like  unto  the  Son  of  Man,  and  had  a 
crown  on  his  head. 

It  will,  be  well  to  remember  that  the  saints 
have  been  resurrected  and  caught  up  to  be  with 
God,  on  the  sea  of  glass,  before  the  throne; 
and  that  all  the  saints  are  now  like  unto  the  Son 
of  Man,  and  wear  crowns.  This  is  God's 
reaper  sent  to  gather  in  all  the  saints  of  that  day. 
For  the  harvest  of  the  earth  is  ripe;  and  he 
thrust  in  his  sickle  and  the  earth  was  reaped. 
Observe  that  this  comes  at  the  close,  or  near  the 
close  of  the  Antichrist's  forty-two  months'  reign, 
while  he  is  making  his  drive  to  exterminate  all 
who  will  not  worship  him,  and  at  the  same  time 
when  the  two  witnesses  fall  before  his  mighty 
onslaught.  All  the  unrepentant  world  rejoice 
that  the  troubles  of  the  people,  the  fanatics,  the 
heretics,  the  holy  rollers,  are  gone.  But  God 
has  taken  them  unto  Himself. 

The  Last  Overcomers. 

I  saw  as  it  were  a  sea  of  glass  mingled 
with  fire :  and  them  that  had  gotten  the  vic- 
tory over  the  beast,  and  over  his  image, 


THE  FALSE  PROPHET  175 

and  over  his  mark,  and  over  the  number  of 
his  name,  stand  on  the  sea  of  glass,  having 
the  harps  of  God;  and  they  sing  the  Song 
of  Moses,  the  servant  of  God,  and  the  Song 
of  the  Lamb,  saying,  Great  and  marvelous 
are  thy  works,  Lord  God  Almighty;  just 
and  true  are  thy  ways,  thou  King  of  saints. 
Who  shall  not  fear  thee,   O  Lord,   and 
glorify  thy  Name?     For  thou   only  art 
Holy :  for  all  nations  shall  come  and  wor- 
ship before  thee;  for  thy  judgments  are 
made  manifest.    Rev.  15:2-4. 
Here  we  see  all  the  saints  who  had  turned  to 
God  after  Jesus  Christ  had  come  and  taken  His 
own.     They  have  gone  through  the  great  tribu- 
lation, and  have  refused  the  mark  of  the  beast. 
They  did  not  worship  the  beast  or  his  image. 
They  have  overcome  him  by  the  Blood  of  the 
Lamb,  and  they  have  resisted  unto  blood,  striv- 
ing against  sin.    And  now  they  are  on  the  same 
sea  of  glass  before  the  throne,  where  we  saw  all 
the  saints  and  angels  in  Revelation  7  :9-10,  prais- 
ing God.     This  reaping  does  not  refer  to  the 
death  of  the  body  only.     John  sees  the  saints 
who  refused  to  receive  the  mark,  no  matter  how 
they  died,  in  the  same  resurrection  state,  and 
place,  as  he  saw  the  great  multitude  from  every 
nation,  kindred,  people,  and  tongue  who  came 
up  in  the  first  resurrection;  all  standing  before 
the  throne  with  their  harps,  rejoicing  and  prais- 
ing God.     The  great  multitude  that  went  up 


176      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

after  the  opening  of  the  sixth  seal  knew  nothing 
of  the  sorrows  and  tortures  that  had  fallen  upon 
these  last  overcomers,  who  had  gotten  the  vic- 
tory over  the  Antichrist,  loving  not  their  lives 
unto  death.  These  are  the  gleanings  of  the  har- 
vest, and  the  last  human  beings  to  have  part  in 
the  first  resurrection. 

We  get  another  glimpse  of  these  overcomers 
at  the  time  Satan  is  bound  and  shut  up  in  the 
bottomless  pit  for  a  thousand  years,  in  Revela- 
tion 20 :4. 

And  I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that  were 
beheaded  for  the  witness  of  Jesus,  and  for 
the  Word  of  God,  and  which  had  not  wor- 
shipped the  beast,  neither  his  image,  neither 
had  received  his  mark  upon  their  fore- 
heads, or  in  their  hands,  and  they  lived  and 
reigned  with  Christ  a  thousand  years. 

This  is  the  Millenial  reign  on  this  earth. 
These  had  been  beheaded.  This  will  be  the 
mode  of  killing  under  the  Antichrist.  These 
have  gone  through  the  whole  of  the  great  tribu- 
came  up  out  of  the  great  tribulation  before  the 
lation.  The  great  company  in  Revelation  7  :9, 
Antichrist  was  seated  on  his  throne. 


THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  WICKED 


ND  another  angel  came  out  of  the  temple 
which  is  in  heaven,  he  also  having  a  sharp 
sickle.  And  another  angel  came  out  from 
the  altar,  which  had  power  over  fire ;  and 
cried  with  a  loud  cry  to  him  that  had  the 
sharp  sickle,  saying,  Thrust  in  thy  sharp 
sickle,  and  gather  the  clusters  of  the  vine  of 
the  earth;  for  her  grapes  are  fully  ripe. 
And  the  angel  thrust  in  his  sickle  into  the 
earth,  and  gathered  the  vine  of  the  earth, 
and  cast  it  into  the  great  winepress  of  the 
wrath  of  God.  And  the  winepress  was 
trodden  without  the  city,  and  blood  came 
out  of  the  winepress,  even  unto  the  horse 
bridles,  by  the  space  of  a  thousand  and  six 
hundred  furlongs.  Rev.  14:17-20. 

Now  that  God's  harvest  and  gleaning  time  is 
over,  and  all  the  saints  are  gathered  home,  here 
is  another  reaper  with  a  sharp  sickle.  He  comes 
to  reap  what  is  left  after  the  saints  are  all  gone. 
For  they  are  fully  ripe ;  ripe  in  sin,  and  ripe  for 
destruction.  They  are  cast  into  uthe  great  wine- 
press of  the  wrath  of  God,"  and  the  winepress 
was  trodden  without  the  city,  and  blood  came  out 


178      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

of  the  winepress,  even  unto  the  horse  bridles,  by 
the  space  of  a  thousand  and  six  hundred  fur- 
longs. Here  is  a  stream  of  blood  that  indicates 
the  destruction  of  hundreds  of  millions  of 
human  beings,  cast  into  the  great  winepress  of 
the  wrath  of  God :  men  who  have  become  desper- 
ately wicked;  men  who  defy  God  to  His  face, 
and  curse  Him ;  men  who  will  not  be  saved. 

When  the  Lord  Jesus  shall  be  revealed 
from  heaven  with  His  mighty  angels  in 
flaming  fire,  taking  vengeance  on  them  that 
know  not  God,  and  that  obey  not  the  gos- 
pel of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ:  who  shall  be 
punished  with  everlasting  destruction  from 
the  presence  of  the  Lord,  and  from  the 
glory  of  His  power;  when  He  shall  come 
to  be  glorified  in  His  saints,  and  to  be  ad- 
mired in  all  them  that  believe  in  that  day. 
2Thes.  1:7-10. 


THE  SEVEN  LAST  PLAGUES. 


ND  I  saw  another  sign  in  heaven,  great 
and  marvellous,  seven  angels  having  the 
seven  last  plagues ;  for  in  them  is  filled  up 
the  wrath  of  God.  And  I  saw  as  it  were  a 
sea  of  glass  mingled  with  fire :  and  them 
that  has  gotten  the  victory  over  the  beast, 
and  over  his  image,  and  over  his  mark,  and 
over  the  number  of  his  name,  stand  on  the 
sea  of  glass,  having  the  harps  of  God.  And 
they  sing  the  Song  of  Moses  the  servant  of 
God,  and  the  Song  of  the  Lamb,  saying, 
Great  and  marvellous  are  thy  works,  Lord 
God  Almighty;  just  and  true  are  thy  ways, 
thou  King  of  saints.  Who  shall  not  fear 
thee,  O  Lord,  and  glorify  thy  name?  for 
thou  only  art  holy:  for  all  nations  shall 
come  and  worship  before  thee;  for  thy 
judgments  are  made  manifest.  And  after 
that  I  looked,  and,  behold,  the  temple  of 
the  tabernacle  of  the  testimony  in  heaven 
was  opened :  And  the  seven  angels  came 
out  of  the  temple,  having  the  seven  plagues, 
clothed  in  pure  and  white  linen,  and  having 
their  breasts  girded  with  golden  girdles. 
And  one  of  the  four  beasts  gave  unto  the 
seven  angels  seven  golden  vials  full  of  the 


180      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

wrath  of  God,  who  liveth  forever  and  ever. 
And  the  temple  was  filled  with  smoke  from 
the  glory  of  God,  and  from  his  power;  and 
no  man  was  able  to  enter  into  the  temple 
till  the  seven  plagues  of  the  seven  angels 
were  fulfilled.  Rev.  15:1-8. 

The  seven  angels  with  the  seven  vials  filled 
with  the  wrath  of  God,  now  come  to  do  their 
work.  The  saints  who  had  gotten  the  victory 
over  the  Antichrist  are  before  the  throne  in 
heaven,  having  the  harps  of  God,  resurrected 
and  glorified,  and  singing  the  song  of  Moses 
and  the  song  of  the  Lamb.  Two  songs  !  Deliv- 
erance from  the  Antichrist,  and  cleansing  by  the 
blood  of  the  Lamb !  Now  that  the  saints  are 
all  gathered  off  the  earth,  an  angel  is  sent  to 
reap  the  haters  of  God,  and  cleanse  the  earth, 
restoring  all  things,  that  the  earth  may  have  her 
sabbath,  and  Christ  and  His  saints  may  reign 
during  the  seven-thousandth  year.  The  seven 
angels  having  the  seven  last  plagues  are  clothed 
in  pure  white  linen,  having  their  breasts  girded 
with  golden  girdles.  They  go  forth  to  slay 
men.  Their  white  robes  and  golden  girdles 
indicate  that  this  slaying  of  men  is  righteous 
judgment  upon  men  who  have  persistently 
defied  God,  and  destroyed  God's  people  from 
the  earth.  Observe  that  these  are  the  seven  last 
plagues.  We  are  rapidly  nearing  the  close  of 
this  great  tragedy. 


THE  SEVEN  PLAGUES  181 

Full  of  the  Wrath  of  God 

uAnd  one  of  the  four  living  creatures  at  the 
throne  gave  unto  the  seven  angels  seven  golden 
bowls  full  of  the  wrath  of  God  who  liveth  for- 
ever and  ever."  O,  think  of  the  wrath  of  God! 
Who  can  stand  before  the  wrath  of  God? 

uAnd  the  temple  was  filled  with  smoke  from 
the  glory  of  God  and  from  His  power  and  no 
man  was  able  to  enter  into  the  temple  till  the 
seven  plagues  of  the  seven  angels  were  ful- 
filled." The  temple  was  open  at  this  time  as 
the  angels  came  out,  but  no  man  can  enter  into 
the  temple  in  heaven  until  God  finishes  His  work 
on  earth,  dealing  with  sin  and  putting  down 
rebellion. 

And  I  heard  a  great  voice  out  of  the 
temple  saying  to  the  seven  angels,  Go  your 
ways,  and  pour  out  the  vials  of  the  wrath 
of  God  upon  the  earth.  And  the  first 
went,  and  poured  out  his  vial  upon  the 
earth ;  and  there  fell  a  noisome  and  griev- 
ous sore  upon  the  men  which  had  the  mark 
of  the  beast,  and  upon  them  which  wor- 
shipped his  image.  And  the  second  angel 
poured  out  his  vial  upon  the  sea;  and  it 
became  as  the  blood  of  a  dead  man;  and 
every  living  soul  died  in  the  sea.  And  the 
third  angel  poured  out  his  vial  upon  the 
rivers  and  fountains  of  waters;  and  they 
became  blood.  And  I  heard  the  angel  of 


182      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  waters  say,  Thou  art  righteous,  O 
Lord,  which  art,  and  wast,  and  shalt  be, 
because  thou  hast  judged  thus.  For  they 
have  shed  the  blood  of  saints  and  prophets, 
and  thou  hast  given  them  blood  to  drink; 
for  they  are  worthy.  And  I  heard  another 
out  of  the  altar  say,  Even  so,  Lord  God 
Almighty,  true  and  righteous  are  thy  judg- 
ments. And  the  fourth  angel  poured  out 
his  vial  upon  the  sun;  and  power  was  given 
unto  him  to  scorch  men  with  fire.  And 
men  were  scorched  with  great  heat,  and 
blasphemed  the  name  of  God,  which  hath 
power  over  these  plagues:  and  they  re- 
pented not  to  give  Him  glory.  Rev. 
16:1-9. 

A  great  voice  from  God,  "Go  your  ways," 
and  the  first  bowl  was  poured  out.  uAnd  there 
fell  a  noisome  and  grievous  sore  upon  the  men 
which  had  the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  upon  them 
which  worshipped  his  image."  This  grievous 
sore  will  probably  be  similar  to  the  sore  that  fell 
upon  Job,  causing  him  such  anguish.  And  it  fell 
upon  the  men  who  had  the  mark  of  the  beast. 

"And  the  second  angel  poured  out  his  bowl 
upon  the  sea ;  and  the  sea  became  as  the  blood 
of  a  dead  man."  That  would  be  stagnant  blood 
so  that  every  living  creature  in  the  sea  died. 
Under  the  sounding  of  the  second  trumpet,  the 
third  part  of  the  sea  turned  to  blood,  and  the 
third  part  of  the  creatures  in  the  sea  died.  Now 


THE  SEVEN  PLAGUES  183 

all  the  sea  becomes  stagnated  blood,  and  every 
remaining  living  creature  dies.  Can  you  grasp 
such  a  scene  as  the  oceans  turned  into  stagnant 
blood,  full  of  dead  carcasses  of  all  things  that 
had  lived  in  the  sea? 

uAnd  the  third  angel  poured  out  his  bowl 
upon  the  rivers  and  lakes,  and  fountains  of 
fresh  waters,  and  they  became  blood."  God 
turned  all  the  waters  of  Egypt  into  blood  in  the 
days  of  Moses  (Genesis  7:19-20),  now  He 
turns  all  fresh  water  on  earth  into  blood. 

"And  I  heard  the  angel  of  the  waters  say, 
Thou  art  righteous,  O  Lord,  which  art,  and 
wast,  and  shall  be,  because  thou  hast  judged 
thus.  For  they  have  shed  the  blood  of  saints 
and  prophets,  and  thou  hast  given  them  blood 
to  drink,  for  they  are  worthy."  This  was  said 
of  the  men  who  had  killed  all  the  saints  on  earth 
of  that  time,  and  God's  wrath  in  giving  them 
blood  to  drink  is  commended  as  a  righteous 
punishment. 

c<And  the  fourth  angel  poured  out  his  bowl 
upon  the  sun,  and  the  sun  scorched  men  with 
fire."  Dreadful  suffering  will  result  from  this 
plague,  bringing  death;  yet  the  earth  dwellers 
upon  being  scorched  by  the  sun,  blasphemed  the 
name  of  God  and  repented  not  of  their  sins,  nor 
asked  forgiveness  of  God. 

And  the  fifth  angel  poured  out  his  vial 
upon  the  seat  of  the  beast;  and  his  king- 
dom was  full  of  darkness ;  and  they  gnawed 


184      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

their  tongues  for  pain,  and  blasphemed  the 
God  of  heaven  because  of  their  pains  and 
their  sores,  and  repented  not  of  their  deeds. 
And  the  sixth  angel  poured  out  his  vial 
upon  the  great  river  Euphrates;  and  the 
water  thereof  was  dried  up,  that  the  way 
of  the  kings  of  the  East  might  be  prepared. 
And  I  saw  three  unclean  spirits,  like  frogs, 
come  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  dragon,  and 
out  of  the  mouth  of  the  beast,  and  out  of 
the  mouth  of  the  false  prophet.  For  they 
are  the  spirits  of  devils,  working  miracles, 
which  go  forth  unto  the  kings  of  the  earth 
and  of  the  whole  world,  to  gather  them  to 
the  battle  of  that  great  day  of  God 
Almighty.  Behold,  I  come  as  a  thief. 
Blessed  is  he  that  watcheth,  and  keepeth 
his  garments,  lest  he  walk  naked,  and  they 
see  his  shame.  And  he  gathered  them  to- 
gether into  a  place  called  in  the  Hebrew 
tongue  Armageddon.  And  the  seventh 
angel  poured  out  his  vial  into  the  air;  and 
there  came  a  great  voice  out  of  the  temple 
of  heaven,  from  the  throne,  saying,  It  is 
done.  And  there  were  voices,  and  thun- 
ders, and  lightnings ;  and  there  was  a  great 
earthquake,  such  as  was  not  since  men  were 
upon  the  earth,  so  mighty  an  earthquake, 
and  so  great.  And  the  great  city  was 
divided  into  three  parts,  and  the  cities  of 
the  nations  fell:  and  great  Babylon  came 


THE  SEVEN  PLAGUES  185 

in  remembrance  before  God,  to  give  unto 
her  the  cup  of  the  wine  of  the  fierceness  of 
his  wrath.  And  every  island  fled  away, 
and  the  mountains  were  not  found.  And 
there  fell  upon  men  a  great  hail  out  of 
heaven,  every  stone  about  the  weight  of  a 
talent:  and  men  blasphemed  God  because 
of  the  plague  of  the  hail;  for  the  plague 
thereof  was  exceeding  great.  Rev. 
16:10-21. 

What  an  awful  condition  the  people  are  now 
in.  A  noisome  and  grievous  sore  breaks  out  on 
their  bodies.  The  seas  are  full  of  rottenness  and 
stench  fills  the  air.  Only  blood  to  drink,  the  sun 
scorching  them,  and  the  heat  smothering  them. 
And  they  gnawed  their  tongues  for  pain.  In  all 
this  we  see  there  is  no  repentance,  no  turning 
from  sin,  no  asking  for  mercy.  These  are  all 
demon-possessed  people,  who  sold  themselves, 
soul  and  body,  to  the  devil  when  they  took  the 
mark  of  the  beast  and  worshipped  the  Anti- 
christ, the  Man  of  Sin. 

"And  the  sixth  angel  poured  out  his  bowl 
upon  the  great  river  Euphrates. "  And  the 
waters  of  the  river  were  dried  up  so  armies 
from  the  east  could  pass  over  to  Jerusalem  to 
the  great  closing  battle  of  God  Almighty.  And 
the  demon  spirits  went  forth  from  Satan,  and 
from  the  Antichrist,  and  from  the  false 
prophet,  to  deceive  the  Kings  of  the  Earth,  and 


186      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

gather  them  to  the  place  of  final  destruction. 
And  they  were  gathered  into  a  place  called 
Armageddon. 

"And  the  seventh  angel  poured  out  his  bowl 
into  the  air,  and  there  came  a  great  voice  out  of 
the  temple  in  heaven,  from  the  throne,  saying, 
It  is  done." 

All  these  are  facts.  No  fiction  here.  The 
seven  last  plagues  have  been  poured  out  and 
men  are  dead  and  dying  on  every  side,  but  will 
not  yield  to  God;  will  not  repent. 

Last  Earthquake 

"And  there  were  voices,  and  thunderings,  and 
lightnings,  and  there  was  a  great  earthquake, 
such  as  was  not  since  men  were  upon  the  earth, 
so  mighty  an  earthquake  and  so  great." 

This  roar  of  voices  and  power  was  from  God. 
And  every  Island  fled  away,  and  the  mountains 
disappeared,  probably  sank  back,  or  down,  from 
whence  they  had  been  upheaved  when  sin  first 
came  into  the  world.  The  earth  shall  again 
become  a  plain.  Another  earthquake,  "Such  as 
was  not  since  men  were  upon  the  earth,  so 
mighty  an  earthquake,  and  so  great." 

When  the  sixth  seal  was  opened,  there  was  an 
earthquake  that  moved  every  island  and  every 
mountain  out  of  their  places.  A  world  earth- 
quake. When  the  last  of  "the  seven  last 
plagues"  was  poured  out,  this  greatest  earth- 
quake that  ever  was  since  man  was  upon  the 
earth,  occurs.  And  every  island  fled  away,  and 


THE  SEVEN  PLAGUES  187 

every  mountain  disappeared.  A  second  time  the 
whole  world  is  laid  waste.  Man's  attempt  to  re- 
build the  earth  after  the  first  terrible  earth- 
quake, is  thwarted.  All  is  again  lying  in  ruins. 
All  uThe  Cities  of  the  nations  fell;  and  great 
Babylon  came  in  remembrance  before  God,  to 
give  unto  her  the  cup  of  the  wine  of  the  fierce- 
ness of  His  wrath. "  And  Jerusalem  was  di- 
vided into  three  parts.  And  there  fell  upon  men 
a  great  hail  out  of  heaven,  each  stone  about  the 
weight  of  a  talent.  And  men  continued  to  blas- 
pheme God  because  of  the  plague  of  the  hail, 
for  the  plague  thereof  was  exceeding  great.  All 
these  plagues  and  suffering  fail  to  bring  men  to 
repentance ;  there  was  no  turning  to  God.  How 
desperately  wicked  men  have  become  in  these 
last  days.  All  of  this  is  just  ahead  of  us  and 
soon  will  be  enacted  in  this  great  world  drama. 
This  generation  will  not  pass  away  until  all 
these  things  are  fulfilled.  "Behold  I  come  as  a 
thief,  blessed  is  he  that  watcheth  and  keepeth 
his  garments,  lest  he  walk  naked  and  they  see 
his  shame." 

As  a  result  of  this  earthquake  the  city  of  Jeru- 
salem wrill  be  divided  into  three  parts,  and  all 
the  cities  of  the  different  nations  will  fall. 
Heaven  and  earth  will  shake  and  tremble  before 
the  wrath  of  an  angry  God,  but  wicked  men  will 
curse  on. 

"And  Babylon  came  in  remembrance  before 
God  to  give  unto  her  the  cup  of  the  wine  of  the 


188      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

fierceness  of  His  wrath."  Fiercer  wrath  than 
has  yet  been  seen  will  soon  fall  on  Babylon.  God 
cannot  lie ;  all  these  statements  are  facts.  The 
scarlet-colored  beast  is  not  present  at  this  time 
but  will,  at  the  appointed  time,  supplant  the 
leopard  beast  now  in  existence.  We  are  nearing 
the  close  of  the  time  of  the  leopard  beast,  and 
the  appearing  of  the  scarlet-colored  beast  men- 
tioned in  Revelation  17,  who  is  an  eighth,  but 
is  of  the  ^seventh  beast.  All  men  now  carry 
the  mark  of  the  beast,  having  killed  all  who 
would  not  receive  the  mark,  and  worship  the 
image.  And  God  has  sent  forth  the  seven 
angels  to  pour  out  the  last  seven  plagues  upon 
them. 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST. 


ND  there  came  one  of  the  seven  angels 
that  had  the  seven  bowls,  and  spake  with 
me,  saying,  Come  hither,  I  will  shew  thee 
the  judgment  of  the  great  harlot  that  sit- 
teth  upon  many  waters;  with  whom  the 
kings  of  the  earth  committed  fornication, 
and  they  that  dwell  in  the  earth  were  made 
drunken  with  the  wine  of  her  fornication. 
And  he  carried  rne  away  in  the  Spirit  into 
a  wilderness :  and  I  saw  a  woman  sitting 
upon  a  scarlet-colored  beast,  full  of  names 
of  blasphemy,  having  seven  heads  and  ten 
horns.  And  the  woman  was  arrayed  in 
purple  and  scarlet,  and  decked  with  gold 
and  precious  stone  and  pearls,  having  in 
her  hand  a  golden  cup  full  of  abominations, 
even  the  unclean  things  of  her  fornication, 
and  upon  her  forehead  a  name  written, 
Mystery,  Babylon  the  Great,  the  mother 
of  the  harlots  and  of  the  abominations  of 
the  earth.  And  I  saw  the  woman  drunken 
with  the  blood  of  the  saints,  and  with  the 
blood  of  the  martyrs  of  Jesus.  And  when 
I  saw  her,  I  wondered  with  a  great  won- 
der. And  the  angel  said  unto  me,  Where- 
fore didst  thou  wonder?  I  will  tell  thee 


190      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  mystery  of  the  woman,  and  of  the  beast 
that  carrieth  her,  which  hath  the  seven 
heads  and  the  ten  horns.  The  beast  that 
thou  sawest  was,  and  is  not;  and  is  about 
to  come  up  out  of  the  abyss,  and  to  go  into 
perdition.  And  they  that  dwell  on  the  earth 
shall  wonder,  they  whose  name  hath  not 
been  written  in  the  book  of  life  from  the 
foundation  of  the  world,  when  they  behold 
the  beast,  how  that  he  was,  and  is  not,  and 
shall  come.  Here  is  the  mind  that  hath 
wisdom.  The  seven  heads  are  seven 
mountains,  on  which  the  woman  sitteth: 
and  they  are  seven  kings;  the  five  are 
fallen,  the  one  is,  the  other  is  not  yet  come; 
and  when  he  cometh,  he  must  continue  a 
little  while.  And  the  beast  that  was,  and 
is  not,  is  himself  also  an  eighth,  and  is  of 
the  seven;  and  he  goeth  into  perdition. 
And  the  ten  horns  that  thou  sawest  are  ten 
kings,  who  have  received  no  kingdom  as 
yet;  but  they  receive  authority  as  kings, 
with  the  beast,  for  one  hour.  These  have 
one  mind,  and  they  give  their  power  and 
authority  unto  the  beast.  These  shall  war 
against  the  Lamb,  and  the  Lamb  shall 
overcome  them,  for  he  is  Lord  of  lords, 
and  King  of  kings;  and  they  also  shall 
overcome  that  are  with  him,  called  and 
chosen  and  faithful.  And  he  saith  unto 
me,  the  waters  which  thou  sawest,  where 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     191 

the  harlot  sitteth,  are  peoples,  and  multi- 
tudes, and  nations,  and  tongues.  And  the 
ten  horns  which  thou  sawest,  and  the  beast, 
these  shall  hate  the  harlot,  and  shall  make 
her  desolate  and  naked,  and  shall  eat  her 
flesh,  and  shall  burn  her  utterly  with  fire. 
For  God  did  put  in  their  hearts  to  do  his 
mind,  and  to  come  to  one  mind,  and  to  give 
their  kingdom  unto  the  beast,  until  the 
words  of  God  should  be  accomplished. 
And  the  woman  whom  thou  sawest  is  the 
great  city,  which  reigneth  over  the  kings 
oftheearth.  Rev.  17:1-18.  R.  V. 

The  destruction  of  Babylon  is  the  closing 
scene  in  this  whole  work  of  destroying  them  that 
destroy  the  earth.  uln  her  (Babylon),  was 
found  the  blood  of  prophets  and  of  saints  and 
of  all  that  were  slain  upon  the  earth."  Rev. 
18:24. 

If  a  great  city  should  be  built  upon  the  an- 
cient site  of  old  Babylon,  and  that  city  duplicated 
in  all  points  and  particulars,  to  be  destroyed  at 
the  proper  time,  could  it  be  truthfully  said  of  the 
one  thus  built,  that  uln  it  was  found  the  blood 
of  prophets,  and  saints  and  of  all  that  were  slain 
upon  the  earth  ?"  Or  if  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church  should  be  annihilated,  and  the  City  of 
Rome  also,  could  it  be  truthfully  said  that  in 
them  had  been  found  the  blood  of  all  that  had 
been  slain  on  earth?  God,  who  cannot  lie,  de- 


192      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

clares  that  in  the  Babylon  we  are  about  to  con- 
sider; when  it  is  destroyed,  there  will  be  found 
in  it,  "The  blood  of  prophets  and  of  saints,  and 
of  all  that  were  slain  upon  the  earth."  THIS 
BABYLON  is  the  source,  the  fountain-head, 
the  producer,  the  mother  of  all  the  abominations 
on  the  earth,  as  well  as  the  mother  of  harlots. 

Here  we  have  another  Beast,  a  scarlet-colored 
beast,  full  of  names  of  blasphemy,  having  seven 
heads  and  ten  horns.  As  John  marvelled,  the 
angel  said  unto  him,  uWhy  didst  thou  marvel? 
I  will  tell  thee  the  mystery  of  the  woman  and 
of  the  beast  that  carrieth  her,  which  hath  the 
seven  heads  and  ten  horns."  Then  there  is  a 
mystery  about  this  woman,  and  beast. 

The  beast  that  thou  sawest  was,  and  is  not 
now  in  existence:  there  is  a  beast  kingdom  in 
existence,  but  John  is  shown  another  beast  that 
is  not,  and  it,  when  it  comes,  shall  ascend  out  of 
the  bottomless  pit,  and  when  it  departs,  it  will 
go  back  into  perdition.  This  beast  was,  and  is 
not,  and  yet  is.  This  scarlet-colored  beast  is  of 
Satanic  origin.  It  comes  up  out  of  the  bottom- 
less pit;  and  will  go  back  there.  The  ecclesiast- 
ical beast  is  said  to  have  come  up  out  of  the 
earth.  The  bottomless  pit  is  in  the  heart  of  this 
earth.  The  scarlet-colored  beast  is  an  eighth 
beast,  and  is  of  the  seventh  beast;  that  is,  the 
seventh  beast  produced  the  eighth. 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     193 

Seven  Kingdoms 

There  are  seven  kingdoms,  five  of  them  are 
fallen,  one  is  now  in  existence,  and  the  other  is 
not  yet  come ;  and  when  he  cometh  he  must  con- 
tinue a  short  space.  Here  are  the  seven  beasts 
indicated  by  the  seven  heads  of  the  beast.  Five 
of  these  seven  are  fallen:  the  Babylonian,  the 
Medo-Persian,  the  Greek,  the  Roman,  and  the 
ten-toe  condition  of  the  fourth  beast  down  to 
the  time  of  the  Antichrist's  seven-headed  con- 
federacy, which  was  then  in  existence,  being  the 
sixth  beast  with  its  ecclesiastical  Beast,  which  is 
the  seventh.  And  the  beast  which  was,  and  is 
not,  even  he  is  the  eighth,  and  is  of  the  seventh 
(ecclesiastical),  and  with  it  will  go  into  perdi- 
tion and  shall  not  be  perpetuated.  Here  is  a 
clear  statement  of  facts  that  show  us  that  the 
beast  the  woman  sat  on  was  not  yet  in  exist- 
ence, but  would  come  as  the  last  beast,  an  eighth, 
but  was  of  the  seventh.  A  change  of  govern- 
ment brought  about  by  the  Antichrist  Church. 

This  scarlet-colored  beast  will  not  come  into 
existence  by  revolution  among  the  people,  but 
by  intrigue  in  the  ecclesiastical,  two-horned 
beast  power,  and  by  the  capitalists  of  that  day 
under  the  mighty  power  of  Satan  and  the  Man 
of  Sin,  the  Antichrist.  As  a  result  of  this, 
capital  will  completely  dominate  and  crush  the 
people.  This  scarlet-colored  beast  was  full  of 
names  of  blasphemy,  having  ten  horns,  but  no 
crowns.  The  sixth  beast  was  like  unto  a 


194      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

leopard  having  ten  horns  and  ten  crowns.  The 
ten  horns  on  this  last  scarlet-colored  beast  are 
ten  kings,  which  have  received  no  kingdom  as 
yet,  but  receive  power  as  kings  one  hour  with 
the  beast,  Anti-Christ.  They  have  one  mind 
and  will  give  their  power  to  the  beast.  They 
will  make  war  with  the  Lamb,  and  the  Lamb 
will  overcome  them. 

Here  we  find  the  same  confederacy  of  ten 
horns  (nations)  with  the  former  ten  kings  dis- 
carded, and  ten  other  men  who  never  had  been 
kings  put  in  their  places.  This  beast  was  scar- 
let-colored with  the  blood  of  the  saints  they  had 
killed.  The  woman  was  seated  on  this  beast. 
She  was  in  the  saddle  with  reins  in  hand,  guiding 
the  beast.  The  woman  is  a  prostitute  and  is  sit- 
ting upon  many  waters.  "And  the  waters  which 
thou  sawest,  where  the  whore  sitteth,  are  peo- 
ples, and  multitudes  and  nations  and  tongues. " 
This  vile  woman  was  sitting  upon  all  the  people 
on  earth.  The  Roman  Catholic  Church  never 
did  this.  Babylon,  if  rebuilt,  would  not  do  this, 
but  God  says  this  woman  was  sitting  on  all  the 
people  on  earth.  Who  can  this  be,  what  can 
this  be,  that  is  sitting  on  all  the  people,  and  will, 
in  the  closing  days  of  the  Antichrist  Kingdom, 
sit  in  the  saddle?  The  kings  of  the  earth  have 
committed  fornication  with  this  woman,  they 
have  sought  after  her,  and  sinned  with  her;  but 
the  kings  of  the  earth  never  sought  after  the 
Catholic  Church.  The  inhabitants  of  the  earth 
have  been  made  drunk  with  the  wine  of  her  for- 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     195 

nication.  This  is  not  true  of  the  Catholic 
Church.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth 
know  almost  nothing  of  the  Catholic  Church. 

Abominations  of  the  Earth 

The  woman  was  arrayed  in  purple  and  scar- 
let color  and  decked  with  gold  and  precious 
stones  and  pearls,  having  a  golden  cup  in  her 
hand  full  of  abominations  and  filthiness  of  her 
fornications.  This  description  implies  great 
wealth.  The  people  of  the  Catholic  Church  are 
poor  people  the  world  over,  so  this  woman  could 
not  represent  the  Catholic  Church,  or  any  other 
church  on  earth.  Upon  her  forehead  was  a 
name  written,  "MYSTERY,  BABYLON 
THE  GREAT,  THE  MOTHER  OF  HAR- 
LOTS AND  ABOMINATIONS  OF  THE 
EARTH, "  the  mother  of  all  crime,  all  impurity, 
all  wars,  all  drunkenness,  all  gambling,  all  brib- 
ery, all  murder,  all  theft,  all  injustice,  all  in- 
trigues, all  national  corruption,  all  Legislative 
corruption,  all  Court  corruption,  all  business 
corruption,  all  church  corruption,  all  the  abom- 
inations of  the  earth. 

"The  love  of  money  is  the  root  of  all  evil." 
I  Timothy  6:10.  This  woman  is  the  mother 
of  all  the  abominations.  As  the  tree  and  its 
fruit  comes  from  the  root,  and  as  children  come 
from  the  mother,  so  all  the  abominations  known 
among  men  come  from  that  accursed  thing  called 
GREED,  covetousness,  wanting  what  the  other 


196      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

man  has.  It  was  this  desire  to  have  all,  in  Cain, 
that  caused  him  to  put  his  only  brother  to  death, 
so  that  he  might  receive  the  blessing  that  came 
from  God  to  Abel.  The  first  human  blood  was 
shed  by  this  woman,  and  all  blood  shed  ever 
since,  has  been  to  get  some  advantage  over  his 
brother  man.  This  woman  is  COMMER- 
CIALISM. This  word  is  used  to  imply  doing 
business,  buying,  selling,  trading  or  trafficking 
for  profit;  All  strifes,  whether  national  or  indi- 
vidual, in  court  or  on  the  street,  with  the  fist  or 
with  the  gun,  with  the  tongue  or  with  the  tor- 
pedo, in  the  pulpit  or  the  newspaper,  are  fought 
to  get  gain. 

The  ten  kings  that  were  at  the  heads  of  the 
ten  nations  that  confederated  under  the  Anti- 
christ, will  be  set  aside  by  him  after  he  is  firmly 
established  as  God  Almighty,  and  ten  men,  not 
kings,  put  in  their  places  to  reign  for  the  little 
time  still  remaining  of  the  forty-two  months. 
These  ten  kings  shall  be  of  one  mind  and  shall 
give  their  power  and  strength  unto  the  Anti- 
christ. These  ten  kings  and  the  Antichrist  shall 
make  war  with  the  Lamb  and  the  Lamb  shall 
overcome  them. 

Woman  Drunken 

"And  I  saw  the  woman  drunken  with  the 
blood  of  the  saints,  and  with  the  blood  of  the 
martyrs  of  Jesus. "  This  implies  that  capitalism 
had  much  to  do  with,  if  not  wholly  responsible 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     197 

for,  the  slaughter  of  the  saints.  "And  the  ten 
horns  which  thou  sawest  upon  the  beast,  these 
shall  hate  the  whore  and  shall  make  her  desolate 
and  naked,  and  shall  eat  her  flesh  and  burn  her 
with  fire.  For  God  hath  put  in  their  hearts  to 
fulfil  his  will,  and  to  agree,  and  give  their  king- 
dom unto  the  beast,  until  the  words  of  God  shall 
be  fulfilled."  When  Commercialism  is  drunk 
over  its  success  in  getting  into  the  national  sad- 
dle, and  riding  over  its  victims,  the  people  will 
arise  in  resentment;  and  when  the  ten  kings  lead 
them  in  their  resistance,  with  God  urging  them 
on,  terrible  things  will  take  place.  The  angel 
tells  John  that  this  woman  is  that  "Great  City 
which  reigneth  over  the  kings  of  the  earth." 

The  Anti-Christ,  after  having  marked  all  of 
his  willing,  faithful,  loyal  followers,  so  that  they 
may  be  known  on  sight,  discovers  many  who 
have  not  taken  the  mark  and  who  do  not  wor- 
ship him.  Therefore,  the  scarlet-colored  beast 
and  the  woman  in  the  saddle,  when  they  come, 
together  with  the  Antichrist,  will  fix  a  day  after 
which  no  man  who  has  not  taken  the  mark  and 
fallen  down  to  worship  the  beast  and  his  image, 
can  buy  food  or  other  necessities.  These  will  be 
dreadful  days.  To  take  the  mark  and  worship 
the  beast  brings  eternal  damnation,  and  to  re- 
fuse to  take  the  mark  brings  starvation  or  mar- 
tyrdom. 

And  after  these  things  I  saw  another 
angel   come   down   from   heaven,   having 


198      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

great  power;  and  the  earth  was  lightened 
with  his  glory.    And  he  cried  mightily  with 
a  strong  voice,  saying,  Babylon  the  Great 
is  fallen,  is  fallen,  and  is  become  the  habi- 
tation of  devils,  and  the  hold  of  every  foul 
spirit,  and  a  cage  of  every  unclean  and  hate- 
ful bird.    For  all  nations  have  drunk  of  the 
wine  of  the  wrath  of  her  fornication,  and 
the  kings  of  the  earth  have  committed  for- 
nication with  her,  and  the  merchants  of  the 
earth  are  waxed  rich  through  the  abun- 
dance of  her  delicacies.    Rev.  18:1-3. 
Babylon  or  Commercialism,  at  this  time,  has 
become    the    habitation    of    demons,    and    the 
stronghold,  or  fortified  home,  of  every  foul  and 
unclean,    hateful   person   of  big   business    and 
trickery.    Because  of  advantage,  all  the  kings  of 
the  earth  have  committed  fornication  with  com- 
mercialism,  joining  in  with  their  schemes   to 
gain  wealth  and  obtain  advantage  over  others. 
The  merchants  of  the  earth  have  become  rich 
by  standing  in  with  them.     All  nations  have 
been  compelled  to  drink  of  the  evil  consequences 
of  their  doings,  in  amassing  wealth. 

This  is  not  true  of  any  church  on  earth,  but 
it  is  true  of  Commercialism.  All  the  crooks  and 
gamblers  and  saloonkeepers  and  owners  of  re- 
sorts, dives,  brothels,  shows,  theaters,  and 
dance  halls,  are  in  with  capitalism,  and  capital- 
ism stands  in  with  them;  they  are  all  after  the 
money.  Demon  spirits  control  all  of  them, 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     199 

Bribery  is  little  known  among  the  poor,  but  is 
rampant  among  the  moneyed  class,  corrupting 
every  one  it  touches  in  church  and  state.  All 
wickedness  is  found  in  Babylon  and  in  Com- 
mercialism. Babylon  never  represented  con- 
fusion of  religious  doctrines,  never  did  it  repre- 
sent piety  or  religion;  but  it  did,  and  does  repre- 
sent Gold  and  its  worship.  We  have  the 
"Image"  of  Commercialism  in  Babylon  with 
a  "head  of  fine  gold,  his  breast  and  his  arms  of 
silver,  his  belly  and  thighs  of  brass,  his  legs  of 
iron,  his  feet  part  of  iron,  and  part  of  clay." 
Dan.  2  :32-33.  And  Daniel  said  to  the  King  of 
Babylon,  uThou  art  this  head  of  gold."  In  this 
image  we  find  gold,  silver,  brass,  iron  and  clay. 
In  these  lie  the  wealth  of  the  world,  and  Baby- 
lon stood,  and  stands  for  these. 

Babylon  was  the  head  of  gold,  and  wor- 
shipped gold,  and  had  an  image  of  gold  set  up 
to  worship,  in  the  plains  of  Dura.  See  Dan. 
3:1-6.  "Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king,  made  an 
image  of  gold,  whose  height  was  three  score 
cubits,  and  the  breadth  thereof  six  cubits :  he  set 
it  up  in  the  plain  of  Dura,  in  the  province  of 
Babylon.  Then  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king, 
sent  to  gather  together  the  princes,  the  govern- 
ors, and  the  captains,  the  judges,  the  treasurers, 
the  counsellors,  the  sheriffs,  and  all  the  rulers  of 
the  provinces,  to  come  to  the  dedication  of  the 
image  which  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king,  had  set 
up.  Then  the  princess,  the  governors,  and  cap- 


200      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

tains,  the  judges,  the  treasurers,  the  counsellors, 
the  sheriffs,  and  all  the  rulers  of  the  provinces, 
were  gathered  together  unto  the  dedication  of 
the  image  that  Nebuchadnezzar  had  set  up. 
Then  an  herald  cried  aloud,  To  you  it  is  com- 
manded, O  people,  nations,  and  languages,  That 
at  what  time  ye  hear  the  sound  of  the  cornet, 
flute,  harp,  sackbut,  psaltery,  dulcimer,  and  all 
kinds  of  musick,  ye  fall  down  and  worship  the 
golden  image  that  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king, 
hath  set  up :  And  whoso  f alleth  not  down  and 
worshippeth  shall  the  same  hour  be  cast  into  the 
midst  of  a  burning  fiery  furnace." 

Here  is  Commercialism  full-fledged,  and 
in  the  very  act  of  worshipping  the  great 
golden  image.  Babylon  is,  and  stands  for  gold, 
and  the  treasures  of  wealth;  silver,  brass,  iron, 
and  earthenware,  including  glass  and  all  min- 
erals. Are  not  these  metals  and  minerals  the 
things  that  capitalism  is  after  continually?  "All 
nations  have  drunk  of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of 
her  fornication. "  Have  suffered  because  of  the 
manipulations  of  money  and  mines  and  busi- 
ness. "And  the  kings  of  the  earth  have  com- 
mitted fornication  with  her."  They  have  en- 
tered into  schemes  with  commercialism  for  a 
share  of  the  money  to  be  made  out  of  the 
schemes,  backing  up  commercialism  with  army 
and  navy.  uAnd  the  merchants  of  the  earth  are 
waxed  rich  through  the  abundance  of  her  deli- 
cacies," (not  religion). 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     201 

And  I  heard  another  voice  from  heaven, 
saying,  Come  out  of  her,  my  people,  that 
ye  be  not  partakers  of  her  sins,  and  that  ye 
receive  not  of  her  plagues.  For  her  sins 
have  reached  unto  heaven,  and  God  hath 
remembered  her  iniquities.  Reward  her 
even  as  she  rewarded  you,  and  double  unto 
her  double  according  to  her  works :  in  the 
cup  which  she  hath  filled  fill  to  her  double. 
How  much  she  hath  glorified  herself,  and 
lived  deliciously,  so  much  torment  and  sor- 
row give  her :  for  she  saith  in  her  heart,  I 
sit  a  queen,  and  and  am  no  widow,  and 
shall  see  no  sorrow.  Therefore  shall  her 
plagues  come  in  one  day,  death,  and 
mourning  and  famine;  and  she  shall  be 
utterly  burned  with  fire :  for  strong  is  the 
Lord  God  who  judgeth  her.  Rev.  18  :4-8. 

Many  of  God's  children  have  been  drawn  into 
Commercialism  in  these  last  days,  and  have  lost 
all  spiritual  life.  They  have  become  defiled  by 
her  filthiness  in  business  methods ;  have  grieved 
the  Holy  Spirit;  finally  quenched  the  Spirit. 
This  class  of  persons  are  here  called  to  come  out 
of  the  unholy  alliance,  uWherefore  come  out 
from  among  them,  and  be  ye  separate,  saith 
the  Lord,  and  touch  not  the  unclean  thing,  and 
I  will  receive  you,  and  will  be  a  father  unto  you, 
and  ye  shall  be  my  sons  and  daughters,  saith  the 
Lord  Almighty."  2  Cor.  6:17-18.  If  they  re- 
main in  the  unholy  alliance  or  relationship,  they 


202      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

continue  to  be  a  partaker  of  her  sins ;  and  when 
the  destruction  comes  to  Babylon,  they  too  shall 
be  partakers  of  her  plagues. 

It  is  commonly  conceded  that  a  man  cannot 
succeed  in  business  these  days  and  be  a  Chris- 
tian. He  must  stoop  to  the  trickery  of  the 
trade,  or  fail  in  his  business.  Come  out  from 
among  them,  and  save  your  soul.  If  your  heart 
is  set  on  riches,  you  are  an  idolater.  If  you  are 
practicing  deceit  you  are  not  fit  for  the  kingdom. 
If  you  have  laid  up  treasures  on  earth,  your 
heart  is  with  them,  and  not  with  God.  UCOME 
OUT  OF  HER,  MY  PEOPLE." 

The  scarlet-colored  beast  is  now  in  existence, 
and  in  full  control  of  everything.  The  Anti- 
Christ  and  the  capitalists  of  the  whole  earth  are 
ruling  all,  and  sitting  on  the  people  of  all  na- 
tions, peoples,  multitudes  and  tongues. 

And  the  kings  of  the  earth,  who  have 
committed  fornication  and  lived  deliciously 
with  her,  shall  bewail  her,  and  lament  for 
her,  when  they  shall  see  the  smoke  of  her 
burning,  Standing  afar  off  for  the  fear  of 
her  torment,  saying,  Alas,  alas,  that  great 
city,  Babylon,  that  mighty  city;  for  in  one 
hour  is  thy  judgment  come.  And  the  mer- 
chants of  the  earth  shall  weep  and  mourn 
over  her;  for  no  man  buyeth  their  merchan- 
dise any  more:  the  merchandise  of  gold, 
and  silver,  and  precious  stones,  and  of 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     203 

pearls,  and  fine  linen,  and  purple,  and  silk, 
and  scarlet,  and  all  thyine  wood,  and  all 
manner  vessels  of  ivory,  and  all  manner 
vessels  of  most  precious  wood,  and  of 
brass,  and  iron,  and  marble,  and  cinnamon, 
and  odours,  and  ointments,  and  frankin- 
cense, and  wine,  and  oil,  and  fine  flour,  and 
wheat,  and  beasts,  and  sheep,  and  horses, 
and  chariots,  and  slaves,  and  souls  of  men. 
And  the  fruits  that  thy  soul  lusted  after  are 
departed  from  thee,  and  all  things  which 
were  dainty  and  goodly  are  departed  from 
thee,  and  thou  shalt  find  them  no  more 
at  all. 

The  merchants  of  these  things,  which 
were  made  rich  by  her,  shall  stand  afar 
off  for  the  fear  of  her  torment,  weeping 
and  wailing,  and  saying,  Alas,  alas,  that 
great  city,  that  was  clothed  in  fine  linen, 
and  purple,  and  scarlet,  and  decked  with 
gold,  and  precious  stones,  and  pearls  I  For 
in  one  hour  so  great  riches  is  come  to 
nought.  And  every  shipmaster,  and  all  the 
company  in  ships,  and  sailors,  and  as  many 
as  trade  by  sea,  stood  afar  off,  and  cried 
when  they  saw  the  smoke  of  her  burning, 
saying,  What  city  is  like  unto  this  great 
city!  And  they  cast  dust  on  their  heads, 
and  cried,  weeping  and  wailing,  saying, 
Alas,  alas,  that  great  city,  wherein  were 
made  rich  all  that  had  ships  in  the  sea  by 


204      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

reason  of  her  costliness !  For  in  one  hour 
is  she  made  desolate.  Rev.  18  :9-19. 

The  kings  of  the  earth  who  have  been  made 
rich  by  commercialism,  and  have  retired  to  roll 
in  luxury,  although  now  set  aside  by  the  Anti- 
christ, bewail  and  lament  for  her,  "When  they 
see  the  smoke  of  her  burning,  standing  afar  off, 
for  the  fear  of  her  torment,  saying,  Alas,  alas, 
that  great  city,  Babylon,  that  mighty  city,  for  in 
one  hour  i-s  thy  judgment  come." 

"And  the  merchants  of  the  earth  shall  weep 
and  mourn  over  her,  for  no  man  buyeth  their 
merchandise  any  more."  The  retired  kings  and 
merchants  would  not  be  so  distressed  over  the 
destruction  of  the  Catholic  Church,  or  all  the 
churches  on  earth.  That  is  not  what  they  are 
crying  about.  It  is  their  source  of  wealth  that 
has  been  struck,  and  causing  their  concern. 
uThe  merchants  which  were  made  rich  by  her, 
shall  stand  afar  off  for  fear  of  her  torment, 
weeping  and  wailing,  for  in  one  hour  so  great 
riches  is  come  to  nought."  The  merchants  of 
the  earth  have  not  been  made  rich  by  any  of  the 
churches,  and  they  only  care  for  the  churches 
so  far  as  they  can  make  money  out  of  them. 
"And  every  shipmaster,  and  all  the  company 
of  ships  and  sailors  and  as  many  as  trade  by  sea, 
stood  afar  off"  crying  in  distress,  not  over  some 
calamity  that  has  struck  the  church,  or  churches, 
but  over  the  calamity  that  has  struck  their  busi- 
ness, bringing  their  great  riches  to  nought. 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     205 

Many  ministers  who  have  become  rich  "Eat- 
ing the  fat  and  clothing  themselves  with  the 
wool"  (read  Ezekiel  34:1-10),  have  become 
partners  in  this  iniquity  and  will  wail  also  when 
Babylon  is  destroyed. 

Rejoice  over  her,  thou  heaven,  and  ye 
holy  apostles  and  prophets;  for  God  hath 
avenged  you  on  her.  And  a  mighty  angel 
took  up  a  stone  like  a  great  millstone,  and 
cast  it  into  the  sea,  saying,  Thus  with  vio- 
lence shall  that  great  city,  Babylon,  be 
thrown  down,  and  shall  be  found  no  more 
at  all.  And  the  voice  of  harpers,  and  mu- 
sicians, and  of  pipers,  and  trumpeters,  shall 
be  heard  no  more  at  all  in  thee;  and  no 
craftsman,  of  whatsoever  craft  he  be,  shall 
be  found  any  more  in  thee;  and  the  sound 
of  a  millstone  shall  be  heard  no  more  at  all 
in  thee ;  and  the  light  of  a  candle  shall  shine 
no  more  at  all  in  thee;  and  the  voice  of  the 
bridegroom  and  of  the  bride  shall  be  heard 
no  more  at  all  in  thee;  for  thy  merchants 
were  the  great  men  of  the  earth:  for  by 
thy  sorceries  were  all  nations  deceived. 
And  in  her  was  found  the  blood  of  proph- 
ets, and  of  saints,  and  of  all  that  were  slain 
upon  the  earth.  Rev.  18  :20-24. 

No  more  shall  one  class  of  men  prey  upon  the 
other  class.  No  more  shall  commercialism  fat- 
ten and  live  in  ease  off  the  sweat  and  tears  and 


206      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

blood  of  their  fellowmen,  and  women,  and  chil- 
dren. "For  by  thy  sorceries  were  all  nations 
deceived."  This  is  that  mysterious,  sorcery 
working,  filthy  woman  that  had  corrupted  kings 
and  courts,  people  and  churches  everywhere,  and 
made  all  the  world  drink  of  the  wine  of  her  for- 
nication in  every  age  since  Cain  killed  Abel,  to 
get  his  place  and  blessing.  Upon  the  woman's 
head  was  a  name,  "Mystery."  This  is  the  mys- 
tery: how  one  man  (by  financial  manipulations, 
often  by  the  meanest  trickery),  can  come  into 
possession  of  millions  of  money  that  had  been 
brought  into  existence  through  the  labors  of  tens 
of  thousands  of  people  who  die  in  poverty.  Her 
golden  cup  is  full  of  her  filthiness.  The  greed 
for  gold  turns  the  hearts  of  men  into  stone; 
makes  their  conscience  steel. 

"And  in  her  was  found  the  blood  of  prophets, 
and  of  saints,  and  of  all  that  were  slain  upon 
the  earth."  This  could  not  be  truthfully  said 
of  any  person,  organization,  or  thing  on  earth 
except  Commercialism.  God  commands  all 
heaven,  and  the  holy  apostles  and  prophets 
to  rejoice  over  the  destruction  of  Babylon,  de- 
claring that  "God  hath  avenged  you  on  her." 
Babylon,  Commercialism,  has  damaged,  de- 
filed, and  been  a  curse  to  God's  children  in  all 
ages.  It  kills  out  all  spirituality  wherever  it 
goes,  and  it  goes  into  the  pews,  even  the  pulpits, 
to  strangle  the  people  of  God.  It  is  the  devil's 
greatest  agent  for  the  destruction  of  men.  The 


THE  SCARLET-COLORED  BEAST     207 

devil  held  up  commercialism  in  all  its  attractive- 
ness before  the  mind  of  Jesus,  saying,  "All  this 
will  I  give  thee  if  thou  wilt  worship  me."  The 
man  who  worships  wealth,  worships  the  devil, 
and  loses  his  own  soul. 

There  could  be  no  millenium  on  earth  with 
Commercialism  in  existence.  No  more  big  busi- 
ness, no  more  amassing  of  wealth.  When  the 
Holy  Ghost  fell  on,  and  filled  the  one  hundred 
and  twenty,  on  the  day  of  Pentecost;  and  thou- 
sands of  other  converts  were  baptized  with  the 
Holy  Ghost,  they  sold  their  possessions;  and 
laid  the  money  at  the  apostles'  feet;  and  dis- 
tribution of  the  funds  was  made,  so  no  man 
lacked  anything.  When  Christ  reigns  on  earth, 
and  the  greed  for  gain  is  dead  and  gone,  men 
will  learn  wisdom.  We  never  can  have  peace  on 
earth,  and  good  will  to  men,  with  Commercial- 
ism in  existence. 

Go  to  now,  ye  rich  men,  weep  and  howl 
for  your  miseries  that  shall  come  upon  you. 
Your  riches  are  corrupted,  and  your  gar- 
ments are  moth-eaten.  Your  gold  and  sil- 
ver is  cankered;  and  the  rust  of  them  shall 
be  a  witness  against  you,  and  shall  eat  your 
flesh  as  it  were  fire.  Ye  have  heaped  treas- 
ure together  for  the  last  days.  Behold,  the 
hire  of  the  labourers  who  have  reaped 
down  your  fields,  which  is  of  you  kept  back 
by  fraud,  crieth:  and  the  cries  of  them 


208      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

which  have  reaped  are  entered  into  the  ears 
of  the  Lord  of  sabaoth.  Ye  have  lived  in 
pleasure  on  the  earth,  and  been  wanton; 
ye  have  nourished  your  hearts,  as  in  the 
day  of  slaughter.  James  5:1-5. 

These  are  facts,  not  fiction.  Will  you  believe 
God?  He  is  telling  you  the  truth.  These  things 
are  all  coming  to  pass,  and  coming  very  soon. 
We  believe  that  this  generation  will  not  pass 
away  until  all  this  comes  to  pass. 


THE  MARRIAGE  OF  THE  LAMB 


ND  after  these  things  I  heard  a  great 
voice  of  much  people  in  heaven,  saying, 
Alleluia :  Salvation,  and  glory,  and  hon- 
our, and  power,  unto  the  Lord  our  God : 
for  true  and  righteous  are  his  judgments: 
for  he  hath  judged  the  great  whore,  which 
did  corrupt  the  earth  with  her  fornication, 
and  hath  avenged  the  blood  of  his  servants 
at  her  hand.  And  again  they  said,  Alleluia. 
And  her  smoke  rose  up  forever  and  ever, 
and  the  four  and  twenty  elders  and  the 
four  beasts  fell  down  and  worshipped  God 
that  sat  on  the  throne,  saying,  Amen;  Alle- 
luia. And  a  voice  came  out  of  the  throne, 
saying,  Praise  our  God,  all  ye  his  servants, 
and  ye  that  fear  him,  both  small  and  great. 
And  I  heard  as  it  were  the  voice  of  a  great 
multitude,  and  as  the  voice  of  many  waters, 
and  as  the  voice  of  mighty  thunderings, 
saying  Alleluia :  for  the  Lord  God  omnipo- 
tent reigneth.  Let  us  be  glad  and  rejoice, 
and  give  honour  to  him :  for  the  marriage 
of  the  Lamb  is  come,  and  his  wife  hath 
made  herself  ready.  And  to  her  was 
granted  that  she  should  be  arrayed  in  fine 
linen,  clean  and  white :  for  the  fine  linen  is 


210      GALAXY  QF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  righteousness  of  saints.  And  he  saith 
unto  me,  Write,  Blessed  are  they  which  are 
called  unto  the  marriage  supper  of  the 
Lamb.  And  he  saith  unto  me,  These  are 
the  true  sayings  of  God.  Rev.  19:1-9. 

uAnd  after  these  things. "  After  the  actual 
destruction  of  Babylon  with  its  scenes  of  woe 
and  wailing,  a  great  voice  of  rejoicing  is  heard 
in  heaven,  praising  God  for  having  judged  and 
destroyed  the  great  whore  which  had  corrupted 
the  whole  earth  with  her  fornication.  This 
shows  clearly  that  the  resurrected  saints  in 
heaven,  know  what  is  being  done  on  earth,  and 
praise  God  as  they  see  sin  and  sinners,  and  all 
wickedness  being  removed  from  the  earth  that 
Christ  may  reign  here  in  righteousness  for  a 
thousand  years. 

"For  the  Lord  God  omnipotent  reigneth.  Let 
us  be  glad  and  rejoice  and  give  honour  to  Him: 
for  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb  is  come,  and  his 
wife  hath  made  herself  ready."  Here  is  the 
marriage  of  the  Lamb.  It  comes  after  Babylon 
is  destroyed  and  as  a  celebration  of  that  event. 
All  heaven  will  sing,  when  commercial  tyranny 
is  no  more,  when  men  will  live  as  brethren  and 
walk  by  the  golden  rule. 

The  resurrected  saints  in  heaven — not  in  the 
air,  but  in  heaven,  while  the  Antichrist  is  still  on 
earth — appear  in  fine  linen,  clean  and  white. 
This  fine  linen  is  the  righteousness  of  saints.  Sin 


THE  MARRIAGE  OF  THE  LAMB     211 

had  all  been  eradicated  and  the  saints  were  right- 
eous, pure,  holy,  whiter  than  snow.  Christ  had 
finished  His  work  in  them,  making  them  pure 
as  He,  Christ,  is  pure.  (See  1  John  3  :3. 

"And  he  said  unto  me,  These  are  the  true 
sayings  of  God."  All  the  book  of  Revelation  is 
the  true  sayings  of  God.  No  fiction  here.  All 
are  facts,  facts,  facts:  "Things  that  must  short- 
ly come  to  pass"  uAnd  he  said  unto  me,  Write, 
Blessed  are  they  which  are  called  unto  the  mar- 
riage of  the  Lamb."  This  call  was  to  be 
sounded  out  in  every  nation  on  earth.  Many  are 
called,  and  all  who  will  may  come ;  but  few  are 
chosen,  because  they  will  not  go  on  to  perfection. 
YOU  have  been  called:  Will  you  now  give  all 
diligence  to  make  your  calling  and  election  sure? 
"Be  ye  holy  for  I  am  holy,"  is  the  requirement. 
"For  without  holiness  no  man  shall  see  the 
Lord."  Here  are  the  holy  ones  at  the  Marriage 
in  heaven  just  before  the  descent  of  our  Lord  to 
the  earth  with  all  the  saints  to  destroy  the  Anti- 
christ and  take  the  Kingdom. 

"And  I  fell  at  his  feet  to  worship  him.  And 
he  said  unto  me,  see  thou  do  it  not:  I  am  thy 
fellow-servant  ,and  of  thy  brethren  that  have 
the  testimony  of  Jesus:  worship  God:  for  the 
testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy." 
Rev.  19:10.  John,  overwhelmed  with  the  glory 
of  that  scene  and  the  presence  of  the  one  who 
had  spoken  unto  him,  fell  at  his  feet  to  worship 
him,  supposing  that  he  was  God.  We  have  here 


212      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  best  view  given  in  the  Scriptures  of  what  we 
will  be  in  the  resurrected  state.  This  was  a 
human  being  with  the  glorified  body  like  unto 
Christ's  glorious  body.  uWe  shall  be  like  Him 
for  we  shall  see  Him  as  He  is."  John  thought 
that  this  person  was  God. 

And  I  saw  heaven  opened,  and  behold  a 
white  horse;  and  he  that  sat  upon  him  was 
called  Faithful  and  True,  and  in  righteous- 
netfs  he  doth  judge  and  make  war.  His 
eyes  were  as  a  flame  of  fire,  and  on  his 
head  were  many  crowns;  and  he  had  a 
name  written,  that  no  man  knew,  but  he 
himself.  And  he  was  clothed  with  a  ves- 
ture dipped  in  blood :  and  his  name  is  called 
THE  WORD  OF  GOD.  And  the  armies 
which  were  in  heaven  followed  him  upon 
white  horses,  clothed  in  fine  linen,  white 
and  clean.  And  out  of  his  mouth  goeth  a 
sharp  sword,  that  with  it  he  should  smite 
the  nations :  and  he  shall  rule  them  with  a 
rod  of  iron :  and  he  treadeth  the  winepress 
of  the  fierceness  and  wrath  of  Almighty 
God.  And  he  hath  on  his  vesture  and  on 
his  thigh  a  name  written,  KING  OF 
KINGS  AND  LORD  OF  LORDS.  Rev. 
19:11-16. 

This  is  a  description  of  the  wonderful  Christ, 
as  He  rides  out  of  heaven  on  a  white  horse 
with  many  crowns  on  His  head,  followed  by  the 


THE  MARRIAGE  OF  THE  LAMB     213 

armies  of  heaven;  all  the  holy  angels,  and  all  the 
saints,  in  His  descent  to  earth  to  take  the  King- 
dom. All  His  army  is  clothed  in  "fine  linen, 
white  and  clean."  He  comes  to  smite  the 
nations  and  rule  them  with  a  rod  of  iron.  uAnd 
as  the  vessels  of  a  potter  shall  they  be  broken  to 
shivers."  Rev.  2:27.  "And  He  treadeth  the 
winepress  of  the  fierceness  and  wrath  of  Al- 
mighty God."  He  is  King  of  kings,  and  Lord 
of  lords. 

And  I  saw  an  angel  standing  in  the  sun ; 
and  he  cried  with  a  loud  voice,  saying  to  all 
the  fowls  that  fly  in  the  midst  of  heaven, 
Come  and  gather  yourselves  together  unto 
the  supper  of  the  great  God;  that  ye  may 
eat  the  flesh  of  kings,  and  the  flesh  of  cap- 
tains, and  the  flesh  of  mighty  men,  and  the 
flesh  of  horses,  and  of  them  that  sit  on 
them,  and  the  flesh  of  all  men,  both  free 
and  bond,  both  small  and  great.  And  I  saw 
the  beast,  and  the  kings  of  the  earth,  and 
their  armies,  gathered  together  to  make 
war  against  him  that  sat  on  the  horse,  and 
against  his  army.  And  the  beast  was  taken, 
and  with  him  the  false  prophet  that 
wrought  miracles  before  him,  with  which 
he  deceived  them  that  had  received  the 
mark  of  the  beast,  and  them  that  wor- 
shipped his  image.  These  both  were  cast 
alive  into  a  lake  of  fire  burning  with  brim- 
stone. And  the  remnant  were  slain  with 


214      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  sword  of  him  that  sat  upon  the  horse, 
which  sword  proceeded  out  of  his  mouth : 
and  all  the  fowls  were  filled  wtih  their 
flesh.  Rev.  19:17-21. 

No  man  can  comprehend  the  awfulness  of 
this  last  closing  scene  of  destruction.  Before  it 
commences,  all  the  fowls  that  fly  in  the  midst  of 
heaven  (the  heaven  above  this  earth)  are  sum- 
moned tp  come  and  gather  themselves  together 
unto  the  Supper  of  the  Great  God,  that  they  may 
eat  the  flesh  of  kings,  and  the  flesh  of  captains, 
and  the  flesh  of  mighty  men,  and  the  flesh  of 
horses,  and  them  that  sit  on  them,  and  the  flesh 
of  ALL  men,  both  free  and  bond,  both  small 
and  great."  Does  not  this  look  like  a  clean 
sweep;  the  destruction  of  all  on  earth?  Who 
will  be  left?  In  this  last  great  battle  against 
Christ,  we  see  on  the  one  side  Antichrist  and  his 
followers :  the  false  prophet  and  church  dignita- 
ries ;  all  on  earth  on  one  side,  and  all  in  heaven 
on  the  other  side.  uAnd  the  Beast  was  taken, 
and  with  him  the  false  prophet  that  wrought 
miracles  before  him,  with  which  he  deceived 
them  that  had  received  the  mark  of  the  beast, 
and  them  that  worshipped  his  image."  So,  ac- 
cording to  the  Word,  both  the  Antichrist  and 
his  chief  Bishop,  were  taken  alive  and  cast  bodily 
into  a  lake  of  fire  burning  with  brimstone.  This 
will  positively,  literally  take  place  when  Christ 
comes  to  reign.  These  are  all  facts,  literal 


THE  MARRIAGE  OF  THE  LAMB      215 

facts :  "Things  that  must  come  to  pass."  "And 
the  remnant,"  men  still  remaining  on  earth  after 
all  the  warring  and  judgment  plagues  have  done 
their  work,  "were  then  slain  with  the  sword  of 
Him  that  sat  upon  the  horse,  which  sword  pro- 
ceedeth  out  of  His  mouth." 

He  who  made,  the  heavens  spoke  the  WORD, 
and  all  men  fell  dead  before  Him,  women  and 
children  may  be  excepted.  "And  all  the  fowls 
were  filled  with  their  flesh."  There  were  none 
left  to  bury  the  dead.  All  men  are  dead.  This 
is  exactly  how  things  are  going  to  close  up  in  this 
old  world,  and  close  up  soon. 

It  seems  clear,  from  the  prophecy  of  Zech. 
14:16-19,  that  a  remnant  of  each  of  these  na- 
tions that  fight  in  the  Antichrist  army,  shall  re- 
main on  earth;  and  shall  go  up  to  Jerusalem 
from  year  to  year  to  worship  the  King,  the  Lord 
of  hosts;  and  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles. 
Probably  some  men  and  many  women  and  chil- 
dren who  have  not  been  forced  to  take  the  mark 
of  the  beast,  and  worship  the  image,  because  of 
their  isolated  homes,  or  some  other  reason,  will 
remain,  a  remnant,  to  perpetuate  their  nations 
during  the  millenial  reign  of  Christ  on  earth; 
but  all  will  be  in  subjection  to  Christ  and  His 
Kingdom. 


BINDING  SATAN 

ND  I  saw  an  angel  come  down  from 
heaven,  having  the  key  of  the  bottomless 
pit  and  a  great  chain  in  his  hand.  And  he 
laid  hold  on  the  dragon,  that  old  serpent, 
which  is  the  Devil,  and  Satan,  and  bound 
him  a  thousand  years,  and  cast  him  into  the 
bottomless  pit,  and  shut  him  up,  and  set  a 
seal  upon  him,  that  he  should  deceive  the 
nations  no  more,  till  the  thousand  years 
should  be  fulfilled :  and  after  that  he  must 
be  loosed  a  little  season.  Rev.  20  :l-3. 

Christ  has  come  to  reign.  He  has  destroyed 
his  enemies.  The  Antichrist  and  false  prophet, 
with  all  their  followers,  are  gone.  Satan,  who 
had  led  them  all  to  ruin,  is  still  here.  An  angel 
came  down  from  heaven  having  the  key  to  the 
bottomless  pit.  There  is  a  bottomless  pit,  and 
Satan  is  bound  with  a  chain  and  cast  into  that 
pit,  the  door  is  closed,  locked,  and  sealed.  He 
remains  there  for  one  thousand  years,  while 
Christ  reigns  on  this  earth,  where  Satan  had 
reigned  for  six  thousand  years.  The  Lamb  has 
overcome  him,  and  the  saints  have  overcome 
him.  He  shall  deceive  the  nations  no  more  till 
the  thousand  years  be  fulfilled.  There  are  to  be 


BINDING  SATAN  217 

nations  again  on  this  earth  during  the  reign  of 
Christ.  At  the  time  of  the  flood  there  were  but 
eight  persons  left  alive  upon  the  earth,  but  in 
four  hundred  years,  in  Abraham's  day,  there 
were  many  nations  on  the  earth,  all  descendants 
of  Noah.  When  Israel  rejected  Christ  and  cru- 
cified Him,  it  was  cut  off  and  the  Gospel  was 
given  to  the  Gentiles.  But  Israel  is  to  be  grafted 
in  again;  not  all  of  it,  but  believing  Israel. 
"And  they  also,  if  they  abide  not  still  in  unbelief 
shall  be  grafted  in :  for  God  is  able  to  graft  them 
in  again."  Romans  11:23. 

God  always  had  a  remnant  in  Israel  who 
believed.  "What  saith  the  Scriptures?  I  have 
reserved  to  myself .  seven  thousand  men  who 
have  not  bowed  the  knee  to  the  image  of  Baal. 
Even  so  at  this  present  time  also  there  is  a  rem- 
nant, according  to  the  Election  of  Grace." 
Romans  11 :4-5.  God  said  to  Isaiah  "Though 
the  number  of  the  children  of  Israel  be  as  the 
sand  of  the  sea,  a  remnant  shall  be  saved.  For 
God  will  finish  the  work,  and  cut  it  short  in 
righteousness:  because  a  short  work  will  the 
Lord  make  upon  the  earth."  Rom.  9:27-28. 
The  Lord's  remnant  in  the  days  of  the  Anti- 
christ is  144,000  men  and  women,  twelve  thou- 
sand of  each  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel.  God 
saved  equal  numbers  of  male  and  female  to  re- 
populate  the  earth  in  the  days  of  Noah,  and  it  is 
reasonable  to  suppose  that  He  will  have  equal 


218      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

numbers  of  male  and  female  to  re-populate  the 
earth  during  the  Millenial  Reign. 

The  144,000  were  sealed  in  their  foreheads 
by  an  angel,  at  the  very  time  the  saints  were 
resurrected  and  caught  up  into  heaven.  This 
remnant  of  Israelites  were  present  on  earth 
when  the  evil  spirits  were  let  loose  out  of  the 
bottomless  pit  to  torment  men  for  five  months ; 
but  they  were  immune.  They  were  carried 
away  inter  the  wilderness  into  a  place  where  they 
were  fed  of  God  during  the  whole  reign  of  the 
Antichrist.  They  were  immune  to  all  that  came 
upon  the  earth.  They,  as  Noah  was  brought 
out  of  the  Ark  after  the  flood,  will  be  brought 
out  of  their  hiding  place  and  grafted  into  the 
true  olive  tree,  after  the  Antichrist  has  been  de- 
stroyed and  Satan  is  bound  and  cast  into  the  bot- 
tomless pit. 

These  Israelites  are  twelve  nations,  and  will 
be  judged  by  the  twelve  Apostles  sitting  upon 
twelve  thrones  (see  Matt.  19:28).  "And 
Jesus  said  unto  them,  Verily  I  say  unto  you, 
that  ye  which  have  followed  me,  in  the 
regeneration  when  the  Son  of  Man  shall  sit 
in  the  throne  of  His  glory,  ye  also  shall  sit  upon 
twelve  thrones  judging  the  twelve  tribes  of 
Israel."  There  will  always  be  at  least  twelve 
nations  on  earth  during  the  thousand  years  of 
Christ's  reign  on  earth,  perhaps  many  more. 
There  are  Scriptures  that  indicate  that  Gentile 
nations  may  be  in  existence  during  the  Mil- 


BINDING  SATAN  219 

lenium,  but  no  man  who  takes  the  mark  of  the 
beast  will  be  left  alive  in  the  earth.  None  of  the 
nations  will  be  deceived  by  the  devil  during  the 
thousand  years. 

And  I  saw  thrones,  and  they  sat  upon 
them,  and  judgment  was  given  unto  them; 
and  I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that  were  be- 
headed for  the  witness  of  Jesus,  and  for 
the  Word  of  God,  and  which  had  not  wor- 
shipped the  beast,  neither  his  image,  neither 
had  received  his  mark  upon  their  fore- 
heads, or  in  their  hands :  and  they  lived  and 
reigned  with  Christ  a  thousand  years.  But 
the  rest  of  the  dead  lived  not  again  until  the 
thousand  years  were  finished.  This  is  the 
first  resurrection.  Blessed  and  holy  is  he 
that  hath  part  in  the  first  resurrection :  on 
such  the  second  death  hath  no  power,  but 
they  shall  be  priests  of  God  and  of  Christ, 
and  shall  reign  with  him  a  thousand  years. 
Rev.  20:4-6. 

After  Satan  was  cast  into  the  bottomless  pit, 
John  saw  another  scene,  seemingly  here  on  the 
earth.  He  saw  thrones ;  the  twelve  thrones  upon 
which  the  twelve  Apostles  sat.  Judgment  was 
given  unto  the  Apostles  to  judge  the  twelve 
tribes  of  Israel.  Then  he  saw  the  men,  and 
probably  women,  too,  who  had  been  beheaded 
because  they  had  witnessed  for  Jesus  and  be- 
lieved and  obeyed  the  Word  of  God,  and  had 


220      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

not  worshipped  the  beast,  neither  his  image, 
neither  had  received  his  mark  upon  their  fore- 
heads or  in  their  hands.  "And  they  lived  and 
reigned  with  Christ  a  thousand  years."  Here 
we  have  positive  evidence  that  the  beheaded 
saints  who  died  rather  than  sin  against  God  and 
their  own  souls,  were  also  resurrected  and 
reigned  with  Christ:  but  the  rest  of  the  dead, 
that  is  the  unsaved,  unbelieving  dead,  lived  not 
again;  were  not  resurrected  until  the  thousand 
years  were  finished.  This  is  the  closing  scene  of 
the  first  resurrection. 

"Blessed  and  holy  is  he  that  hath  part  in  the 
first  resurrection :  on  such  the  second  death  hath 
no  power,  but  they  shall  be  priests  of  God  and 
of  Christ  and  shall  reign  with  Him  a  thousand 
years. "  Observe,  this  blessing  is  to  them  who 
are  holy,  for  "without  holiness,  no  man  shall  see 
the  Lord." 

And  when  the  thousand  years  are  ex- 
pired, Satan  shall  be  loosed  out  of  his 
prison,  and  shall  go  out  to  deceive  the  na- 
tions which  are  in  the  four  quarters  of  the 
earth,  Gog  and  Magog,  to  gather  them  to- 
gether to  battle;  the  number  of  whom  is 
as  the  sand  of  the  sea.  And  they  went  up 
on  the  breadth  of  the  earth,  and  compassed 
the  camp  of  the  saints  about,  and  the  be- 
loved city:  and  fire  came  down  from  God 
out  of  heaven,  and  devoured  them.  And 


BINDING  SATAN  221 

the  devil  that  deceived  them  was  cast  into 
the  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  where  the 
beast  and  the  false  prophet  are,  and  shall 
be  tormented  day  and  night  forever  and 
ever.  Rev.  20:7-10. 

With  one  bound  we  pass  from  the  beginning 
to  the  end  of  the  reign  of  Christ  on  the  earth, 
without  another  glimpse  of  the  conditions  then 
existing.  We  find  some  of  those  conditions  in 
other  Scriptures.  At  the  end  of  the  thousand 
years  Satan  is  let  out  of  his  prison  and  appeared 
again  on  the  earth.  He  goes  forth  to  deceive 
the  nations  which  are  in  the  four  quarters  of  the 
earth:  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  America. 
"Gog  and  Magog.."  This  term  refers  to  per- 
sons who  do  not  know  God,  hence  can  be  de- 
ceived. When  men  know  God  they  will  not  be 
deceived  by  the  devil.  The  devil  controls  all 
whom  he  can  deceive.  Now  he  gathers  them 
together  to  battle  against  Christ  and  the  saints 
here  on  the  earth. 

This  army  which  Satan  has  gathered  is  as 
numerous  as  the  sand  of  the  sea.  Here  is  a 
strange  scene.  At  the  close  of  a  thousand  years 
of  blessedness  on  earth,  with  no  devil  to  tempt, 
with  Christ  and  the  saints  to  help,  this  great 
number  do  not  know  God :  have  not  been  born 
of  God;  are  in  their  natural,  fallen,  human  state, 
without  God  and  without  hope.  They  are  in  the 
condition  of  a  son  or  daughter,  born  and  reared 


222      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

in  a  godly  home,  where  the  Scriptures  are  read 
and  prayer  offered  by  the  parents,  but  the  chil- 
dren have  not  yielded  themselves  to  God.  So 
these  godless  children  become  the  prey  of  the 
devil,  and  are  led  to  fight  their  only  Saviour  and 
true  friend.  They  went  up  from  all  quarters 
toward  Jerusalem,  where  Christ  will  sit  on 
David's  throne.  They  compass  the  camp  of  the 
saints  about,  the  beloved  city,  Jerusalem.  Fire 
comes  down  from  God  out  of  heaven  and  de- 
vours them.  All  these  poor  deceived  people 
become  ashes  under  the  feet  of  God's  children. 
There  shall  be  left  unto  them  neither  root  nor 
branch.  (Read  Malachi  4:1-3). 

The  devil  that  deceived  them  was  cast  into 
the  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  where  the  beast 
and  the  false  prophet  were  cast  a  thousand  years 
before.  Satan  had  been  in  the  bottomless  pit 
for  a  thousand  years  before  this,  but  was  not 
anihilated.  Now  his  fate  is  not  anihilation,  but 
to  be  tormented  day  and  night  forever  and  ever. 
This  lake  of  fire  is  the  place  where  the  Anti- 
christ and  the  false  prophet  are.  They,  too, 
have  spent  a  thousand  years  there  and  are  not 
yet  anihilated. 


THE  GREAT  WHITE  THRONE 


ND  I  saw  a  great  white  throne,  and  him 
that  sat  on  it,  from  whose  face  the  earth 
and  the  heaven  fled  away;  and  there  was 
found  no  place  for  them.  And  I  saw  the 
dead,  small  and  great,  stand  before  God; 
and  the  books  were  opened:  and  another 
book  was  opened,  which  is  the  book  of 
life :  and  the  dead  were  judged  out  of  those 
things  which  were  written  in  the  books, 
according  to  their  works,  and  the  sea  gave 
up  the  dead  which  were  in  it;  and  death 
and  hell  delivered  up  the  dead  which  were 
in  them:  and  they  were  judged  every  man 
according  to  their  works.  And  death  and 
hell  were  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire.  This  is 
the  second  death.  And  whosoever  was  not 
found  written  in  the  book  of  life  was  cast 
into  the  lake  of  fire.  Rev.  20  :1 1-1 5. 

Satan  and  his  army  are  all  disposed  of : 
Satan,  in  the  lake  of  fire,  together  with  his  army, 
their  bodies  in  ashes,  their  souls  in  hell.  The 
seven  thousand  years  of  man's  existence  on  this 
earth  has  nearly  ended.  The  people  who  are 
yet  in  the  body  on  earth,  mostly,  if  not  all, 
Israelites,  are  saints;  holy  people  that  Satan 


224      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

could  not  move.  The  earth  is  now  cleansed  by 
removing  all  things  that  offend;  for  "The  Son 
of  Man  shall  send  forth  His  angels  and  they 
shall  gather  out  of  His  Kingdom  all  things  that 
offend,  and  them  which  do  iniquity:  and  shall 
cast  them  into  a  furnace  of  fire:  there  shall  be 
wailing  and  gnashing  of  teeth. "  Matt.  13:41- 
42.  This  having  been  done ;  God's  week  having 
ended  (the  seven  thousand  years)  ;  the  judg- 
ment is  next  in  order.  "Once  to  die,  and  after 
that  the  judgment." 

The  Last  Resurrection 

The  sea  gave  up  the  dead  which  were  in  it,  and 
death,  that  mysterious  monster,  death,  delivered 
up  the  dead  which  were  in  death  (this  refers  to 
the  body) ,  and  hell  delivered  up  the  dead  which 
were  in  it  (this  refers  to  the  soul) .  And  the  liv- 
ing saints  of  that  day  will  be  changed  in  a  mo- 
ment into  the  resurrected  state.  And  I  saw  the 
dead,  soul  and  body,  small  and  great,  stand  be- 
fore God  and  His  throne.  "And  I  saw  a  great 
white  throne,  and  Him  that  sat  on  it,  from 
whose  face  the  earth  and  the  heaven  fled  away." 
The  judgment  will  not  be  on  this  earth,  as  there 
would  not  be  room  for  all  the  people  who  have 
lived  on  the  earth  to  stand  on  this  earth.  All 
will  be  there.  The  judgment  will  probably  be 
in  the  air.  At  this  time  uThe  heavens  shall  pass 
away  with  a  great  noise,  and  the  elements  shall 


THE  GREAT  WHITE  THRONE       225 

melt  with  fervent  heat,  the  earth  also  and  the 
works  that  are  therein  shall  be  burned  up."  2 
Peter  3:10. 

The  earth  having  passed  away,  all  the  human 
beings  that  have  ever  lived  upon  the  earth  are 
gathered  together  and  stand  before  the  GREAT 
WHITE  THRONE  to  be  judged,  to  give  an 
account  of  the  "deeds  done  in  the  body,"  or 
while  they  lived  on  earth.  "And  the  books  were 
opened."  First,  God's  word;  second,  the  rec- 
ords of  deeds  done  in  the  body;  third,  the  book 
of  life;  and  the  dead  were  judged  out  of  those 
things  which  were  written  in  the  books,  accord- 
ing to  their  works.  There  will  be  no  jury,  there 
will  be  no  lawyers,  there  will  be  no  witnesses. 
God  will  judge  according  to  the  things  written 
in  the  books,  according  to  the  life  they  lived  in 
the  body. 

"Marvel  not  at  this:  for  the  hour  is  coming, 
in  which  all  that  are  in  the  graves  shall  hear 
His  voice ;  and  shall  come  forth ;  they  that  have 
done  good,  unto  the  resurrection  of  life;  and 
they  that  have  done  evil,  unto  the  resurrection 
of  damnation."  John  5  :28-29. 

The  people  are  separated,  right  and  left: 
two  great  companies,  and  the  sentences  are  all 
announced.  In  one  company  all  God's  children; 
all  those  who  are  born  of  God,  have  overcome 
the  world,  the  flesh,  and  the  devil:  in  the  other 
company,  all  who  were  not  born  of  God,  but  who 
had  yielded  themselves  up  to  gratify  their  de- 


226      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

sires,  with  the  world,  the  flesh,  and  the  devil. 
Then  death,  that  incomprehensible  thing  called 
death,  was  cast  into  the  Lake  of  Fire,  where  the 
Antichrist,  the  False  Prophet,  and  the  Devil  had 
been  cast.  Closely  following  this,  HELL,  that 
place  and  condition  where  the  unrepentant  sin- 
ner goes  at  death,  and  from  which  he  came  to 
be  judged,  hell  is  cast  into  the  Lake  of  Fire. 

This  Lake  of  Fire  is  the  second  death.  When 
the  body  went  into  the  ground  and  the  soul  into 
hell,  the  person  was  in  the  first  death.  uAnd 
whosoever  was  not  found  written  in  the  Book  of 
Life  was  cast  into  the  Lake  of  Fire."  Then  they 
were  both  soul  and  body  in  the  second  death. 
Being  dead  in  trespasses  and  sins,  and  having 
persistently  refused  to  be  made  "Alive  to  God, 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord,"  they  have  re- 
mained spiritually  dead,  until  the  body  dies, 
and  is  resurrected,  and  then  both  soul  and  body, 
they  go  into  the  Lake  of  Fire. 

O  my  God !  will  this  arouse  the  reader,  so  that 
he  will  repent  and  turn  to  God  with  all  his  heart, 
and  be  made  alive  to  God,  through  Jesus  Christ 
our  Lord. 

All  this  that  John  saw,  this  Revelation  of 
things  that  must  come  to  pass  at  the  time  ap- 
pointed, will  surely  be  enacted  to  the  very  letter. 
No  deception  here.  God  deals  in  facts,  and  in 
mercy  and  love  reveals  those  facts  to  us  that  we 
may  be  saved.  "Turn  ye,  turn  ye,  for  why  will 
ye  die,  O  house  of  Israel."  Ezek.  1 8  :3 1 . 


THE  GREAT  WHITE  THRONE       227 

When  the  Son  of  Man  shall  come  in  his 
glory,  and  all  the  holy  angels  with  him, 
then  shall  he  sit  upon  the  throne  of  his 
glory:  and  before  him  shall  be  gathered  all 
nations :  and  he  shall  separate  them  one 
from  another,  as  a  shepherd  divideth  his 
sheep  from  the  goats:  And  he  shall  set 
the  sheep  on  his  right  hand,  but  the  goats 
on  the  left.  Then  shall  the  King  say  unto 
them  on  his  right  hand,  Come,  ye  blessed 
of  my  Father,  inherit  the  kingdom  pre- 
pared for  you  from  the  foundation  of  the 
world :  for  I  was  a  hungered,  and  ye  gave 
me  meat;  I  was  thirsty,  and  ye  gave  me 
drink :  I  was  a  stranger,  and  ye  took  me  in : 
naked,  and  ye  clothed  me:  I  was  sick,  and 
ye  visited  me :  I  was  in  prison,  and  ye  came 
unto  me.  Then  shall  the  righteous  answer 
him,  saying,  Lord,  when  saw  we  thee  a 
hungered,  and  fed  thee?  or  thirsty,  and 
gave  thee  drink?  When  saw  we  thee  a 
stranger,  and  took  thee  in?  or  naked,  and 
clothed  thee?  Or  when  saw  we  thee  sick, 
or  in  prison,  and  came  unto  thee  ?  And  the 
King  shall  answer  and  say  unto  them, 
Verily,  I  say  unto  you,  inasmuch  as  ye  have 
done  it  unto  one  of  the  least  of  these  my 
brethren,  ye  have  done  it  unto  me.  Then 
shall  he  say  also  unto  them  on  the  left 
hand,  Depart  from  me,  ye  cursed,  into  ever- 
lasting fire,  prepared  for  the  devil  and  his 


228      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

angels :  for  I  was  a  hungered,  and  ye  gave 
me  no  meat:  I  was  thirsty,  and  ye  gave  me 
no  drink:  I  was  a  stranger,  and  ye  took 
me  not  in :  naked,  and  ye  clothed  me  not : 
sick,  and  in  prison,  and  ye  visited  me  not. 
Then  shall  they  also  answer  him,  saying, 
Lord,  when  saw  we  thee  an  hungered,  or 
athirst,  or  a  stranger,  or  naked,  or  sick,  or 
in  prison,  and  did  not  minister  unto  thee? 
Then  shall  he  answer  them,  saying,  Verily, 
I  say  unto  you,  inasmuch  as  ye  did  it  not  to 
one  of  the  least  of  these,  ye  did  it  not  to 
me.  And  these  shall  go  away  into  ever- 
lasting punishment:  but  the  righteous  into 
life  eternal.  Matt.  25  :31-46. 


THE  NEW  EARTH 

ND  I  saw  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth : 
for  the  first  heaven  and  the  first  earth 
were  passed  away;  and  there  was  no 
more  sea.  Rev.  21:1. 
The  scenes  before  us  in  this  chapter  are 
all  beyond  the  "Great  White  Throne  Judgment." 
All  the  dead  on  earth,  or  in  the  sea,  and  all  that 
were  in  hell,  have  been  raised  from  the  dead; 
and  have  stood  before  the  throne,  and  have 
been  judged,  and  sentenced,  and  sent  away;  and 
all,  whose  names  were  not  found  written  in  the 
Book  of  Life  were  cast  into  the  Lake  of  Fire. 

Our  study  in  this  chapter  is  about  the  new 
home  of  God's  children,  after  the  judgment. 
The  Lord  Jesus  told  the  disciples  that  in  His 
Father's  home  there  was  abundance  of  room. 
That  He  was  about  to  leave  them  and  go  to  His 
Father's  home,  to  prepare  a  place  for  them. 
uAnd  if  I  go  to  prepare  a  place  for  you,  I  will 
come  again,  and  receive  you  unto  myself;  that 
where  I  am,  there  ye  may  be  also."  John  14:3. 
We  are  now  studying  about  this  place  our  Lord 
has  prepared  for  us. 

The  beloved  disciple,  and  apostle,  declares, 
"And  I  saw  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth :  for 


230      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  first  heaven  and  the  first  earth  are  passed 
away;  and  the  sea  is  no  more."  This  new  earth 
is  a  second  earth,  in  that  he  declares,  uThe  first 
heaven,  and  the  first  earth,  have  passed  away." 

The  Apostle  Peter  gives  us  quite  a  full  de- 
scription of  the  passing  away  of  this  earth. 
"But  the  heavens  that  now  are,  and  the  earth, 
by  the  same  word,  have  been  stored  up  for  fire, 
being  reserved  against  the  day  of  judgment,  and 
destruction  of  ungodly  men.  *  *  *  But  the  day 
of  the  Lord  will  come  as  a  thief;  in  which  the 
heavens  shall  pass  away  with  a  great  noise,  and 
the  elements  shall  be  dissolved  with  fervent  heat, 
and  the  earth  and  the  works  that  are  therein 
shall  be  burned  up.  Seeing  that  these  things 
are  thus  all  to  be  dissolved,  what  manner  of  per- 
sons ought  ye  to  be,  in  all  holy  living  and  godli- 
ness, looking  for  and  earnestly  desiring  the  com- 
ing of  the  day  of  God,  by  reason  of  which  the 
heavens  being  on  fire  shall  be  dissolved,  and 
the  elements  shall  melt  with  fervent  heat."  2 
Peter  3:7,  and  10-1 2.  R.  V. 

Here  we  have  a  new  earth,  with  its  heaven, 
and  surroundings,  prepared,  and  specially  pre- 
pared as  a  home  for  the  sons  of  God. 

It  is  declared  of  the  saved  children  of  Abra- 
ham, "These  all  died  in  faith,  not  having  re- 
ceived the  promises,  but  having  seen  them  afar 
off,  and  were  persuaded  of  them,  and  embraced 
them,  and  confessed  that  they  were  strangers 
and  pilgrims  on  the  earth.  For  they  that  say 


THE  NEW  EARTH  231 

such  things  declare  plainly  that  they  seek  a 
country.  And  truly,  if  they  had  been  mindful 
of  that  country  from  whence  they  came  out,  they 
might  have  had  opportunity  to  have  returned. 
But  now  they  desire  a  better  country,  that  is,  a 
heavenly :  wherefore  God  is  not  ashamed  to  be 
called  their  God:  for  He  hath  prepared  for 
them  a  city."  Heb.  11:13-16. 

Here  we  see  clearly  that  the  old  patriarchs 
knew  of  this  New  Earth  and  City.  They  did 
not  seek  any  country  or  city  on  this  earth. 

On  this  new  earth  there  will  be  no  sea,  with  its 
everlasting  moanings,  and  dreadful  storms,  and 
separating  into  nations  the  inhabitants  of  this 
earth.  The  new  earth  will  be  so  glorious  in  all 
its  arrangements,  in  size  and  wondrous  beauty, 
that  God,  our  Father,  will  move  His  Capitol, 
and  throne  from  its  present  location,  on  to  this 
new  earth;  and  God  Himself  will  dwell  with 
men  who  have  been  washed  in  the  Blood  of  the 
Lamb. 

This  scene  occurs  after  the  judgment.  The 
earth  with  all  the  works  of  man  is  gone,  has 
passed  away,  is  out  of  existence,  and  a  new  earth 
appears.  uAnd  I  saw  a  new  earth,  and  on  it 
there  was  no  sea."  The  first  earth  was  two- 
thirds  sea;  but  the  new  earth  is  to  have  no  sea. 
In  the  fifth  verse  we  read,  uHe  that  sat  upon  the 
throne  said,  Behold,  I  make  all  things  new. 
And  he  said  unto  me,  Write:  for  these  words 


232      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

are  true  and  faithful."  This  is  not  a  renovat- 
ing, or  purifying,  or  a  remodeling  of  this  earth, 
for  this  earth  is  under  sentence  of  fire.  It  was 
destroyed  by  water,  and  it  will  be  destroyed  by 
fire.  The  Lord  Jesus  declared,  uHeaven  and 
earth  shall  pass  away,  but  my  word  shall  not 
pass  away,"  and  God  said  to  John,  UI  make  all 
things  new."  "These  words  are  true  and  faith- 
ful." There  will  not  be  one  atom  of  matter 
in  that  new  earth  that  ever  was  in  any  other 
planet.  God's  children  in  their  glorified  state 
will  rank  next  to  God.  He  is  our  Father,  not 
theoretically,  but  really;  and  we  are  heirs  by 
birth;  legitimate  sons.  And  God  has  made  a 
new  planet,  greater,  more  beautiful,  more  won- 
derful than  any  other  planet  in  the  universe.  He 
had  none  already  made  such  as  He  determined 
to  be  the  everlasting  home  of  His  Sons  and 
Daughters,  so  He  said,  "I  make  all  things  new." 
So  we  can  look  forward  to  this  beautiful  new 
home. 

And  I,  John,  saw  the  holy  city,  new 
Jerusalem,  coming  down  from  God  out  of 
heaven,  prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for 
her  husband.  And  I  heard  a  great  voice 
out  of  heaven  saying,  Behold,  the  taber- 
nacle of  God  is  with  men,  and  he  will  dwell 
with  them,  and  they  shall  be  his  people,  and 
God  himself  shall  be  with  them,  and  be 
their  God.  And  God  shall  wipe  away  all 
tears  from  their  eyes ;  and  there  shall  be  no 


THE  NEW  EARTH  233 

more  death,  neither  sorrow,  nor  crying, 
neither  shall  there  be  any  more  pain:  for 
the  former  things  are  passed  away.  And 
he  that  sat  upon  the  throne  said,  Behold,  I 
make  all  things  new.  And  he  said  unto 
me,  Write:  for  these  words  are  true  and 
faithful.  And  he  said  unto  me,  It  is  done. 
I  am  Alpha  and  Omega,  the  beginning  and 
the  end.  I  will  give  unto  him  that  is 
athirst  of  the  fountain  of  the  water  of  life 
freely.  He  that  overcometh  shall  inherit 
all  things;  and  I  will  be  his  God,  and  he 
shall  be  my  son.  But  the  fearful,  and  un- 
believing, and  the  abominable,  and  mur- 
derers, and  whoremongers,  and  sorcerers, 
and  idolaters,  and  all  liars,  shall  have  their 
part  in  the  lake  which  burneth  with  fire  and 
brimstone:  which  is  the  second  death. 
Rev.  21:2-8. 

The  Holy  City 

"And  I,  John,  saw  the  holy  city,  New  Jeru- 
salem, coming  down  from  God  out  of  heaven, 
prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  husband." 
This  is  the  city  of  God,  the  Capitol  of  the  Uni- 
verse. The  throne  of  God  is  in  it  it,  and  the 
temple  of  God  is  there.  The  gold  paved  streets 
are  there,  and  God  is  there.  The  Capitol  City 
of  the  Universe  is  being  moved  bodily  from  its 
former  location  or  orbit,  to  the  New  Earth.  I, 
John,  saw  it  coming  down  out  of  heaven  to  the 


234      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

new  earth,  is  implied.  Who  for  a  moment 
would  suppose  that  God  would  move  the  New 
Jerusalem  onto  this  small  earth,  that  has  been 
almost  a  hell  ever  since  men  have  lived  on  it. 
We  believe  that  the  present  location  of  heaven 
is  the  best  in  all  the  Universe  for  situation,  until 
this  new  earth  has  been  made  for  God's  children, 
with  special  view  of  moving  the  Capitol  to  it,  as 
soon  as  the  children  of  God  are  ready  to  occupy 
it.  Listen  to  what  God  told  Isaiah  about  it: 

uFor,  behold,  I  create  new  heavens,  and  a 
new  earth,  and  the  former  shall  not  be  remem- 
bered nor  come  into  mind."  Isaiah  65  :17. 

This  is  a  new  creation,  a  better  location  for 
the  City  of  God.  The  saints  in  that  new  home 
will  not  so  much  as  remember  that  they  ever 
were  on  this  little  marble  of  a  planet,  that  man 
can  compass  in  a  few  months ;  that  has  been  cov- 
ered with  human  blood.  "This  earth  shall  be 
burned  up" 

The  Holy  City,  as  it  came  down,  was  in  all  its 
virgin  beauty,  as  in  the  day  it  was  made. 

"And  I  heard  a  great  voice  out  of  heaven 
saying,  Behold  the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with 
men,  and  He  will  dwell  with  them"  Before  the 
judgment  men  had  dwelt  with  God  in  heaven, 
but  God  had  prepared  something  better,  and 
now  moves  His  Capitol,  and  Throne,  to  the 
better  sphere.  This  new  earth  far  outshines 
every  other  planet  made.  "And  they  shall  be 
His  people,  and  God  himself  shall  be  with  them, 


THE  NEW  EARTH  235 

and  be  their  God."  God  shall  wipe  away  all 
tears  from  their  eyes,  and  pain,  and  sorrow, 
and  crying,  and  death,  will  be  unknown,  for  the 
former  things  are  passed  away.  "And  He  said 
unto  me,  It  is  done.  I  am  Alpha  and  Omega, 
the  beginning  and  the  end.  I  will  give  unto  him 
that  is  athirst  of  the  fountain  of  the  water  of  life 
freely.  He  that  overcometh  shall  inherit  all 
things ;  and  I  will  be  His  God  and  he  shall  be  my 
son."  This  is  to  be  the  portion  of  God's  sons 
and  daughters.  O,  to  be  a  Son  of  God!  What 
a  wonderful  thing  it  will  be  to  become  a  Son  of 
God! 

.  This  is  the  City  that  Abraham  looked  for, 
"For  he  looked  for  a  City  which  hath  founda- 
tions, whose  builder  and  maker  is  God."  Heb. 
11  :10.  And  it  is  written  of  the  ancient  saints, 
"God  hath  prepared  for  them  a  City."  And 
Paul  said,  "Here  we  have  no  continuing  City, 
but  we  seek  one  to  come."  Heb.  13  :14.  And 
again,  "Ye  are  come  unto  the  City  of  the  living 
God,  the  heavenly  Jerusalem."  Heb.  12:22. 
"He  that  overcometh  shall  inherit  all  things." 
The  new  earth  and  the  new  heavens;  and  the 
New  Jerusalem. 

"But  the  fearful,  and  unbelieving,  and  abom- 
inable, and  murderers,  and  whore-mongers  and 
sorcerers,  and  idolaters,  and  all  liars,  shall  have 
their  part  in  the  lake  which  burneth  with  fire 
and  brimstone:  which  is  the  second  death." 


236      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

The  first  death  is  dreadful,  but  0!  the  second 
death. 

And  there  came  unto  me  one  of  the  seven 
angels  which  had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the 
seven  last  plagues,  and  talked  with  me,  say- 
ing, Come  hither,  I  will  shew  thee  the 
bride,  the  Lamb's  wife.  And  he  carried 
me  away  in  the  spirit  to  a  great  and  high 
mountain,  and  shewed  me  that  great  city, 
the  „  holy  Jerusalem,  descending  out  of 
heaven  from  God,  having  the  glory  of 
God:  and  her  light  was  like  unto  a  stone 
most  precious,  even  like  a  jasper  stone, 
clear  as  crystal;  and  had  a  wall  great  and 
high,  and  had  twelve  gates,  and  at  the 
gates  twelve  angels,  and  names  written 
thereon,  which  are  the  names  of  the  twelve 
tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel:  On  the 
east  three  gates ;  on  the  north  three  gates ; 
on  the  south  three  gates;  and  on  the  west 
three  gates.  And  the  wall  of  the  city  had 
twelve  foundations,  and  in  them  the  names 
of  the  twelve  apostles  of  the  Lamb.  Rev. 
21:9-14. 

One  of  the  seven  angels  that  had  the  seven 
last  plagues,  and  had  poured  them  out,  went  to 
John,  and  asked  him  to  go  with  him,  and  he 
would  show  him  the  Bride,  the  Lamb's  wife. 
He  carried  John  away  in  the  spirit  to  a  great 
and  high  mountain  and  showed  him  that  great 
City,  the  Holy  Jerusalem,  descending  out  of 


THE  NEW  EARTH  237 

heaven  from  God.  What  a  sight  that  must  have 
been  as  it  glided  out  into  space  with  all  its  bril- 
liancy and  glory.  "Having  the  glory  of  God." 
The  city  itself  had  the  glory  of  God.  Who  can 
imagine?  Who  can  conceive  the  greatness  of 
that  glory?  The  bride  was  in  that  city,  being 
carried  in  all  its  gorgeousness  to  her  new  home, 
the  New  Earth. 

And  he  that  talked  with  me  had  a  golden 
reed  to  measure  the  city,  and  the  gates 
thereof,  and  the  wall  thereof.  And  the  city 
lieth  four-square,  and  the  length  is  as  large 
as  the  breadth:  and  he  measured  the  city 
with  the  reed,  twelve  thousand  furlongs. 
The  length  and  the  breadth  and  the  height 
of  it  are  equal.  And  he  measured  the  wall 
thereof,  an  hundred  and  forty  and  four 
cubits,  according  to  the  measure  of  a  man, 
that  is,  of  the  angel.  And  the  building  of 
the  wall  of  it  was  of  jasper;  and  the  city 
was  pure  gold,  like  unto  clear  glass.  And 
the  foundations  of  the  wall  of  the  city  were 
garnished  with  all  manner  of  precious 
stones.  The  first  foundation  was  jasper; 
the  second  sapphire;  the  third,  a  chalce- 
dony; the  fourth,  an  emerald;  the  fifth, 
sardonyx;  the  sixth,  sardius;  the  seventh, 
chrysolyte;  the  eighth,  beryl;  the  ninth,  a 
topaz ;  the  tenth,  a  chrysoprasus ;  the  elev- 
enth, a  jacinth;  the  twelfth,  an  amethyst. 


238      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

And  the  twelve  gates  were  twelve  pearls; 
every  several  gate  was  of  one  pearl;  and 
the  street  of  the  city  was  pure  gold,  as  it 
were  transparent  glass.  Rev.  21:1 5-2 1 . 

Here  we  have  all  the  beautiful  stones  and 
crystals,  and  gold  and  pearls,  used  to  give  us 
some  small  idea  of  the  beauty  of  the  city.  But 
human  language  and  earthly  things  all  fail  to 
show  forth  its  glory.  How  oft  has  its  glory 
been  told,  but  what  must  it  be  to  be  there  ? 

And  I  saw  no  temple  therein:  for  the 
Lord  God  Almighty  and  the  Lamb  are  the 
temple  of  it.  And  the  city  had  no  need 
of  the  sun,  neither  of  the  moon,  to  shine  in 
it:  for  the  glory  of  God  did  lighten  it,  and 
the  Lamb  is  the  light  thereof.  And  the 
nations  of  them  which  are  saved  shall  walk 
in  the  light  of  it :  and  the  kings  of  the  earth 
do  bring  their  glory  and  honour  into  it. 
And  the  gates  of  it  shall  not  be  shut  at  all 
by  day:  for  there  shall  be  no  night  there. 
And  they  shall  bring  the  glory  and  honour 
of  the  nations  into  it.  And  there  shall  in 
no  wise  enter  into  it  anything  that  defileth, 
neither  whatsoever  worketh  abomination, 
or  maketh  a  lie :  but  they  which  are  written 
in  the  Lamb's  Book  of  Life.  Rev. 
21:22-27. 

The  Lord  God  Almighty  and  the  Lamb  are 
the  temple  of  it,  and  they  also  are  the  light  of  it. 


THE  NEW  EARTH  239 

The  saved  from  the  different  nations  shall  walk 
in  the  light  of  that  city,  and  the  Kings  who  are 
saved,  bring  their  glory  and  honour  into  it;  and 
the  gates  are  never  shut,  for  there  is  no  night 
there.  And  they  shall  bring  the  glory  and 
honour  of  the  saved  of  all  nations  into  it.  Only 
glorious  and  honourable  things  will  be  there. 
And  there  shall  in  no  wise  enter  into  it  anything 
that  defileth,  neither  anything  that  worketh 
abomination  or  maketh  a  lie,  but  they  which  are 
written  in  the  Lamb's  Book  of  Life. 


THE  HOLY  CITY 

ND  he  shewed  me  a  pure  river  of  water 
of  life,  clear  as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of 
the  throne  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb.  In 
the  midst  of  the  street  of  it,  and  on  either 
side  of  the  river,  was  there  the  tree  of 
life,  which  bare  twelve  manner  of  fruits, 
and  yielded  her  fruit  every  month :  and  the 
leaves  of  the  tree  were  for  the  healing  of 
the  nations.  And  there  shall  be  no  more 
curse:  but  the  throne  of  God  and  of  the 
Lamb  shall  be  in  it;  and  his  servants  shall 
serve  him :  and  they  shall  see  his  face ;  and 
his  name  shall  be  in  their  foreheads.  And 
there  shall  be  no  night  there ;  and  they  need 
no  candle,  neither  light  of  the  sun ;  for  the 
Lord  God  giveth  them  light :  and  they  shall 
reign  forever  and  ever.  Rev.  22  :l-5. 

These  statements  are  not  to  be  spiritualized 
as  applying  to  Christian  experiences  or  attain- 
ments in  this  life:  they  belong  to  the  City  of 
God,  and  to  the  New  Heaven,  and  the  New 
Earth  in  the  WORLD  TO  COME.  There  will 
be  a  pure  river  of  the  WATER  OF  LIFE,  clear 
as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the  throne  of  God, 


THE  HOLY  CITY  241 

and  of  the  Lamb.  This  river  flows  down  the 
center  of  a  great  street,  of  width  appropriate 
for  a  such  a  city,  having  a  population  of  billions 
of  saints.  On  either  side  of  this  river,  and  on 
this  street  of  tremendous  width,  were  trees  of 
life.  A  river  of  life,  with  trees  of  life,  to  em- 
phasize Eternal  Life.  On  the  trees  twelve  va- 
rieties of  fruit;  and  a  new  crop  every  month.  No 
famine  there,  and  no  dried,  or  canned,  or  stale 
fruit;  and  no  one  will  tire  of  the  food.  The 
leaves  of  the  trees  fill  the  whole  atmosphere 
with  the  ozone  of  health,  keeping  the  saints 
from  all  nations  in  perpetual  health. 

"And  there  shall  be  no  more  curse."  Thorns 
and  thistles  and  weeds,  the  earth  refusing  to 
yield  her  fruit;  caterpillers  and  locusts,  and  all 
the  curse  that  came  on  this  earth  because  of  sin, 
will  be  absent  from  that  new  home,  that  holy, 
happy  world  to  come.  The  throne  of  God  and 
of  the  Lamb  shall  be  in  that  City,  on  that  New 
Earth,  and  His  servants  shall  serve  Him  with  a 
real,  sincere,  heart,  love  service.  They  shall  see 
His  face,  and  His  name  shall  be  in  their  fore- 
heads. God  himself  shall  fill  that  city  with  the 
purest  holy  light,  and  there  the  saints  shall  reign 
forever  and  ever. 

And  he  said  unto  me,  These  sayings  are 
faithful  and  true :  and  the  Lord  God  of  the 
holy  prophets  sent  his  angel  to  shew  unto 
His  servants  these  things  which  must  short- 
ly be  done.  Behold,  I  come  quickly :  blessed 


242      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

is  he  that  keepeth  the  sayings  of  the  proph- 
ecy of  this  book.    Rev.  22  :6-7. 
These  sayings  are  absolutely  true ;  God,  Him- 
self, will  faithfully  perform  and  bring  to  pass 
all  things  herein  revealed.     Blessed  is  the  man 
who  believes  and  consequently  keeps  the  sayings 
of  the  prophecy  in  this  book. 

And  I,  John,  saw  these  things,  and  heard 
them.  And  when  I  had  heard  and  seen,  I 
fell  down  to  worship  before  the  feet  of  the 
angel  which  shewed  me  these  things.  Then 
saith  he  unto  me,  See  thou  do  it  not :  for  I 
am  thy  fellow-servant,  and  of  thy  brethren 
the  prophets,  and  of  them  which  keep  the 
sayings  of  this  book:  worship  God.  And 
he  saith  unto  me,  Seal  not  the  sayings  of 
the  prophecy  of  this  book:  for  the  time  is 
at  hand.  He  that  is  unjust,  let  him  be  un- 
just still :  and  he  which  is  filthy,  let  him  be 
filthy  still :  and  he  that  is  righteous,  let  him 
be  righteous  still;  and  he  that  is  holy,  let 
him  be  holy  still.  Rev.  22:8-11. 

"I,  John,  saw  these  things  and  heard  them." 
This  was  not  a  dream  or  phantom.  "And  when 
I  had  heard  and  seen,  I  fell  down  to  worship ;" 
to  thank  God  for  revealing  all  these  wonderful 
truths  concerning  the  things  which  must  certain- 
ly, positively  come  to  pass.  And  God  com- 
manded John,  saying,  "Seal  not  the  sayings  of 
the  prophecy  of  this  book"  To  seal  them  would 


THE  HOLY  CITY  243 

be  to  write  them  in  such  ambiguous  language 
that  the  reader  could  not  understand  them.  But 
he  was  to  write  them  down  plainly,  so  that  all 
might  know  the  truth.  For  the  time  is  at  hand. 
"He  that  is  unjust,  let  him  be  unjust  still ;  and  he 
which  is  filthy,  let  him  be  filthy  still ;  and  he  that 
is  righteous,  let  him  be  righteous  still:  and  he 
that  is  holy,  let  him  be  holy  still."  Here  is  a 
solemn  truth  stated.  There  is  a  point  of  time  in 
every  man's  life  when  he  crosses  the  Rubicon, 
and  his  condition  remains  unchanged  forever ;  as 
unjust,  filthy,  righteous  or  holy.  This  does  not 
look  like  a  second  chance  or  after-death  salva- 
tion. Be  warned  and  turn  to  God  now. 

And,  behold,  I  come  quickly ;  and  my  re- 
ward is  with  me,  to  give  every  man  accord- 
ing as  his  work  shall  be.  I  am  Alpha  and 
and  the  last.  Blessed  are  they  that  do  his 
Omega,  the  beginning  and  the  end,  the  first 
commandments,  that  they  may  have  right 
to  the  tree  of  life,  and  may  enter  in  through 
the  gates  into  the  city.  For  without  are 
dogs,  and  sorcerers,  and  whoremongers, 
and  murderers,  and  idolaters,  and  whoso- 
ever loveth  and  maketh  a  life.  Rev. 
22:12-15. 

"I  come  quickly;  and  my  reward  is  with  me." 
Have  you  observed  that  this  book  of  Revelation 
commences  and  ends  with  this  saying?  Every- 
thing between,  with  the  exception  of  the  first 
five  chapters,  has  direct  reference  to  His  coming 


244      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

and  the  things  that  will  transpire  after  His  com- 
ing. "My  reward  is  with  me."  The  righteous 
will  begin  to  reap  their  reward  from  the  time  of 
His  coming,  on  and  on  forever.  He  who  is  the 
Alpha  and  Omega,  the  beginning  and  the  end, 
the  first  and  last,  the  Almighty,  has  revealed 
all  these  things. 

Obedience  to  God,  doing  His  commandments, 
is  absolutely  necessary  for  admission  to  the  Holy 
City.  "They  shall  have  right  to  the  tree  of  life, 
and  may  enter  in  through  the  gates  into  the 
City."  "Faith  without  works  is  dead."  But  the 
following  classes  of  persons  are  excluded  from 
this  City, — the  dogs,  human  dogs,  sorcerers, 
whoremongers,  idolaters,  those  who  love  to  tell 
lies — all  these  will  have  their  part  in  the  Lake 
that  burneth  with  fire. 

I,  Jesus,  have  sent  mine  angel  to  testify 
unto  you  these  things  in  the  churches.  I 
am  the  root  and  the  offspring  of  David, 
and  the  bright  and  morning  star.  And  the 
Spirit  and  the  bride  say,  Come.  And  let 
him  that  heareth  say,  Come.  And  let  him 
that  is  athirst  come.  And  whosoever  will, 
let  him  take  the  water  of  life  freely.  Rev. 
22:16-17. 

Here  Jesus  Christ  declares  that  he  sent  an 
angel  to  declare  all  these  things  to  the  Churches, 
that  they  might  know  what  was  to  come  to  pass 
upon  the  earth.  God,  Himself,  will  not  change 
this  program  of  events  that  He  has  given  unto 


THE  HOLY  CITY  245 

men.  "These  words  are  true  and  faithful." 
Rev.  21:5.  "I  am  the  Lord,  I  change  not." 
Mai.  3  :6.  He  declares  that  He  is  the  root  and 
the  offspring  of  David,  that  is,  the  true  Messiah, 
and  the  Bright  and  Morning  Star. 

The  Holy  Spirit  says,  Come,  to  every  sinner : 
Come  to  Christ  and  receive  Eternal  Life.  And 
the  bride,  the  holy  people,  say,  Come  to  Christ 
and  be  saved.  And  God  says,  Let  him  that 
heareth  these  invitations  say  to  their  fellows: 
Come  away  from  sin  to  God.  And  let  him  that 
is  thirsting  for  happiness  come  to  Jesus.  And 
whosoever  will,  all  over  the  earth,  let  him  take 
the  water  of  life  freely,  without  money  and 
without  price,  a  free  gift. 

For  I  testify  unto  every  man  that  hear- 
eth the  words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book, 
If  any  man  shall  add  unto  these  things,  God 
shall  add  unto  him  the  plagues  that  are 
written  in  this  book:  and  if  any  man  shall 
take  away  from  the  words  of  the  book  of 
this  prophecy,  God  shall  take  away  his  part 
out  of  the  Book  of  Life,  and  out  of  the 
holy  city,  and  from  the  things  which  are 
written  in  this  book.  He  which  testifieth 
these  things  saith,  Surely  I  come  quickly, 
Amen.  Even  so,  come,  Lord  Jesus.  The 
grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  be  with  you 
all.  Amen.  Rev.  22:18-21. 
And  now  God  testifies  to  every  man  that 
heareth  the  words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  Book 


246      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

of  Revelation,  not  to  add  to,  or  take  from  the 
words  of  the  book  of  this  prophecy,  or  God 
shall  add  to  him  the  plagues  herein  mentioned, 
and  take  away  his  part  out  of  the  Book  of  Life, 
and  out  of  the  Holy  City.  All  true  saints  the 
world  over  should  continually  say,  uCome,  Lord 
Jesus,  come  quickly."  All  who  are  ready  uLove 
His  appearing." 


THE  LITTLE  HORN. 

CONSIDERED  the  horns,  and  behold, 
there  came  up  among  them  another  little 
horn,  before  whom  there  were  three 
of  the  first  horns  plucked  up  by  the  roots : 

and  behold,  in  this  horn  were  eyes  as 

the  eyes  of  a  man,  and  a  mouth  speaking  great 
things.  *  *  *  I  beheld  then,  because  of  the 
voice  of  the  great  words  which  the  horn  spake, 
I  beheld  even  till  the  beast  was  slain,  and  his 
body  destroyed,  and  given  to  the  burning 
flame.  *  *  *  I  saw  in  the  night  visions, 
and  behold,  one  like  the  Son  of  man  came 
with  the  clouds  of  heaven,  and  came  to  the 
Ancient  of  days,  and  they  brought  Him  near 
before  Him.  And  there  was  given  Him  do- 
minion, and  glory,  and  a  kingdom,  that  all 
people,  nations,  and  languages,  should  serve 
Him:  His  dominion  is  an  everlasting  dominion 
which  shall  not  pass  away,  and  His  kingdom 
that  shall  not  be  destroyed.  *  *  *  And  of  the 
ten  horns  that  were  in  his  head,  and  of  the 
other  which  came  up,  and  before  whom  three 
fell;  even  of  that  horn  that  had  eyes,  and  a 
mouth  that  spake  very  great  things,  whose  look 
was  more  stout  than  his  fellows.  I  beheld,  and 


248      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

the  same  horn  made  war  with  the  saints,  and 
prevailed  against  them;  *  *  and  the  ten  horns 
out  of  this  kingdom  are  ten  kings  that  shall 
arise;  and  another  shall  rise  after  them;  and  he 
shall  be  diverse  from  the  first,  and  he  shall  sub- 
due three  kings.  And  he  shall  speak  great 
words  against  the  Most  High,  and  shall  wear 
out  the  saints  of  the  Most  High,  and  think  to 
change  times  and  laws :  and  they  shall  be  given 
into  his  hand  until  a  time  and  times  and  the 
dividing  of  time.  But  the  judgment  shall  sit, 
and  they  shall  take  away  his  dominion,  to  con- 
sume and  to  destroy  it  to  the  end.  Dan.  7  :8, 
11,  13-14  and  20-21  and  24-26. 

All  these  Scriptures  refer  to  the  Anti-Christ 
and  his  kingdom. 

The  ten  horns  mentioned  in  the  twenty-fourth 
verse  do  not  refer  to  the  fourth  beast  or  Roman 
Empire.  Neither  do  they  refer  to  a  restored 
Roman  Empire ;  but  they  indicate  ten  kingdoms 
that  spring  out  of  the  fourth  beast,  or  Roman 
Empire. 

Daniel  was  very  anxious  to  know  about  the 
ten  horns  that  were  in  the  fourth  beast's  head; 
"and  of  the  other  little  horn  that  came  up  be- 
fore whom  three  of  the  ten  horns  fell,"  or 
"Were  plucked  up  by  the  roots."  See  verses 
nineteen  and  twenty.  The  little  horn  had  eyes, 
and  a  mouth  that  spake  very  great  things ;  and 
this  horn  was  more  stout  than  any  of  the  ten 
horns. 


THE  LITTLE  HORN  249 

Daniel  was  enquiring  into  the  meaning  of  the 
horns,  more  than  of  the  Roman  beast  itself. 
And  he  is  anxiously  considering  this  little  horn 
that  made  war  with  the  saints;  and  prevailed 
against  them;  until  the  Ancient  of  days  came, 
and  the  judgment  was  given  to  the  saints  of  the 
Most  High;  and  the  time  came  that  the  saints 
possessed  the  kingdom.  Verses  twenty-one  and 
twenty-two. 

And  Daniel  "Went  near  one  of  them  that 
stood  by,  and  asked  him  the  truth  of  all  of  this. 
So  he  told  me,  and  made  me  know  the  interpre- 
tation of  the  things."  Verse  sixteen.  Thus 
he  said,  "The  fourth  beast  shall  be  the  fourth 
kingdom  upon  the  earth,  which  shall  be  diverse 
from  all  kingdoms,  and  shall  devour  the  whole 
earth,  and  shall  tread  it  down,  and  break  it 
in  pieces.  And  the  ten  horns  out  of  this  king- 
dom are  ten  kings  that  shall  arise :  and  another 
shall  arise  after  them;  and  he  shall  be  diverse 
from  the  first,  and  he  shall  subdue  three  kings. 
And  he  shall  speak  great  words  against  the 
Most  High,  and  he  shall  wear  out  the  saints 
of  the  Most  High,  and  think  to  change  times 
and  laws :  and  they  shall  be  given  into  his  hand 
until  a  time  and  times  and  the  dividing  of  time." 
Verses  twenty-three,  four  and  five. 

These  ten  horns  are  the  present  kingdoms  of 
Europe,  and  Asia,  that  came  out  of  the  Roman 
Empire.  And  those  kingdoms  are  the  ten  toes 


250      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

of  the  great  image  that  Nebuchadnezzer  saw 
in  his  dream.    See  Dan.  2  :31-45. 

The  little  horn  with  eyes  and  a  mouth,  has 
not  yet  arisen  among  the  ten  kingdoms  of  Ro- 
man origin.  But  it  will  spring  up  among  them, 
and  shall  subdue  three  kings,  or  pluck  up  three 
horns  by  the  roots. 

This  little  horn  is  the  Anti-Christ.  He  is 
not  one  of  the  Kings,  but  another  horn,  or  king, 
more  stout  than  any  of  the  ten  kings.  He  comes 
up  as  a  little  horn,  and  finally  becomes  the  great- 
est. 

The  Lord  Jesus  will  not  come,  until  this  little 
horn  makes  its  appearance.  Begins  to  grow  up. 
This  is  the  man  of  sin.  II  Thes.  2  :3-4. 

We  find  some  remarkable  statements  concern- 
ing this  man  of  sin,  in  Dan.  1 1 :36-45. 

And  the  king  shall  do  according  to  his 
will ;  and  he  shall  exalt  himself,  and  mag- 
nify himself  above  every  god,  and  shall 
speak  marvelous  things  against  the  God  of 
gods,  and  shall  prosper  till  the  indignation 
be  accomplished:  for  that,  that  is  deter- 
mined, shall  be  done. 

Neither  shall  he  regard  the  god  of  his 
fathers,  nor  the  desire  of  women,  nor  re- 
gard any  god:  for  he  shall  magnify  him- 
self above  all. 

But  in  his  estate  shall  he  honour  the 
God  of  forces :  and  a  god  whom  his  fath- 
ers knew  not  shall  he  honour  with  gold, 


THE  LITTLE  HORN  251 

and  silver,  and  with  precious  stones,  and 
pleasant  things. 

Thus  shall  he  do  in  the  most  strongholds 
with  a  strange  god,  whom  he  shall  acknowl- 
edge and  increase  with  glory;  and  he  shall 
cause  them  to  rule  over  many,  and  shall 
divide  the  land  for  gain. 

And  at  the  time  of  the  end  shall  the 
king  of  the  south  push  at  him:  and  the 
king  of  the  north  shall  come  against  him 
like  a  whirlwind,  with  chariots,  and  with 
horsemen,  and  with  many  ships;  and  he 
shall  enter  into  the  countries,  and  shall 
overflow  and  pass  over. 

He  shall  enter  also  into  the  glorious 
land,  and  many  countries  shall  be  over- 
thrown: but  these  shall  escape  out  of  his 
hand,  even  Edom,  and  Moab,  and  the 
chief  of  the  children  of  Ammon. 

He  shall  stretch  forth  his  hand  also 
upon  the  countries :  and  the  land  of  Egypt 
shall  not  escape. 

But  he  shall  have  power  over  the  treas- 
ures of  gold  and  silver,  and  over  all  the 
precious  things  of  Egypt:  and  the  Liby- 
ans and  the  Ethiopians  shall  be  at  his 
steps. 

But  tidings  out  of  the  east  and  out  of 
the  north  shall  trouble  him:  therefore  he 
shall  go  forth  with  great  fury  to  destroy, 
and  utterly  to  make  away  many. 


252      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

And  he  shall  plant  the  tabernacles  of 
his  palace  between  the  seas  in  the  glorious 
holy  mountain;  yet  he  shall  come  to  this 
end,  and  none  shall  help  him. 

This  Anti-Christ  is  to  make  his  appearance, 
and  rule  over  a  small  people,  having  obtained 
rulership  over  a  kingdom  by  flatteries.  uAnd 
after  the  league  made  with  him,  he  shall  work 
deceitfully."  Dan.  11:21-23. 


ISRAEL  TO  BECOME  A  NATION. 


HE  Israelites  are  to  again  become  a  Na- 
tion, having  been  scattered  among  the  na- 
tions for  two  thousand  years. 
This  European  War  has  brought  about  a 
willingness  to  let  the  Jews  have  their  own 
land;  and  a  National  existence.  Jerusalem  has 
been  wrested  from  the  Turk;  and  the  Jews  are 
aroused  as  never  before,  since  their  dispersion. 
And  they  are  planning  and  organizing  to  take 
possession  of  Palestine,  as  soon  as  assurances 
are  given  then  from  the  present  Rulers  of  Eu- 
rope, that  they  may  have  autonomy.  And  this 
may  come  to  pass  at  any  of  the  Allies'  War 
Councils,  as  a  war  measure.  Calling  all  Jews 
from  all  parts  of  the  earth,  to  come  to  Pales- 
tine ;  and  arm  themselves  to  hold  their  country. 
The  Jews  have  the  men  and  the  money  to 
do  this ;  and  they  will  do  it  with  a  vim  that  will 
astonish  the  world.  They  will  establish  a  Re- 
public; and  elect  a  President;  and  that  Presi- 
dent will  be  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,  and  perhaps 
of  the  House  of  David;  and  that  President  will 
be  the  Anti-Christ,  coming  in  by  flatteries;  and 
making  a  covenant  with  the  people  for  seven 
years,  the  full  term,  or  tenure  of  office  for  Presi- 


254      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

dent;  and  in  the  midst  of  the  term  of  office  he 
will  have  developed  his  true  character  as  the 
man  of  sin,  having  actually  sat  in  the  newly 
erected  Temple  in  Jerusalem,  and  declared  him- 
self to  be  the  only  God,  or  above  all  gods.  He 
will  then  cause  the  daily  sacrifices  to  cease;  and 
will  pollute  the  altar,  probably  by  burning  a 
sow  upon  it. 

Then  the  Jews  will  break  their  covenant  with 
him;  and  attempt  to  depose  him.  By  this  time 
the  ten  kingdoms,  or  horns,  having  by  the  as- 
sistance and  guiding  hand  of  the  Anti-Christ, 
subdued  and  plucked  up  three  horns,  or  king- 
doms; and  having  completed  a  Confederation 
of  ten  horns  with  ten  crowns,  they  will  make 
the  President  of  the  Israelitish  Republic,  King 
over  them  all.  Having  been  fully  satisfied,  see- 
ing his  great  wisdom,  and  ability  in  organizing 
and  governing  the  Israelites,  together  with  his 
superhuman  miraculous  powers,  that  there  is  no 
other  such  man  on  earth. 

The  little  horn  will  then  "Speak  great  words 
against  the  Most  High;  and  shall  wear  out  the 
saints  of  the  Most  High;  and  think  to  change 
times  and  laws;  and  the  saints  shall  be  given 
into  his  hand  until  a  time  and  times  and  the 
dividing  of  times.  Dan.  7:25.  This  is  just 
forty-two  months,  or  twelve  hundred  and  sixty 
days,  or  three  years  and  a  half,  in  which  he 
will  do  his  awful  work  of  destroying  all  who 
will  not  take  his  mark,  and  worship  the  image 


ISRAEL  TO  BECOME  A  NATION      255 

he  will  set  up.     This  is  the  Great  Tribulation. 

The  last  part  of  this  chapter  came  to  me  in 
the  night,  during  the  first  part  of  February, 
1918;  and  it  has  pressed  upon  me  with  such 
persistency  that  I  feel  impelled  to  write  it.  I 
am  not  a  prophet;  and  I  know  nothing  of  my- 
self. The  theory  herein  advanced  seems  reas- 
onable; and  quite  probable.  If  it  proves  to  be 
true,  the  people  living  at  the  time  of  its  ful- 
fillment will  know  that  the  Lord  gave  it  to  me. 
And  they  will  have  more  confidence  in  this  whole 
book. 

The  Jews  rejected  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
when  He  came  unto  them,  in  His  father's  name. 
And  Jesus  said  unto  them,  "I  am  come  in  my 
Father's  name,  and  ye  receive  me  not:  if  an- 
other shall  come  in  his  own  name,  him  ye  will 
receive."  John  5:43.  The  Anti-Christ  will 
come  in  his  own  name,  and  the  Jews  will  receive 
him  as  their  Messiah. 


THE  STAR  OF  BETHLEHEM. 


HIS  book  was  typewritten  in  December, 
1917 ;  but  no  money  was  in  sight  to  pub- 
lish it,  the  Author  having  laid  up  no 
treasure  on  earth  to  draw  from.  Having 
preached  the  Gospel  for  fifty  years ;  and 
having  reached  his  seventy-seventh  birthday, 
was  fasting  and  praying  before  God  for  three 
days,  without  eating  any  food.  And  the  Lord 
made  it  known  to  him  that  this  book  was  to 
be,  as  the  Star  of  Bethlehem  was  to  the  wise 
men  from  the  East,  so  this  book  would  be  to 
thousands  of  men  and  women  who  will  be  left 
behind,  when  the  Lord  comes  and  resurrects  the 
righteous  dead;  and  translates  the  living  saints. 
This  books  will  help  to  bring  them  to  Christ, 
their  only  hope. 

The  Lord  also  made  it  clear  that  we  should, 
under  the  guidance  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  write 
special  instruction  to  the  people  left  on  earth 
who  must  go  through  the  Great  Tribulation,  or 
die  as  martyrs  in  it. 

We  feel  continual  sorrow  for  the  preachers, 
and  people  who  once  knew  the  Lord,  and  were 
happy  in  His  love ;  but  who  have  accepted  the 


THE  STAR  OF  BETHLEHEM         257 

Devil's  offer  made  to  Jesus  Christ.  uThe  Devil 
taketh  Him  up  into  an  exceeding  high  moun- 
tain, and  showeth  Him  all  the  kingdoms  of  the 
world,  and  the  glory  of  them;  and  said  unto 
.Him,  All  these  things  will  I  give  thee,  if  thou 
wilt  fall  down  and  worship  me."  Matt.  4:8,  9. 

Christ  had  come  to  this  earth  to  destroy  the 
works  of  the  Devil,  and  take  possession  of  it, 
and  reign  over  it.  And  save  the  people  by 
means  of  His  death  on  the  cross.  And  the 
Devil  showed  Him  an  easier  and  quicker  way, 
to  obtain  all  earthly  good  and  glory:  hoping  to 
blind  His  eyes  to  the  future  eternity  of  happi- 
ness, or  misery. 

This  same  temptation  comes  to  every  man 
and  woman  after  they  are  born  of  God:  as 
they  meet  the  opposition  from  the  world  and 
the  devil;  and  find  that  "All  that  will  live  godly 
in  Christ  Jesus,  shall  suffer  persecution."  II 
Tim.  3:12.  Then  Satan  presents  an  easier  way. 
He  has  thousands  of  ministers,  and  college 
professors,  busy  deceiving  young  converts,  by 
showing  them  how  to  become  all  things  to  all 
men  so  as  to  escape  the  cross  of  crucifixion  to 
the  natural,  carnal,  fleshly  desires  for  ease,  and 
worldly  honour,  and  wealth.  And  so,  the  world 
is  filled,  or  has  in  it  millions  of  people  who 
were  once  God's  children,  and  happy  in  Him, 
who  have  accepted  the  pleasures,  and  riches,  and 
honours  of  a  godless  world;  and  have  lost  all 
the  joys  of  salvation,  and  fellowship  with  the 


258      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

Father  and  His  Son  Jesus  Christ.     I  John  1 :3. 

These  people  have  a  form  of  godliness;  but 
deny  the  power  of  God  to  save  from  all  sin, 
and  keep  one  pure  in  heart,  unto  the  coming  of 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  I  Thess.  5  :23.  Those 
millions  of  people  are  now  in  their  autos,  and 
beautiful  homes,  rolling  in  ease,  and  wealth, 
or  seeking  with  all  their  might  to  do  so,  not 
knowing  the  "Signs  of  the  times"  that  the  Lord 
has  already  arisen  to  uShake  terribly  the 
earth."  Isa.  2:19.  And  to  "Destroy  them 
that  destroy  the  earth."  Rev.  11 :18. 

Jesus  Christ  said  to  the  Jews,  UO  Jerusalem! 
Jerusalem!  which  killest  the  prophets,  and 
stonest  them  that  are  sent  unto  thee;  how  often 
would  I  have  gathered  thy  children  together, 
as  a  hen  doth  gather  her  brood  under  her  wings, 
and  ye  would  not.  Behold  your  house  is  left 
unto  you  desolate:  and  verily  I  say  unto  you, 
Ye  shall  not  see  me,  until  the  time  come  when 
ye  shall  say,  Blessed  is  He  that  cometh  in  the 
name  of  the  Lord."  Luke  13  :34-35. 


THE  EARTH  LYING  IN  RUINS. 


EAR  READER:  I  heartily  sympathize 
with  you  in  your  terrible  distress :  as  the 
whole  world  lies  in  ruins  on  every  side; 
but  your  precious  life  has  been  spared. 
No  tongue  can  describe  the  awfulness 
of  conditions  about  you.  You  only  see  what  is 
next  to  you,  but  you  see  such  conditions  as  never 
existed  before. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  tell  you  that  there  has 
been  an  earthquake.  You  know  what  has  taken 
place  where  you  are.  The  whole  world  is  in  a 
similar  condition.  And  all  of  this  is  because 
of  sin. 

The  long-suffering  and  merciful  God  of 
heaven  and  earth,  who  has  given  men  two  thou- 
sand years  of  warning,  and  patient  wooing,  has 
now  commenced  to  udestroy  them  that  destroy 
the  earth/'  that  He  may  raise  up  a  people  who 
will  serve  Him  in  spirit  and  in  truth. 

You  were  at  one  time,  a  true  child  of  God, 
and  happy  in  His  service;  but  you  did  not  go 
on  to  perfection.  You  did  not  give  all  diligence 
to  make  your  calling  and  election  sure.  You 
saw  the  faults  of  other  people,  but  would  not 
see,  and  cry  out  to  God  about  your  own  faults. 


260      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

You  would  not  forsake  all,  and  be  separated 
unto  the  Lord.  You  loved  the  world  more  than 
you  loved  God.  You  loved  the  applause  of  the 
world;  and  failed  to  seek  for  the  honour  that 
comes  from  God  only.  You  know  what  you 
lived  for.  And  now  Christ  has  returned  to  the 
earth,  and  has  raised  the  righteous  dead;  and 
translated  the  righteous  living.  They  are  all 
gone  to  be  forever  with  the  Lord;  and  you  are 
left. 

I  deeply  sympathize  with  you;  and  am 
anxious  to  show  you  the  only  way  of  escape.  It 
is  back  to  Jesus,  the  only  Saviour.  The  ever- 
loving  Jesus.  He  longs  for  you.  He  died  for 
you.  He  bought  you  with  His  blood.  He  tried 
to  get  your  attention  away  from  your  business 
planning,  and  worldliness,  and  make  you  ready 
for  His  return.  And  even  now  He  is  trying  to 
save  you,  before  other  coming  Judgments  fall 
on  you.  Repent!  Repent!  Repent!  Let  your 
eyes  flow  with  tears,  and  your  heart  break  with 
sorrow,  for  your  rebellion  against  God.  And 
now  quickly  fall  on  your  face  before  Him;  and 
cry  out  to  God  for  mercy.  He  will  hear  you. 
He  wants  you  to  come.  Return  unto  the  Lord 
and  He  will  return  to  you.  He  says,  Return 
unto  me  and  I  will  return  unto  you.  O!  the 
goodness  and  mercy  of  God! 

There  is  nothing  but  sorrow  before  you  on 
this  earth;  and  but  a  little  time  to  stay  here. 
The  devil  and  the  Anti-Christ  will  soon  be  on 


THE  EARTH  LYING  IN  RUINS        261 

your  track,  and  will  kill  you,  unless  you  curse 
Jesus,  and  worship  the  image  set  up.  Pray! 
Pray!  Pray! 

Let  Us  Reason  Together. 

You  have  probably  read  this  book  all 
through;  if  not,  do  so  now.  Let  it  be  a  guid- 
ing st:ir  to  bring  you  back  to  Jesus,  the  only 
Saviour. 

You  know  that  the  European  war  was  followed 
by  famine ;  and  the  famine  was  followed  by  pes- 
tilence; and  that  the  wild  beasts  did  their  part 
in  killing  over  a  fourth  part  of  the  earth.  All 
of  this  was  according  to  the  Scriptures  referred 
to  in  this  book.  You  know  that  the  world 
earthquake  has  come,  moving  even  mountains 
and  islands  out  of  their  places;  and  that  the 
sun  became  black  as  sackcloth 'of  hair;  and  the 
moon  became  as  blood ;  and  the  stars  fell  from 
heaven  to  the  earth;  and  the  world  is  lying  in 
ruins.  And  you  know  that  multitudes  are  dead 
and  dying  all  around  you.  And  if  you  will  make 
careful  enquiry,  you  will  find  that  every  deeply 
spiritual  person  is  gone.  That  all  the  worldly- 
minded  persons,  like  yourself,  are  still  here,  un- 
less they  were  killed  in  the  earthquake.  But 
their  bodies  are  with  you.  Now  search,  and 
you  cannot  find  the  body  of  a  true  saint  on  the 
earth.  They  are  all  resurrected,  and  caught  up 
to  be  forever  with  the  Lord.  They  are  now  in 
heaven  with  God.  All  of  this  has  been  fore- 


262      GALAXY  OF  COMING  EVENTS 

told  in  this  book;  but  you  disregarded  it.  Now 
you  see  that  it  is  all  true. 

Now  that  all  the  saints  are  gone,  terrible 
judgments  will  fall  upon  the  wicked,  rebellious 
people  that  remain;  and  you  will  go  down  with 
them,  unless  you  quickly  repent,  and  obtain 
mercy;  even  then  you  will  probably  die  as  a 
martyr,  at  the  hands  of  the  wicked.  There  is 
no  time  for  delay.  Hurry!  Hurry!  Hurry! 

The  next  thing  before  you  is  a  world  fire, 
in  which  one-third  of  the  world  will  be  burned 
up ;  and  one-third  of  the  trees,  and  all  growing 
crops.  This  will  bring  a  dreadful  famine;  and 
tremendous  loss  of  life  everywhere.  And  the 
next  judgment  will  turn  one-third  part  of  the 
sea  into  blood;  and  every  living  thing  in  that 
part  of  the  sea  will  die ;  and  all  ships  and  crews 
in  that  part  of  the  sea  will  be  destroyed.  Now 
the  third  judgment  comes  quickly,  turning  one- 
third  of  all  fresh  water  into  wormwood,  so 
that  many  who  drink  of  the  waters  will  die.  If 
you  are  not  convinced  that  I  am  telling  you  the 
truth:  when  these  judgments  fall  on  the  earth, 
they  will  convince  you.  Study  carefully  what 
judgment  is  to  come  next;  and  when  it  comes, 
you  will  know  that  God  is  not  dead,  or  slack 
concerning  the  fulfillment  of  the  Scriptures. 
Every  word  will  come  to  pass.  All  prophecy 
will  be  fulfilled. 

Read  this  book  through  very  carefully,  and 
note  what  God  has  revealed.  "The  things  that 


THE  EARTH  LYING  IN  RUINS        263 

must  come  to  pass."    And  they  will  come  to  pass 
just  as  declared  in  the  Scriptures. 

From  the  enthronement  of  the  Anti-Christ, 
to  the  destruction  of  the  Anti-Christ,  and  his 
followers,  will  be  forty-two  months,  or  three 
and  a  half  years.  So  you  have  but  a  short  time 
to  live  on  this  earth.  And  remember,  if  you 
take  the  mark  of  the  beast,  so  as  to  get  bread, 
or  for  any  other  cause,  you  will  doom  yourself 
to  eternal  torments.  Read  carefully  Rev. 
14:9-11.  "If  any  man  worship  the  beast  and 
his  image,  and  receive  his  mark  in  his  fore- 
head or  in  his  hand,  the  same  shall  drink  of  the 
wine  of  the  wrath  of  God,  which  is  poured  out 
without  mixture  into  the  cup  of  his  indignation ; 
and  he  shall  be  tormented  with  fire  and  brim- 
stone in  the  presence  of  the  holy  angels,  and  in 
the  presence  of  the  Lamb:  and  the  smoke  of 
their  torment  ascendeth  up  forever  and  ever: 
and  they  have  no  rest  day  nor  night,  who  wor- 
ship the  beast  and  his  image,  and  whosoever  re- 
ceiveth  the  mark  of  his  name." 


FINIS 


Jesus  is  Coming  Soon 

Dear  Friend: — Spread  the  news.  Tell  ft 
far  and  wide.  You  have  probably  read  this 
book  through,  if  not,  read  it.  You  are,  or 
ought  to  be  deeply  impressed  concerning  the 
days  in  which  we  live:  and  the  awful  things 
that  are  coming  upon  the  earth.  Should  you 
not  bestir  yourself  and  spread  the  news?  Your 
relatives  and  neighbors  must  not  be  left  in 
darkness  concerning  the  awful  tribulation  just 
before  us.  And  the  coming  of  the  Lord  Jesus 
Christ. 

Are  you  willing  to  put  five,  ten,  or  twenty 
dollars  into  these  books,  and  circulate  them 
among  your  friends.  And  keep  them  going, 
until  the  whole  town  knows  about  those  things 
that  Christ  died  to  bring  to  our  ears? 

The  Antichrist  will  soon  have  all  the  prop- 
erty you  own.  Spend  some  of  it  now  for  the 
salvation  of  men  while  you  can.  How  many 
books  can  you  use?  Write  for  wholesale 
rates. 

We  want  hundreds  of  Agents  in  every  State 
in  the  Union. 

WILLIAM  FRANCIS  MANLEY, 

1616  New  Jersey  St. 

Los  Angeles,  California. 


VB  13057 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


